SPECIFICATIONS

FOR PROJECT

AJJY 00-1124

REPAIR MAIN

TRANSFORMERS, B-1780,

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

SPECIFICATIONS 

FOR PROJECT 

AJJY 00-1124 

REPAIR MAIN (gJ 

TRANSFORMERS, B-1780, 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

FINAL SUBMITTAL 

. FEBRUARY 23,2002 Qd] 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIRE MENTS

Section Title

01011 General Requirements

01330 Submittal Procedures

01400 Quality Control

01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls

01560 Environmental Protection

01770 Closeout Procedures

01781 Operation and Maintenance Data

DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK

Section Title

02050 Demolition and Removal

02200 Earthwork

02201 Earthwork for Utilities

02831 Chain Link Fences

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE

Section Title

03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete

DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL

Section Title

16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods

16060 Grounding and Bonding

16361 Unit Substation Transformer

16362 Station Grounding Transformer

16402 Interior Distribution System

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

Section 

01011 

01330 

01400 

01500 

01560 

01770 

01781 

Title 

General Requirements 

Submittal Procedures 

Quality Control 

Temporary Facilities and Controls 

Environmental Protection 

Closeout Procedures 

Operation and Maintenance Data 

DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 

Section 

02050 

02200 

02201 

02831 

Title 

Demolition and Removal 

Earthwork 

Earthwork for Utilities 

Chain Link Fences 

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 

Section Title 

03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 

DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 

Section 

16050 

16060 

16361 

16362 

16402 

Title 

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 

Grounding and Bonding 

Unit Substation Transformer 

Station Grounding Transformer 

Interior Distribution System 

AJJY 00-1124 
PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 01011

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

PART1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PARAGRAPHS

1.1.1 Statement of Work

The work shall consist of, but not limited to, providing all labor, materials, transportation and

performing all work necessary for Project AJJY 00-1124, Repair Main Transformers , B-1780,

Andersen AFB, Guam. All work shall be accomplished in strict accordance with the contract

specifications and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract.

1.1.2 Location

The work to be performed is located at the Substation , Andersen Air Force Base, Guam.

1.1.3 Geography

The island of Guam is approximately 48.28 km 30 miles in length with a variable width,

ranging from 19.31 km 12 miles to 6.44 km 4 miles at its narrowest point. Approximately

548.84 square km 212 square miles, excluding reef formations, the island has two basic

geological components. The central and northern features are primarily raised limestones

with several volcanic formations at Mount Santa Rosa and Mount Mataguak . The northern

clifflines drop precipitately into the sea with an elevation ranging from 91.44 to 182.88 in 300

to 600 feet. The southern features are basically volcanic with an elongated mountain ridge

dividing the inland valleys and coastline. The highest point is Mount Lamlam with an

elevation of 406.6 in 1,334 feet.

1.1.4 Climate

Guam's climate is pleasantly warm year -round. The mean annual temperature is 27 degrees C

81 degrees F; generally , the range is from the low to upper 20's C low 70's to the middle 80's

F. The coolest and least humid months, marked by prevailing westerly tradewinds, are in

December through February. The annual rainfall totals 55 to 113 inches. There are two

seasons, the dry and the rainy. The dry season, "fanummangen", begins in December through

June. The rainy season, "fanuchanan", falls within the remaining months.

1.1.5 Principal Features

The work to be performed in connection with this project includes, but is not limited to the

following:

01011-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORlVIERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

SECTION 01011 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 GENERAL PARAGRAPHS 

1.1.1 Statement of Work 

AJJY 00-1124 

The work shall consist of, but not limited to, providing all labor, materials, transportation and 

performing all work necessary for Project AJJY 00-1124, Repair Main Transformers, B-1780, 

Andersen AFB, Guam. All work shall be accomplished in strict accordance with the contract 

specifications and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. 

1.1.2 Location 

The work to be performed is located at the Substation, Andersen Air Force Base, Guam. 

1.1.3 Geography 

The island of Guam is approximately 48.28 km 30 miles in length with a variable width, 

ranging from 19.31 km 12 miles to 6.44 km 4 miles at its narrowest point. Approximately 

548.84 square km 212 square miles, excluding reef formations, the island has two basic 

geological components. The central and northern features are primarily raised limestones 

with several volcanic formations at Mount Santa Rosa and Mount Mataguak. The northern 

clifflines drop precipitately into the sea with an elevation ranging from 91.44 to 182.88 m 300 

to 600 feet. The southern features are basically volcanic with an elongated mountain ridge 

dividing the inland valleys and coastline. The highest point is Mount Lamlam with an 

elevation of 406.6 m 1,334 feet. 

1.1.4 Climate 

Guam's climate is pleasantly warm year-round. The mean annual temperature is 27 degrees C 

81 degrees F; generally, the range is from the low to upper 20's C low 70's to the middle 80's 

F. The coolest and least humid months, marked by prevailing westerly tradewinds, are in 

December through February. The annual rainfall totals 55 to 113 inches. There are two 

seasons, the dry and the rainy. The dry season, "fanummangen", begins in December through 

June. The rainy season, "fanuchanan", falls within the remaining months. 

1.1.5 Principal Features 

The work to be performed in connection with this project includes, but is not limited to the 

following: 

01011-1 
PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 JY 00-1124

ERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.1.5.1 Removal of 2 each 16.667 MVA substation transformer and 1 each grounding

transformer.

1.1.5.2 Providing and installing new 2 each 16.667 MVA substation transformer and 1 each

grounding transformer.

1.1.5.3 Providing containment system for the new transformers.

1.1.5.4 Providing new busway system connecting new transformers to existing switchgears.

1.1.5.5 Extend fence as indicated on drawings.

1.2 WORKING SCHEDULE

Working hours for the Contractor will normally be between the hours of 0730 and 1630,

Monday through Friday, excluding Federal Government Holidays. If the Contractor desires to

work during period other than above, additional Inspectors may be required . The Contractor

must notify the Contracting Officer three (3) work days in advance of his intention to work

during other periods to allow assignment of additional inspectors . When the Contracting

Officer determines that they are reasonably available, the Contracting Officer may authorize

the Contractor to perform work, during periods other than normal duty hours/ days. However,

if inspectors are required to perform in excess of their normal duty hours solely for the

benefits of the Contractor, the actual cost of inspection at overtime rates will be charged to the

Contractor and will be deducted from the final payment of the contract amount. Phasing the

work shall be required when there are multiple excavation sites on an approved AF Form 103.

1.2.1 Federal Government Holidays are as follow:

JAN - New Year's Day SEP - Labor Day

JAN - Martin Luther King's B'day OCT - Columbus Day

FEB - President's Day NOV - Veterans Day

MAY - Memorial Day NOV - Thanksgiving Day

JUL - Independence Day DEC - Christmas Day

1.3 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

1.3.1 Omissions or Misdescriptions

Omissions from the drawings or specifications or the misdescription of details of work which are

manifestly necessary to carry out the intent of the drawings and specifications , or which are

customarily performed, shall not relieve the Contractor from performing such omitted or

misdescribed details of the work, but shall be performed as if fully and correctly set forth and

described in the drawings and specifications.

01011-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

1.1.5.1 Removal of 2 each 16.667 MVA substation transformer and 1 each grounding 

transformer. 

1.1.5.2 Providing and installing new 2 each 16.667 MVA substation transformer and 1 each 

grounding transformer. 

1.1.5.3 Providing containment system for the new transformers. 

1.1.5.4 Providing new bus way system connecting new transformers to existing switchgears. 

1.1.5.5 Extend fence as indicated on drawings. 

1.2 WORKING SCHEDULE 

Working hours for the Contractor will normally be between the hours of 0730 and 1630, 

Monday through Friday, excluding Federal Government Holidays. If the Contractor desires to 

work during period other than above, additional Inspectors may be required. The Contractor 

must notify the Contracting Officer three (3) work days in advance of his intention to work 

during other periods to allow assignment of additional inspectors. When the Contracting 

Officer determines that they are reasonably available, the Contracting Officer may authorize 

the Contractor to perform work, during periods other than normal duty hours/ days. However, 

if inspectors are required to perform in excess of their normal duty hours solely for the 

benefits of the Contractor, the actual cost of inspection at overtime rates will be charged to the 

Contractor and will be deducted from the final payment of the contract amount. Phasing the 

work shall be required when there are multiple excavation sites on an approved AF Form 103. 

1.2.1 Federal Government Holidays are as follow: 

JAN - New Year's Day 

JAN - Martin Luther King's B'day 

FEB - President's Day 

MAY - Memorial Day 

JUL - Independence Day 

1.3 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 

1.3.1 Omissions or Misdescriptions 

SEP - Labor Day 

OCT - Columbus Day 

NOV - Veterans Day 

NOV - Thanksgiving Day 

DEC - Christmas Day 

Omissions from the drawings or specifications or the misdescription of details of work which are 

manifestly necessary to carry out the intent of the drawings and specifications, or which are 

customarily performed, shall not relieve the Contractor from performing such omitted or 

misdescribed details of the work, but shall be performed as if fully and correctly set forth and 

described in the drawings and specifications. 

01011-2 
PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.3.2 Record Drawings

The Contractor shall maintain at the job site two (2) sets of full size contract drawings,

marking them in red to show all variations between construction actually provided and that

indicated or specified in the contract documents . Where a choice of materials or methods is

permitted herein, or where variations in scope of character of work from that of the original

contract are authorized, the drawings shall be marked to define the construction actually

provided. The representation of such change shall conform to standard drafting practice and

shall include supplementary notes, legends and details as necessary to clearly portray the asbuilt construction. Upon completion of work, both sets of mark-up drawings shall be delivered

to the Contracting Officer, and shall be subject to approval before acceptance . Drawings shall

be updated daily. One set of marked prints will be returned to the Contractor with additional

comments as necessary and the other set retained by the Contracting Officer for confirmation

of the as-built drawings.

1.3.3 As-Built Drawings

As-built drawings shall contain information of which shall include both the existing and the

new. One set of reproducible as-built mylar drawings and one set of AUTOCAD drawings,

Release 14 or 2000 (in zip disk or compact disk) will be submitted no later than 7 calendar

days after completion of the project, before final payment is approved for payment. Disk shall

be properly identified to include project no. and title, name and address of Contractor with

telephone and fax numbers and completion date of the project. As-built drawings shall be

exact reproduction of the AutoCAD drawings and shall be verified for acceptance.

1.4 SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK

The Contractor also acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to the character, quality, and

quantity of the surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this

information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site, including all exploratory

work done by the Government, as well as from the drawings and specifications made a part of

this contract. Any failure of the Contractor to take the actions described and acknowledged in this

paragraph will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty

and cost of successfully performing the work, or for proceeding to successfully perform the work

without additional expense to the Government.

1.5 LAYING OUT WORK

1.5.1 Dimensions and elevations shall be verified by the Contractor . Discrepancies between

drawings, specifications, and existing conditions shall be referred to the Contracting Officer prior

to submitting a bid during the solicitation . Failure to make such notifications shall place

responsibility upon the Contractor to carry out work in satisfactory, workmanlike manner.

1.5.2 The Contractor shall be held responsible for the location and elevation of all the construction

contemplated by the Construction Documents.

01011-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.3.2 Record Drawings 

AJJY 00-1124 

The Contractor shall maintain at the job site two (2) sets of full size contract drawings, 

marking them in red to show all variations between construction actually provided and that 

indicated or specified in the contract documents. Where a choice of materials or methods is 

permitted herein, or where variations in scope of character of work from that of the original 

contract are authorized, the drawings shall be marked to define the construction actually 

provided. The representation of such change shall conform to standard drafting practice and 

shall include supplementary notes, legends and details as necessary to clearly portray the asbuilt construction. Upon completion of work, both sets of mark-up drawings shall be delivered 

to the Contracting Officer, and shall be subject to approval before acceptance. Drawings shall 

be updated daily. One set of marked prints will be returned to the Contractor with additional 

comments as necessary and the other set retained by the Contracting Officer for confirmation 

of the as-built drawings. 

1.3.3 As-Built Drawings 

As-built drawings shall contain information of which shall include both the existing and the 

new. One set of reproducible as-built mylar drawings and one set of AUTOCAD drawings, 

Release 14 or 2000 (in zip disk or compact disk) will be submitted no later than 7 calendar 

days after completion of the project, before final payment is approved for payment. Disk shall 

be properly identified to include project no. and title, name and address of Contractor with 

telephone and fax numbers and completion date of the project. As-built drawings shall be 

exact reproduction of the AutoCAD drawings and shall be verified for acceptance. 

1.4 SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK 

The Contractor also acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to the character, quality, and 

quantity of the surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this 

information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site, including all exploratory 

work done by the Government, as well as from the drawings and specifications made a part of 

this contract. Any failure of the Contractor to take the actions described and acknowledged in this 

paragraph will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty 

and cost of successfully performing the work, or for proceeding to successfully perform the work 

without additional expense to the Government. 

1.5 LAYING OUT WORK 

1.5.1 Dimensions and elevations shall be verified by the Contractor. Discrepancies between 

drawings, specifications, and existing conditions shall be referred to the Contracting Officer prior 

to submitting a bid during the solicitation. Failure to make such notifications shall place 

responsibility upon the Contractor to carry out work in satisfactory, workmanlike manner. 

1.5.2 The Contractor shall be held responsible for the location and elevation of all the construction 

contemplated by the Construction Documents. 

01011-3 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GU

1.5.3 Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall carefully check the work site, that in any

way affect the locations or elevation of the work to be executed by him, and should any

discrepancy be found, he shall immediately report the same to the Contracting Officer for

verification and adjustment. Any duplication of work made necessary by failure or neglect on the

Contractor's part to comply with this function shall be done at his sole expense.

1.5.4 The drawings accompanying these specifications indicate the general design necessary to

complete the work required. The exact location or arrangement of underground utility lines

should be established by shop drawings and is subject to minor changes necessitated by field

conditions which shall be made as required without additional cost to the Government.

Measurements shall be verified by actual observations at the construction site, and the Contractor

shall be responsible for all work fitting into place in satisfactory and workmanlike manner

meeting the approval of the Contracting Officer.

1.6 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

1.6.1 Safety Program

Works under this contract are potentially hazardous. Comply with the latest editions of 29

CFR 1910, 29 CFR 1926, and COE EM 385-1-1. Submit for approval an Accident Prevention

Plan and an activity Hazard Analysis. The Accident Prevention Plan shall be job specific.

Implement in detail the safety requirements of the above publications. The activity Hazard

Analysis shall be developed for each type of work and address the known hazards associated

with the work and what controls will be implemented. With respect to hazardous materials,

the plan shall consist of:

1.6.1.1 An inventory of hazardous materials including quantity to be introduced to the site. Submit

to the Contracting Officer Material Safety Data Sheets for those materials prior to introducing

materials to the site.

1.6.1.2 Plan for protecting personnel and property during the transport, storage and use of the

materials in accordance with applicable guidelines.

1.6.1.3 Procedures for spill response and disposal in accordance with applicable guidelines.

1.6.1.4 When cranes will be needed for lifting steel, add the statement: "Do not hoist two or more

separately rigged loads (Tandem or Xmastree lifting), regardless of weight" to the Accident

Prevention plan.

1.6.2 Forms

Submit OSHA Form 200 or other forms that contain the same information for each recordable

occupational injury or illness (first aid cases not recordable), lost time accident or property

damage $1,000 or more resulting from job site accidents within 6 days of an accident. Notify

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORl\ffiRS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

1.5.3 Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall carefully check the work site, that in any 

way affect the locations or elevation of the work to be executed by him, and should any 

discrepancy be found, he shall immediately report the same to the Contracting Officer for 

verification and adjustment. Any duplication of work made necessary by failure or neglect on the 

Contractor's part to comply with this function shall be done at his sole expense. 

1.5.4 The drawings accompanying these specifications indicate the general design necessary to 

complete the work required. The exact location or arrangement of underground utility lines 

should be established by shop drawings and is subject to minor changes necessitated by field 

conditions which shall be made as required without additional cost to the Government. 

Measurements shall be verified by actual observations at the construction site, and the Contractor 

shall be responsible for all work fitting into place in satisfactory and workmanlike manner 

meeting the approval of the Contracting Officer. 

1.6 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 

1.6.1 Safety Program 

Works under this contract are potentially hazardous. Comply with the latest editions of 29 

CFR 1910,29 CFR 1926, and COE EM 385-1-1. Submit for approval an Accident Prevention 

Plan and an activity Hazard Analysis. The Accident Prevention Plan shall be job specific. 

Implement in detail the safety requirements of the above publications. The activity Hazard 

Analysis shall be developed for each type of work and address the known hazards associated 

with the work and what controls will be implemented. With respect to hazardous materials, 

the plan shall consist of: 

1.6.1.1 An inventory of hazardous materials including quantity to be introduced to the site. Submit 

to the Contracting Officer Material Safety Data Sheets for those materials prior to introducing 

materials to the site. 

1.6.1.2 Plan for protecting personnel and property during the transport, storage and use ofthe 

materials in accordance with applicable guidelines. 

1.6.1.3 Procedures for spill response and disposal in accordance with applicable guidelines. 

1.6.1.4 When cranes will be needed for lifting steel, add the statement: "Do not hoist two or more 

separately rigged loads (Tandem or Xmastree lifting), regardless of weight" to the Accident 

Prevention plan. 

1.6.2 Forms 

Submit OSHA Form 200 or other forms that contain the same information for each recordable 

occupational injury or illness (first aid cases not recordable), lost time accident or property 

damage $1,000 or more resulting from job site accidents within 6 days of an accident. Notify 

01011-4 
PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GU

the Contracting Officer immediately by telephone of fatalities, major accidents, or property

damage/material losses over $100,000 for each accident. The Air Force must be informed of

any civilian employee/Contractor fatality, any personnel hospitalized and any government

property damage.

1.6.3 Administration of Safety Program

The Contractor shall confer with the Contracting Officer to develop mutual understanding

relative to the Administration of the Safety Program. The Contractor shall be responsible to

correct all unsafe conditions created during the progress of work. The Contractor shall submit

prior to the specified preconstruction conference a written accident prevention plan on the

safety provisions and precautions to be followed throughout the life of the contract. Submit

items in accordance with COE EM 385-1-1.

1.6.4 Hazardous Noise

Provide hazardous noise signs, as directed, whenever equipment and work procedures produce

sound levels over 84 dBA continuous noise or 140 dBA peak sound level. Comply with COE

EM 385-1-1 , Section 05 . C, "Noise Control " Corps of Engineers. When sound pressure level

in the working area is over 84 dBA continuous noise or 140 dBA peak sound level, the

Contractor shall provide personal ear protection equivalent to the combination of earplugs and

earmuffs to the Contractor 's personnel.

1.6.5 Safety Fencing

1.6.5.1 As a minimum, the Contractor shall use high visibility (1.2 m) 4 feet high mesh safety

fence made from high density polyethylene with a breakload at least (7005 N per meter) 480

pounds per foot (Services & Material brand LWBF 4100 or approved equal). The fence shall be

secured to a (50 X 100 mm) 2 X 4 inch wood frame. The spacing of the frame supports shall not

be more than (1.8 m) 6 feet on center . The minimum limits of the fence shall be shown on the

project drawings or as designated by the Contracting Officer.

1.6.5.2 The use of ribbon/surveyor's tape for marking construction zones is unacceptable.

1.7 WELDING

No welding work shall be performed on site unless absolutely necessary . Prior to

commencing any welding, the Contractor shall obtain a welding permit from the Base Fire

Department. Coordinate with the fire department to have a fire truck on stand -by during

welding process.

1.8 PROTECTION FOR OPEN FLAME DEVICES

When open flame and/or spark producing devices, i . e., acetylene oxygen welding equipment,

electric arc welding, etc ., are employed for job accomplishment, the following procedures are

01011-5

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

the Contracting Officer immediately by telephone of fatalities, major accidents, or property 

damage/material losses over $100,000 for each accident. The Air Force must be informed of 

any civilian employee/Contractor fatality, any personnel hospitalized and any government 

property damage. 

1.6.3 Administration of Safety Program 

The Contractor shall confer with the Contracting Officer to develop mutual understanding 

relative to the Administration of the Safety Program. The Contractor shall be responsible to 

correct all unsafe conditions created during the progress of work. The Contractor shall submit 

prior to the specified preconstruction conference a written accident prevention plan on the 

safety provisions and precautions to be followed throughout the life of the contract. Submit 

items in accordance with COE EM 385-1-1. 

1.6.4 Hazardous Noise 

Provide hazardous noise signs, as directed, whenever equipment and work procedures produce 

sound levels over 84 dBA continuous noise or 140 dBA peak sound level. Comply with COE 

EM 385-1-1, Section 05.C, "Noise Control" Corps of Engineers. When sound pressure level 

in the working area is over 84 dBA continuous noise or 140 dBA peak sound level, the 

Contractor shall provide personal ear protection equivalent to the combination of earplugs and 

earmuffs to the Contractor's personnel. 

1.6.5 Safety Fencing 

1.6.5.1 As a minimum, the Contractor shall use high visibility (1.2 m) 4 feet high mesh safety 

fence made from high density polyethylene with a breakload at least (7005 N per meter) 480 

pounds per foot (Services & Material brand L WBF 4100 or approved equal). The fence shall be 

secured to a (50 X 100 mm) 2 X 4 inch wood frame. The spacing of the frame supports shall not 

be more than (1.8 m) 6 feet on center. The minimum limits of the fence shall be shown on the 

project drawings or as designated by the Contracting Officer. 

1.6.5.2 The use of ribbon/surveyor's tape for marking construction zones is unacceptable. 

1.7 WELDING 

No welding work shall be performed on site unless absolutely necessary. Prior to 

commencing any welding, the Contractor shall obtain a welding permit from the Base Fire 

Department. Coordinate with the fire department to have a fire truck on stand-by during 

welding process. 

1.8 PROTECTION FOR OPEN FLAME DEVICES 

When open flame and/or spark producing devices, i.e., acetylene oxygen welding equipment, 

electric arc welding, etc., are employed for job accomplishment, the following procedures are 

01011-5 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

mandatory:

1.8.1 Inspect all Surroundings and equipment to ensure that combustible substances are not

present in any area where contact of metal in a temperature above the flashpoint on any

compound is possible.

1.8.2 Ensure that no open containers or spills of combustible substances are present.

1.8.3 Ensure that ignition is not possible by conduction, convection, radiation, or dispersion of

molten metal.

1.8.4 Proper protection equipment and practices will be used , i.e., fire-resistant blankets,

wetting of surrounding area, removal of combustible materials where practicable , earth filled

backing, portable fire extinguishers of proper type on hand.

1.9 FIRE PROTECTION

1.9.1 Contractor shall maintain (6.1 m) 20 feet wide clear access around construction site and

storage for fire fighting equipment and vehicle.

1.9.2 The Contractor shall at all times maintain good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of

fire damage. All scrap materials, rubbish, and trash shall be removed daily and shall not be

permitted to be scattered on adjacent property.

1.9.3 Fire extinguishers shall be available at each location. The Contractor shall provide fire

extinguishers in accordance with the recommendation of NFPA Nos. 10 and 241. However, in

all cases a minimum of 2 fire extinguishers shall be available for each area of work, rated as

2A40BC.

1.9.4 Fire Codes: The Contractor shall adhere to all requirements of the national fire codes,

installation fire regulations, as they relate to his work on this project.

1.10 WORK BY OTHERS

1.10.1 Work not included

Except for such auxiliary work as is shown or specified or is necessary as a part of the

construction, the following work is not included in the Contract:

1.10.1.1 Any work shown, but marked "NOT IN CONTRACT" (NIC).

1.10.1.2 Any work indicated to be furnished and installed by Air Force.

1.11 INTEGRATING EXISTING WORK

01011-6

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

mandatory: 

AJJY 00-1124 

1.8.1 Inspect all Surroundings and equipment to ensure that combustible substances are not 

present in any area where contact of metal in a temperature above the flashpoint on any 

compound is possible. 

1.8.2 Ensure that no open containers or spills of combustible substances are present. 

1.8.3 Ensure that ignition is not possible by conduction, convection, radiation, or dispersion of 

molten metal. 

1.8.4 Proper protection equipment and practices will be used, i.e., fire-resistant blankets, 

wetting of surrounding area, removal of combustible materials where practicable, earth filled 

backing, portable fire extinguishers of proper type on hand. 

1.9 FIRE PROTECTION 

1.9.1 Contractor shall maintain (6.1 m) 20 feet wide clear access around construction site and 

storage for fire fighting equipment and vehicle. 

1.9.2 The Contractor shall at all times maintain good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of 

fire damage. All scrap materials, rubbish, and trash shall be removed daily and shall not be 

permitted to be scattered on adjacent property. 

1.9.3 Fire extinguishers shall be available at each location. The Contractor shall provide fire 

extinguishers in accordance with the recommendation of NFP A Nos. 10 and 241. However, in 

all cases a minimum of 2 fire extinguishers shall be available for each area of work, rated as 

2A40BC. 

1.9.4 Fire Codes: The Contractor shall adhere to all requirements of the national fire codes, 

installation fire regulations, as they relate to his work on this project. 

1.10 WORKBYOTHERS 

1.10.1 Work not included 

Except for such auxiliary work as is shown or specified or is necessary as a part of the 

construction, the following work is not included in the Contract: 

1.10.1.1 Any work shown, but marked "NOT IN CONTRACT" (NIC). 

1.10.1.2 Any work indicated to be furnished and installed by Air Force. 

1.11 INTEGRATING EXISTING WORK 

01011-6 
PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.11.1 All existing streets and buildings to remain, and other improvements shall be protected from

damage.

1.11.2 The Contractor's operations shall be confined to the immediate vicinity of the new work and

shall not in any way interfere with or obstruct the ingress or egress to and from adjacent property.

1.11.3 If new work is to be connected to existing work, special care shall be exercised not to

disturb or damage the existing work more than necessary . All damaged work shall be replaced,

repaired, and restored to its original conditions at no cost to the Air Force and subject to the

approval of the Contracting Officer.

1.12 PATCHING GOVERNMENT-OWNED FACILITIES

Government-owned structures, facilities, streets, curbs, walks, etc., that are damaged or

removed due to required excavations or other construction work, shall be patched, repaired or

replaced, to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer.

1.13 OVERLOADING

The Contractor shall be responsible for overloading any part or parts of structures beyond

their safe calculated carrying capacities during construction by placing of materials,

equipment, tools, machinery, or any other item thereon.

1.14 STANDARDS

1.14.1 Any material specified by reference to the number , symbol, or title or a specific standard

such as Commercial Standard, a Federal Specification, a trade associating standard, or other

national standard, shall comply with the requirements in the latest revision thereof, and any

amendment or supplement thereto, in effect on the date or invitation for proposals, except as

limited to type, class or grade, or modified in such reference, and except as otherwise indicated.

1.14.2 The standard referred to, except as modified in the specifications , shall have full force and

effect as though printed in these specifications. These standards are not furnished to bidders for

the reason that the manufacturers and trades involved are assumed to be familiar with their

requirements.

-1.14.2.1 Where Federal Specifications are referred to as a measure of quality and standard, they

refer to Federal Specifications established by the Procurement Division of the United States

Government and are available from Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing

Office, Washington D.C. 20210.

1.14.2.2 Where Federal Specifications numbers are used , they refer to the latest edition including

amendments thereto.

01011-7

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

1.11.1 All existing streets and buildings to remain, and other improvements shall be protected from 

damage. 

1.11.2 The Contractor's operations shall be confined to the immediate vicinity of the new work and 

shall not in any way interfere with or obstruct the ingress or egress to and from adjacent property. 

1.11.3 If new work is to be connected to existing work, special care shall be exercised not to 

disturb or damage the existing work more than necessary. All damaged work shall be replaced, 

repaired, and restored to its original conditions at no cost to the Air Force and subject to the 

approval of the Contracting Officer. 

1.12 PATCHING GOVERNMENT-OWNED FACILITIES 

Government-owned structures, facilities, streets, curbs, walks, etc., that are damaged or 

removed due to required excavations or other construction work, shall be patched, repaired or 

replaced, to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer. 

1.13 OVERLOADING 

The Contractor shall be responsible for overloading any part or parts of structures beyond 

their safe calculated carrying capacities during construction by placing of materials, 

equipment, tools, machinery, or any other item thereon. 

1.14 STANDARDS 

1.14.1 Any material specified by reference to the number, symbol, or title or a specific standard 

such as Commercial Standard, a Federal Specification, a trade associating standard, or other 

national standard, shall comply with the requirements in the latest revision thereof, and any 

amendment or supplement thereto, in effect on the date or invitation for proposals, except as 

limited to type, class or grade, or modified in such reference, and except as otherwise indicated. 

1.14.2 The standard referred to, except as modified in the specifications, shall have full force and 

effect as though printed in these specifications. These standards are not furnished to bidders for 

the reason that the manufacturers and trades involved are assumed to be familiar with their 

requirements. 

·1.14.2.1 Where Federal Specifications are referred to as a measure of quality and standard, they 

refer to Federal Specifications established by the Procurement Division of the United States 

Government and are available from Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing 

Office, Washington D.C. 20210. 

1.14.2.2 Where Federal Specifications numbers are used, they refer to the latest edition including 

amendments thereto. 

01011-7 
PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GU

1.14.2.3 Where Commercial Standards are referred to as a measure of quality, standard, and

method of fabrication, they refer to Commercial Standards, issued by the U.S. Department of

Commerce.

1.14.2.4 Where ASTM Serial Numbers are used, they refer to the latest tentative specifications,

standards specification, standard methods, or standard method of testing issued by the American

Society of Testing Materials.

1.15 CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE

Except where test and/or inspections in connection with structural materials are specified or

required by applicable laws, rules and regulations, manufacturer 's certificate covering

conformance with the requirements of the above mentioned Federal Specifications and

Commercial Standards may be acceptable in lieu of test for such items . Such certificates shall

be furnished to the Contracting Officer for all items so specified.

1.16 STORAGE AREAS

The Contractor shall provide both open and covered storage space for protection to equipment

and materials necessary for the project. The Contractor will be required to have chain link

fencing around the storage area. The Government will not be responsible for the security of

those materials. Area assigned shall be kept clean of trash at all times. The grass within

(15.24 m) 50 feet around the storage area, shall be mowed every fifteen ( 15) days or otherwise

directed by the Contracting Officer during the duration of the contract and before turning over

the area to the Contracting Officer or his authorized representative.

1.17 UTILITY OUTAGES

All electrical/water/sewer outages must be requested in writing to the Contracting Officer at

least 14 calendar days in advance of the outages.

1.18 FACILITY OUTAGES

Maximum allowable outage for one transformer is 2 weeks . Outages shall be scheduled so

that no more than 1 transformer will be out of service at a time. Outage schedule shall be

received 2 weeks in advance to allow the Air Force to review schedule. The Contractor shall

call each utility owner 24 hours in advance to finalize coordination of said utility.

1.19 SUBMITTALS

The Contractor will provide to the Contracting Officer, within 15 calendar days after receipt

of the Notice to Proceed, a copy of the Schedule of Materials Submittals, AF Forms 66, with

the "Required Submission Date" column completed . The Contractor will establish required

submission dates for each submittal item consistent with timely construction completion.

Once established, the schedule will be used by the Government to monitor Contractor

01011-8

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

1.14.2.3 Where Commercial Standards are referred to as a measure of quality, standard, and 

method of fabrication, they refer to Commercial Standards, issued by the U.S. Department of 

Commerce. 

1.14.2.4 Where ASTM Serial Numbers are used, they refer to the latest tentative specifications, 

standards specification, standard methods, or standard method of testing issued by the American 

Society of Testing Materials. 

1.15 CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE 

Except where test and/or inspections in connection with structural materials are specified or 

required by applicable laws, rules and regulations, manufacturer's certificate covering 

conformance with the requirements of the above mentioned Federal Specifications and 

Commercial Standards may be acceptable in lieu of test for such items. Such certificates shall 

be furnished to the Contracting Officer for all items so specified. 

1.16 STORAGEAREAS 

The Contractor shall provide both open and covered storage space for protection to equipment 

and materials necessary for the project. The Contractor will be required to have chain link 

fencing around the storage area. The Government will not be responsible for the security of 

those materials. Area assigned shall be kept clean of trash at all times. The grass within 

(15.24 m) 50 feet around the storage area, shall be mowed every fifteen (15) days or otherwise 

directed by the Contracting Officer during the duration of the contract and before turning over 

the area to the Contracting Officer or his authorized representative. 

1.17 UTILITY OUTAGES 

All electrical/water/sewer outages must be requested in writing to the Contracting Officer at 

least 14 calendar days in advance of the outages. 

1.18 FACILITY OUTAGES 

Maximum allowable outage for one transformer is 2 weeks. Outages shall be scheduled so 

that no more than 1 transformer will be out of service at a time. Outage schedule shall be 

received 2 weeks in advance to allow the Air Force to review schedule. The Contractor shall 

call each utility owner 24 hours in advance to finalize coordination of said utility. 

1.19 SUBMITTALS 

The Contractor will provide to the Contracting Officer, within 15 calendar days after receipt 

of the Notice to Proceed, a copy of the Schedule of Materials Submittals, AF Forms 66, with 

the "Required Submission Date" column completed. The Contractor will establish required 

submission dates for each submittal item consistent with timely construction completion. 

Once established, the schedule will be used by the Government to monitor Contractor 

01011-S 
PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GU

performance. Where there may be a conflict between the schedule of material submittals and

project specifications, the specifications shall govern the Contractor actions.

1.19.1 Haul Route

Contractor shall submit a plan showing proposed haul route to be approved by Contracting

Officer.

1.20 CONSTRUCTION PERMIT FORM

Work shall not commence prior to the Contractors routing and coordination of the Base Civil

Engineer Work Clearance (AF Form 103). The Contractor shall phase work when there are

multiple excavation sites on the approved AF Form 103. Both on and off Base coordination is

the sole responsibility of the Contractor before commencement of work.

1.21 DELIVERY OF READY-MIXED CONCRETE

The Contractor shall give the Contracting Officer five (5) days advance notice for all readymixed concrete deliveries.

1.22 LIMITATIONS TO DELIVERY OF READY-MIXED CONCRETE

Ready-mixed concrete twenty cubic yards or more in volume shall not be delivered on base

after 1400 hours.

1.23 BURYING OF CABLES

Unless otherwise detailed on plan, no cables and cables in conduits shall be buried less than

(610 mm) 24 inches below grade.

1.24 DETECTION OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS

In the event that the Contractor encounters suspect asbestos containing materials in the job

site, the Contracting Officer shall be notified immediately by the Contractor.

1.25 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE

The Contractor shall designate and assign an on-site superintendent to be present at all times

during the construction. The superintendent shall be authorized to make legally binding

agreements and shall be fluent in the English language. An alternate superintendent who shall

have the same qualifications and duties as the superintendent shall be appointed by the

Contractor . Appointments of superintendent and the alternate shall be made in writing with

copy furnished to the Contracting Officer.

1.26 STORM AND EARTHQUAKE PROVISIONS

01011-9

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

performance. Where there may be a conflict between the schedule of material submittals and 

project specifications, the specifications shall govern the Contractor actions. 

1.19.1 Haul Route 

Contractor shall submit a plan showing proposed haul route to be approved by Contracting 

Officer. 

1.20 CONSTRUCTION PERMIT FORM 

Work shall not commence prior to the Contractors routing and coordination of the Base Civil 

Engineer Work Clearance (AF Form 103). The Contractor shall phase work when there are 

multiple excavation sites on the approved AF Form 103. Both on and off Base coordination is 

the sole responsibility of the Contractor before commencement of work. 

1.21 DELIVERY OF READY-MIXED CONCRETE 

The Contractor shall give the Contracting Officer five (5) days advance notice for all readymixed concrete deliveries. 

1.22 LIMITATIONS TO DELIVERY OF READY-MIXED CONCRETE 

Ready-mixed concrete twenty cubic yards or more in volume shall not be delivered on base 

after 1400 hours. 

1.23 BURYING OF CABLES 

Unless otherwise detailed on plan, no cables and cables in conduits shall be buried less than 

(610 mm) 24 inches below grade. 

1.24 DETECTION OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS 

In the event that the Contractor encounters suspect asbestos containing materials in the job 

site, the Contracting Officer shall be notified immediately by the Contractor. 

1.25 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE 

The Contractor shall designate and assign an on-site superintendent to be present at all times 

during the construction. The superintendent shall be authorized to make legally binding 

agreements and shall be fluent in the English language. An alternate superintendent who shall 

have the same qualifications and duties as the superintendent shall be appointed by the 

Contractor. Appointments of superintendent and the alternate shall be made in writing with 

copy furnished to the Contracting Officer. 

1.26 STORM AND EARTHQUAKE PROVISIONS 

01011-9 
PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.26.1 Storm Provisions

Should warnings of wind of tropical storm force or stronger (Tropical Storm Condition

3/TYCOR3) be issued, the Contractor shall take every practicable precaution to minimize

danger to persons, to the work, and to adjacent property. These precautions shall include, but

not be limited to the removal of all loose materials, tools and equipment from exposed

locations, and removing or securing other temporary work.

1.26.2 Earthquake Provisions

All temporary work, loose materials, tools and equipment shall be maintained such that

damage shall be minimized in the event of an earthquake.

1.27 CORROSION CONTROL

All exposed metal surfaces and structures shall be provided with corrosion inhibiting primer

coats and two finish coats of corrosion protective paints.

1.28 DEBRIS

The Contractor shall maintain the site free of all debris. The Contractor at the end of each

day, shall remove all debris resulting from his work or any wind blown debris from his areas

of operation. All non-recyclable debris resulting from the project shall be disposed of at the

on-base landfill. Materials to be disposed shall be cut or disassembled into small pieces that

would be of acceptable size for disposal at the landfill . The Andersen Air Force Base

landfill's hours of operation are 7:30 AM to 3:30 PM Monday through Friday.

1.29 CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS

Construction debris should be separated into categories and taken to the landfill and placed in

the proper areas as instructed by the landfill operators. This debris includes metal, wood, and

concrete and gravel.

1.30 RECYCLABLE MATERIALS

Recyclable material on Andersen Air Force Base consists of aluminum cans, cardboard,

paper, and glass. Items should be separated before being taken to the Andersen Air Force

Base Recycle Center. Hours of operation for the Recycle Center are 0700 to 1600.

1.31 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

The Contractor shall ensure that all operations and practices performed under this contract

comply with Federal and Government of Guam Environmental Protection Agency directives

01011-10

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.26.1 Storm Provisions 

AJJY 00-1124 

Should warnings of wind of tropical storm force or stronger (Tropical Storm Condition 

3/TYCOR3) be issued, the Contractor shall take every practicable precaution to minimize 

danger to persons, to the work, and to adjacent property. These precautions shall include, but 

not be limited to the removal of all loose materials, tools and equipment from exposed 

locations, and removing or securing other temporary work. 

1.26.2 Earthquake Provisions 

All temporary work, loose materials, tools and equipment shall be maintained such that 

damage shall be minimized in the event of an earthquake. 

1.27 CORROSION CONTROL 

All exposed metal surfaces and structures shall be provided with corrosion inhibiting primer 

coats and two finish coats of corrosion protective paints. 

1.28 DEBRIS 

The Contractor shall maintain the site free of all debris. The Contractor at the end of each 

day, shall remove all debris resulting from his work or any wind blown debris from his areas 

of operation. All non-recyclable debris resulting from the project shall be disposed of at the 

on-base landfill. Materials to be disposed shall be cut or disassembled into small pieces that 

would be of acceptable size for disposal at the landfill. The Andersen Air Force Base 

landfill's hours of operation are 7:30 AM to 3:30 PM Monday through Friday. 

1.29 CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS 

Construction debris should be separated into categories and taken to the landfill and placed in 

the proper areas as instructed by the landfill operators. This debris includes metal, wood, and 

concrete and gravel. 

1.30 RECYCLABLE MATERIALS 

Recyclable material on Andersen Air Force Base consists of aluminum cans, cardboard, 

paper, and glass. Items should be separated before being taken to the Andersen Air Force 

Base Recycle Center. Hours of operation for the Recycle Center are 0700 to 1600. 

1.31 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION 

The Contractor shall ensure that all operations and practices performed under this contract 

comply with Federal and Government of Guam Environmental Protection Agency directives 

01011-10 
PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

AJJY 00-1124

applicable to the project. Contractor shall ensure that hazardous material usage is identified an

reported to the HAZMART according to the local procedures.

Refer all environmental questions to the Contracting Officer.

1.32 SECURITY PROCEDURES

All activities on Andersen AFB are subject to periodic drills and alerts. AF Form 75 (Visitor's

Pass) shall be displayed in front of the windshield at all times while vehicle is on base. All

vehicles may be inspected upon entering the base. The degree of inspection may vary from day

to day, depending on threat conditions and military exercises. The Contractor shall be advised of

base entry procedures and necessary security actions at the pre-performance conference.

1.33 RESTRICTED ACCESS AREAS

Work is required in restricted access area . The Contracting Officer shall monitor contract

performance during the entire contract period . The Contractor shall notify the Contracting

Officer 14 calendar days prior to commencement of working in this area, including any breaks

between work. Government escorts will be provided as necessary.

1.34 UTILITY SERVICES

Unless otherwise directed in the contract documents, all reasonable quantities of utilities required

for work operations that are available from Government sources will be made available to the

Contractor without charge. In the event of a power outage, the Contractor is responsible for

providing utilities at the Contractor 's expense.

1.35 NOTIFICATION BEFORE STARTING ON-SITE WORK

The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to

starting on-site work.

1.36 PREPARATION OF MATERIAL APPROVAL SUBMITTALS

The submittals contemplated by the clause, FAR 52.236-5 (APR 1984) herein titled, "Material

and Workmanship" shall be accomplished in accordance with instructions pertaining to AF Form

3000, Material Approval Submittal . The Contractor is responsible for the submission of all

required submittals, whether or not they are listed on the Materials Submittal list found in the

contract specifications.

1.37 PREPARATION OF PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS

The reports contemplated by the clause, FAR 52.236-15 (APR 1984) herein titled, "Schedules for

Construction Contracts " shall be accomplished on and in accordance with instructions pertaining

to AF Form 3064, Contract Progress Schedule and AF Form 3065, Contract Progress Report.

01011-11

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORl\1ERS, B-17S0 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

applicable to the project. Contractor shall ensure that hazardous material usage is identified and 

reported to the HAZMART according to the local procedures. 

Refer all environmental questions to the Contracting Officer. 

1.32 SECURITY PROCEDURES 

All activities on Andersen AFB are subject to periodic drills and alerts. AF Form 75 (Visitor's 

Pass) shall be displayed in front of the windshield at all times while vehicle is on base. All 

vehicles may be inspected upon entering the base. The degree of inspection may vary from day 

to day, depending on threat conditions and military exercises. The Contractor shall be advised of 

base entry procedures and necessary security actions at the pre-performance conference. 

1.33 RESTRICTED ACCESS AREAS 

Work is required in restricted access area. The Contracting Officer shall monitor contract 

performance during the entire contract period. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting 

Officer 14 calendar days prior to commencement of working in this area, including any breaks 

between work. Government escorts will be provided as necessary. 

1.34 UTILITY SERVICES 

Unless otherwise directed in the contract documents, all reasonable quantities of utilities required 

for work operations that are available from Government sources will be made available to the 

Contractor without charge. In the event of a power outage, the Contractor is responsible for 

providing utilities at the Contractor's expense. 

1.35 NOTIFICATION BEFORE STARTING ON-SITE WORK 

The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to 

starting on-site work. 

1.36 PREPARATION OF MATERIAL APPROVAL SUBMITTALS 

The submittals contemplated by the clause, FAR 52.236-5 (APR 1984) herein titled, "Material 

and Workmanship" shall be accomplished in accordance with instructions pertaining to AF Form 

3000, Material Approval Submittal. The Contractor is responsible for the submission of all 

required submittals, whether or not they are listed on the Materials Submittal list found in the 

contract specifications. 

1.37 PREPARATION OF PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS 

The reports contemplated by the clause, FAR 52.236-15 (APR 1984) herein titled, "Schedules for 

Construction Contracts" shall be accomplished on and in accordance with instructions pertaining 

to AF Form 3064, Contract Progress Schedule and AF Form 3065, Contract Progress Report. 

01011-11 
PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

The Contract Progress Schedule shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer within fourteen

(14) calendar days prior to starting on-site work.

1.38 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE TESTS

1.38.1 Starting Systems

a. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems.

b. Notify Contracting Officer seven days prior to start-up of each item.

c. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper

lubrication, drive rotation , belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which

may cause damage.

d. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with

those required by the equipment or system manufacturer.

e. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested.

f. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible Contractor's personnel in

accordance with manufacturers' instructions.

g. When specified in individual specification Sections , require manufacturer to provide

authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check and approve

equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing

equipment or system in operation.

h. Submit a written report in accordance with Section 01330 that equipment or system

has been properly installed and is functioning correctly.

1.38.2 Demonstration and Instructions

a. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two

weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion.

b. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents

of manual with Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and

maintenance.

c. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing,

maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled times, at

designated location.

01011-12

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

The Contract Progress Schedule shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer within fourteen 

(14) calendar days prior to starting on-site work. 

1.38 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE TESTS 

1.38.1 Starting Systems 

a. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. 

b. Notify Contracting Officer seven days prior to start-up of each item. 

c. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper 

lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which 

may cause damage. 

d. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with 

those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. 

e. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. 

f. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible Contractor's personnel in 

accordance with manufacturers' instructions. 

g. When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide 

authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check and approve 

equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing 

equipment or system in operation. 

h. Submit a written report in accordance with Section 01330 that equipment or system 

has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 

1.38.2 Demonstration and Instructions 

a. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two 

weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion. 

b. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents 

of manual with Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and 

maintenance. 

c. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, 

maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled times, at 

designated location. 

01011-12 
PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

d. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need

for additional data becomes apparent during instruction.

1.3 8.3 Acceptance Test

1.38.3.1 All test shall be done in the presence of the Contracting Officer and authorized

representative. Perform acceptance tests and inspections on applicable equipment and systems

specified in the following sections.

a. Interior Distribution System: Section 16402.

1.38.4 Test Reports

Acceptance tests and inspections;

Submit certified copies of inspection reports and test reports . Reports shall include certification

of compliance with specified requirements , identify deficiencies, and recommend corrective

action when appropriate. Type and neatly bind test reports to form a part of the final record.

Submit test reports documenting the results of each test not more than 10 days after test is

completed.

1.38.5 The Contractor must request for a final inspection at least five (5) working days prior to the

desired inspection date. This request must be in writing addressed to the Contracting Officer.

-- End of Section --

01011-13

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

d. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need 

for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 

1.38.3 Acceptance Test 

1.38.3.1 All test shall be done in the presence of the Contracting Officer and authorized 

representative. Perform acceptance tests and inspections on applicable equipment and systems 

specified in the following sections. 

a. Interior Distribution System: Section 16402. 

1.38.4 Test Reports 

Acceptance tests and inspections; 

Submit certified copies of inspection reports and test reports. Reports shall include certification 

of compliance with specified requirements, identify deficiencies, and recommend corrective 

action when appropriate. Type and neatly bind test reports to form a part of the final record. 

Submit test reports documenting the results of each test not more than 10 days after test is 

completed. 

1.38.5 The Contractor must request for a final inspection at least five (5) working days prior to the 

desired inspection date. This request must be in writing addressed to the Contracting Officer. 

-- End of Section 

01011-13 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 01330

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART1 GENERAL

1.1 DEFINITIONS

1.1.1 Submittal

Shop drawings, product data, samples, and administrative submittals presented for review and

approval.

1.1.2 Types of Submittals

All submittals are classified as indicated in paragraph "Schedule of Submittal Descriptions".

Submittals also are grouped as follows:

a. Shop drawings: As used in this section, drawings, schedules, diagrams, and other

data prepared specifically for this contract, by Contractor or through Contractor by

way of subcontractor, manufacturer , supplier, distributor, or other lower tier

Contractor, to illustrate portion of work.

b. Product data: Preprinted material such as illustrations, standard schedules,

performance charts, instructions , brochures, diagrams, manufacturer's descriptive

literature, catalog data, and other data to illustrate portion of work, but not

prepared exclusively for this contract.

c. Samples: Physical examples of products , materials, equipment, assemblies, or

workmanship that are physically identical to portion of work, illustrating portion

of work or establishing standards for evaluating appearance of finished work or

both.

d. Administrative submittals: Data presented for reviews and approval to ensure that

administrative requirements of project are adequately met but not to ensure

directly that work is in accordance with design concept and in compliance with

contract documents.

1.1.3 Approving Authority

Contracting Officer.

01330-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

SECTION 01330 

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 DEFINITIONS 

1.1.1 Submittal 

AJJY 00-1124 

Shop drawings, product data, samples, and administrative submittals presented for review and 

approval. 

1.1.2 Types of Submittals 

All submittals are classified as indicated in paragraph "Schedule of Submittal Descriptions". 

Submittals also are grouped as follows: 

a. Shop drawings: As used in this section, drawings, schedules, diagrams, and other 

data prepared specifically for this contract, by Contractor or through Contractor by 

way of subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, distributor, or other lower tier 

Contractor, to illustrate portion of work. 

b. Product data: Preprinted material such as illustrations, standard schedules, 

performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, manufacturer's descriptive 

literature, catalog data, and other data to illustrate portion of work, but not 

prepared exclusively for this contract. 

c. Samples: Physical examples of products, materials, equipment, assemblies, or 

workmanship that are physically identical to portion of work, illustrating portion 

of work or establishing standards for evaluating appearance of finished work or 

both. 

d. Administrative submittals: Data presented for reviews and approval to ensure that 

administrative requirements of project are adequately met but not to ensure 

directly that work is in accordance with design concept and in compliance with 

contract documents. 

1.1.3 Approving Authority 

Contracting Officer. 

01330-1 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.1.4 Work

As used in this section, on- and off-site construction required by contract documents , including

labor necessary to produce construction and materials , products, equipment, and systems

incorporated or to be incorporated in such construction.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Submit the following in accordance with the requirements of this section.

1.2.1 Records

a. Submittal register

1.2.1.1 Submittal Register

State for each submittal the Contractor's planned submittal date. Submit within 15 days after

notice to proceed. Insert dates on copies of the "Submittal Register." Obtain the original from

the following source:

a. From a register with submittal items filled in which will be available from the

Contracting Officer at the time of the notice to proceed.

1.3 FORMAT OF SUBMITTALS

1.3.1 Transmittal Form

Transmit each submittal, except sample installations and sample panels, to the Contracting

Officer. Transmit submittals with transmittal form prescribed by Contracting Officer and

standard for project. The transmittal form shall identify Contractor, indicate date of submittal,

and include information prescribed by transmittal form and required in paragraph entitled

"Identifying Submittals."

1.3.2 Identifying Submittals

Identify submittals, except sample panel and sample installation, with the following

information permanently adhered to or noted on each separate component of each submittal

and noted on transmittal form. Mark each copy of each submittal identically, with the

following:

a. Project title and location.

b. Construction contract number.

c. Section number of the specification section by which submittal is required.

01330-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

l.1.4 Work 

AJJY 00-1124 

As used in this section, on- and off-site construction required by contract documents, including 

labor necessary to produce construction and materials, products, equipment, and systems 

incorporated or to be incorporated in such construction. 

l.2 SUBMITTALS 

Submit the following in accordance with the requirements of this section. 

l.2.1 Records 

a. Submittal register 

1.2.1.1 Submittal Register 

State for each submittal the Contractor's planned submittal date. Submit within 15 days after 

notice to proceed. Insert dates on copies of the "Submittal Register." Obtain the original from 

the following source: 

a. From a register with submittal items filled in which will be available from the 

Contracting Officer at the time of the notice to proceed. 

l.3 FORMAT OF SUBMITTALS 

l.3.1 Transmittal Form 

Transmit each submittal, except sample installations and sample panels, to the Contracting 

Officer. Transmit submittals with transmittal form prescribed by Contracting Officer and 

standard for project. The transmittal form shall identify Contractor, indicate date of submittal, 

and include information prescribed by transmittal form and required in paragraph entitled 

"Identifying Submittals." 

l.3.2 Identifying Submittals 

Identify submittals, except sample panel and sample installation, with the following 

information permanently adhered to or noted on each separate component of each submittal 

and noted on transmittal form. Mark each copy of each submittal identically, with the 

following: 

a. Project title and location. 

b. Construction contract number. 

c. Section number of the specification section by which submittal is required. 

01330-2 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

d. Submittal description number of each component of submittal.

e. When a resubmission, add alphabetic suffix on submittal description to indicate

resubmission.

Name, address, and telephone number of subcontractor , supplier, manufacturer

and any other second tier Contractor associated with submittal.

g. Product identification and location in project.

1.3.3 Format for Product Data

a. Present product data submittals for each section as a complete , bound volume.

Include table of contents , listing page and catalog item numbers for product data.

b. Indicate, by prominent notation, each product which is being submitted; indicate

specification section number and paragraph number to which it pertains.

c. Supplement product data with material prepared for project to satisfy submittal

requirements for which product data does not exist. Identify this material as

developed specifically for project.

1.3.4 Format for Shop Drawings

a. Shop drawings shall not be less than A4 (297 by 210 mm) 8 1/2 by 11 inches nor

more than AO (1189 by 841 mm) 30 by 42 inches.

b. Present A4 (297 by 210 mm) 8 1/2 by 11 inches sized shop drawings as part of the

bound volume for submittals required by section. Present larger drawings in sets.

c. Include on each drawing the drawing title , number, date, and revision numbers

and dates, in addition to information required in paragraph entitled "Identifying

Submittals."

d. Dimension drawings, except diagrams and schematic drawings ; prepare drawings

demonstrating interface with other trades to scale. Identify materials and products

for work shown.

1.3.5 Format of Samples

a. Furnish samples in sizes below, unless otherwise specified or unless the

manufacturer has prepackaged samples of approximately same size as specified:

( 1) Sample of Equipment or Device : Full size.

01330-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

d. Submittal description number of each component of submittal. 

AJJY 00-1124 

e. When a resubmission, add alphabetic suffix on submittal description to indicate 

resubmission. 

f. Name, address, and telephone number of subcontractor, supplier, manufacturer 

and any other second tier Contractor associated with submittal. 

g. Product identification and location in project. 

1.3.3 Format for Product Data 

a. Present product data submittals for each section as a complete, bound volume. 

Include table of contents, listing page and catalog item numbers for product data. 

b. Indicate, by prominent notation, each product which is being submitted; indicate 

specification section number and paragraph number to which it pertains. 

c. Supplement product data with material prepared for project to satisfy submittal 

requirements for which product data does not exist. Identify this material as 

developed specifically for project. 

1.3.4 Format for Shop Drawings 

a. Shop drawings shall not be less than A4 (297 by 210 mm) 8 112 by 11 inches nor 

more than AO (1189 by 841 mm) 30 by 42 inches. 

b. Present A4 (297 by 210 mm) 8 112 by 11 inches sized shop drawings as part of the 

bound volume for submittals required by section. Present larger drawings in sets. 

c. Include on each drawing the drawing title, number, date, and revision numbers 

and dates, in addition to information required in paragraph entitled "Identifying 

Submittals. " 

d. Dimension drawings, except diagrams and schematic drawings; prepare drawings 

demonstrating interface with other trades to scale. Identify materials and products 

for work shown. 

1.3.5 Format of Samples 

a. Furnish samples in sizes below, unless otherwise specified or unless the 

manufacturer has prepackaged samples of approximately same size as specified: 

(1) Sample of Equipment or Device: Full size. 

01330-3 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(2) Sample of Linear Devices or Materials: (250 mm) 10 inch length or length

to be supplied, if less than (250 mm) 10 inches. Examples of linear

devices or materials are conduit and handrails.

1.3.6

b. Reusable Samples: Incorporate returned samples into work only if so specified or

indicated. Incorporated samples shall be in undamaged condition at time of use.

c. Recording of Sample Installation: Note and preserve the notation of area

constituting sample installation but remove notation at final clean up of project.

Format of Administrative Submittals

When submittal includes a document which is to be used in project or become part of project

record, other than as a submittal, do not apply Contractor's approval stamp to document, but

to a separate sheet accompanying document.

1.4 QUANTITY OF SUBMITTALS

1.4.1 Number of Copies of Product Data

Submit four copies of submittals of product data requiring review and approval by the

Contracting Officer.

1.4.2 Number of Copies of Shop Drawings

Submit shop drawings in compliance with quantity requirements specified for product data.

1.4.3 Number of Samples

a. Submit two samples of each required item. One approved sample or set of

samples will be retained by approving authority and one will be returned to the

Contractor.

b. Submit one sample installation, where directed.

1.4.4 Number of Copies of Administrative Submittals

Unless otherwise specified, submit administrative submittals compliance with quantity

requirements specified for product data.

1.5 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTIONS

1.5.1 Data

01330-4

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

(2) Sample of Linear Devices or Materials: (250 mm) 10 inch length or length 

to be supplied, if less than (250 mm) 10 inches. Examples of linear 

devices or materials are conduit and handrails. 

b. Reusable Samples: Incorporate returned samples into work only if so specified or 

indicated. Incorporated samples shall be in undamaged condition at time of use. 

c. Recording of Sample Installation: Note and preserve the notation of area 

constituting sample installation but remove notation at final clean up of project. 

1.3.6 Format of Administrative Submittals 

When submittal includes a document which is to be used in project or become part of project 

record, other than as a submittal, do not apply Contractor's approval stamp to document, but 

to a separate sheet accompanying document. 

1.4 QUANTITY OF SUBMITTALS 

1.4.1 Number of Copies of Product Data 

Submit four copies of submittals of product data requiring review and approval by the 

Contracting Officer. 

1.4.2 Number of Copies of Shop Drawings 

Submit shop drawings in compliance with quantity requirements specified for product data. 

1.4.3 Number of Samples 

a. Submit two samples of each required item. One approved sample or set of 

samples will be retained by approving authority and one will be returned to the 

Contractor. 

b. Submit one sample installation, where directed. 

1.4.4 Number of Copies of Administrative Submittals 

Unless otherwise specified, submit administrative submittals compliance with quantity 

requirements specified for product data. 

1.5 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTIONS 

1.5.1 Data 

01330-4 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

Submittals which provide calculations, descriptions, or other documentation regarding the

work.

1.5.2 Manufacturer's Catalog Data

Data composed of catalog cuts, brochures , circulars, specifications and product data, and

printed information in sufficient detail and scope to verify compliance with requirements of

the contract documents. A type of product data.

1.5.3 Drawings

Submittals which graphically show relationship of various components of the work , schematic

diagrams of systems, detail of fabrications , layout of particular elements, connections, and

other relational aspects of the work. A type of shop drawing.

1.5.4 Design Data

Design calculations, mix designs, analyses, or other data , written in nature and pertaining to a

part of the work. A type of shop drawing.

1.5.5 Instructions

Preprinted material describing installation of a product , system, or material, including special

notices and Material Safety Data Sheets, if any, concerning impedances, hazards, and safety

precautions. A type of product data.

1.5.6 Schedules

A tabular list of data or tabular list including location, features, or other pertinent information

regarding products, materials, equipment, or components to be used in the work. A type of

shop drawing.

1.5.7 Statements

A document, required of the Contractor, or through the Contractor by way of a supplier,

installer, manufacturer, or other lower tier Contractor, the purpose of which is to further the

quality or orderly progression of a portion of the work by documenting procedures,

acceptability of methods or personnel, qualifications, or other verification of quality. A type

of shop drawing.

1.5.8 Reports

Reports of inspection and laboratory test, including analysis and interpretation of test results.

Each report shall be properly identified . Test methods used and compliance with recognized

test standards shall be described.

01330-5

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

Submittals which provide calculations, descriptions, or other documentation regarding the 

work. 

1.5.2 Manufacturer's Catalog Data 

Data composed of catalog cuts, brochures, circulars, specifications and product data, and 

printed information in sufficient detail and scope to verify compliance with requirements of 

the contract documents. A type of product data. 

1.5.3 Drawings 

Submittals which graphically show relationship of various components of the work, schematic 

diagrams of systems, detail of fabrications, layout of particular elements, connections, and 

other relational aspects of the work. A type of shop drawing. 

1.5.4 Design Data 

Design calculations, mix designs, analyses, or other data, written in nature and pertaining to a 

part of the work. A type of shop drawing. 

1.5.5 Instructions 

Preprinted material describing installation of a product, system, or material, including special 

notices and Material Safety Data Sheets, if any, concerning impedances, hazards, and safety 

precautions. A type of product data. 

1.5.6 Schedules 

A tabular list of data or tabular list including location, features, or other pertinent information 

regarding products, materials, equipment, or components to be used in the work. A type of 

shop drawing. 

1.5.7 Statements 

A document, required of the Contractor, or through the Contractor by way of a supplier, 

installer, manufacturer, or other lower tier Contractor, the purpose of which is to further the 

quality or orderly progression of a portion of the work by documenting procedures, 

acceptability of methods or personnel, qualifications, or other verification of quality. A type 

of shop drawing. 

1.5.8 Reports 

Reports of inspection and laboratory test, including analysis and interpretation of test results. 

Each report shall be properly identified. Test methods used and compliance with recognized 

test standards shall be described. 

01330-5 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.5.9 Test Reports

A report signed by an authorized official of a testing laboratory that a material, product, or

system identical to the material , product or system to be provided has been tested in

accordance with requirements specified by naming the test method and material. The test

report must state the test was performed in accordance with the test requirements ; state the test

results; and indicate whether the material, product, or system has passed or failed the test.

Testing must have been within three years of the date of award of this Contract. A type of

product data.

1.5.10 Factory Test Reports

A written report which includes the findings of a test required to be performed by the

Contractor on an actual portion of the work or prototype prepared for this project before it is

shipped to the job site. The report must be signed by an authorized official of a testing

laboratory and must state the test was performed in accordance with the test requirements;

state the test results; and indicate whether the material, product, or system has passed or failed

the test. A type of shop drawing.

1.5.11 Field Test Reports

A written report which includes the findings of a test made at the job site, in the vicinity of the

job site, or on a sample taken from the job site, on a portion of the work , during or after

installation. The report must be signed by an authorized official of a testing laboratory or

agency and must state the test was performed in accordance with the test requirements; state

the test results; and indicate whether the material, product, or system has passed or failed the

test. A type of shop drawing.

1.5.12 Certificates

Statements signed by responsible officials of a manufacturer of a product, system, or material

attesting that the product, system, or material meet specified requirements. The statements

must be dated after the award of this contract, name the project , and list the specific

requirements which it is intended to address. A type of shop drawing.

1.5.13 Samples

Samples, including both fabricated and unfabricated physical examples of materials , products,

and units of work as complete units or as portions of units of work. A type of sample.

1.5.14 Sample Installations

A portion of an assembly or material constructed where directed and, if approved, retained as

a part of the work. A type of sample.

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.5.9 Test Reports 

AJJY 00-1124 

A report signed by an authorized official of a testing laboratory that a material, product, or 

system identical to the material, product or system to be provided has been tested in 

accordance with requirements specified by naming the test method and material. The test 

report must state the test was performed in accordance with the test requirements; state the test 

results; and indicate whether the material, product, or system has passed or failed the test. 

Testing must have been within three years of the date of award of this Contract. A type of 

product data. 

1.5.10 Factory Test Reports 

A written report which includes the findings of a test required to be performed by the 

Contractor on an actual portion of the work or prototype prepared for this project before it is 

shipped to the job site. The report must be signed by an authorized official of a testing 

laboratory and must state the test was performed in accordance with the test requirements; 

state the test results; and indicate whether the material, product, or system has passed or failed 

the test. A type of shop drawing. 

1.5.11 Field Test Reports 

A written report which includes the findings of a test made at the job site, in the vicinity of the 

job site, or on a sample taken from the job site, on a portion of the work, during or after 

installation. The report must be signed by an authorized official of a testing laboratory or 

agency and must state the test was performed in accordance with the test requirements; state 

the test results; and indicate whether the material, product, or system has passed or failed the 

test. A type of shop drawing. 

1.5.12 Certificates 

Statements signed by responsible officials of a manufacturer of a product, system, or material 

attesting that the product, system, or material meet specified requirements. The statements 

must be dated after the award of this contract, name the project, and list the specific 

requirements which it is intended to address. A type of shop drawing . 

.1.5.13 Samples 

Samples, including both fabricated and unfabricated physical examples of materials, products, 

and units of work as complete units or as portions of units of work. A type of sample. 

1.5.14 Sample Installations 

A portion of an assembly or material constructed where directed and, if approved, retained as 

a part of the work. A type of sample. 

01330-6 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.5.15 Records

Documentation to ensure compliance with an administrative requirement or to establish an

administrative mechanism. A type of administrative submittal.

1.5.16 Operation and Maintenance Manuals

Data intended to be incorporated in an Operations and Maintenance Manual . A type of

administrative submittal.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not used.

PART 3 EXECUTION

Not used.

-- End of Section --

01330-7

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.5.15 Records 

AJJY 00-1124 

Documentation to ensure compliance with an administrative requirement or to establish an 

administrative mechanism. A type of administrative submittal. 

1.5.16 Operation and Maintenance Manuals 

Data intended to be incorporated in an Operations and Maintenance Manual. A type of 

administrative submittal. 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

Not used. 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

Not used. 

-- End of Section --

01330-7 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 01400

QUALITY CONTROL

PART1 GENERAL

1.1 QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

All testing shall be divided into three (3) categories as follows:

1. Field tests made at, or in the vicinity of, the jobsite in connection with the actual

construction, including but not limited to , compaction testing, concrete slump , and other

field tests needed in the construction process.

2. Factory tests made at the point of manufacture of various products which are shipped to

the jobsite as a unit, as required by the Contracting Officer.

3. Certified tests made by approved testing agencies on material and/or equipment, which is

to be incorporated into structures under the contract. These tests are those such as are

performed by Factory Mutual, Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and others.

(1) Field Tests:

(1) Field Tests by the Contractor: The Contractor shall perform all field testing

and certify results, specifically required of him in the contract

specifications and all field tests required by the "Applicable Publications"

referenced in the contract specification . Cost of testing shall be borne by

the Contractor. He shall furnish all equipment , instruments, qualified

personnel and facilities necessary to perform all tests required by the

Contract Documents . Testing services shall be performed by the

Contractor or acquired by the Contractor through a qualified commercial

testing laboratory. If a commercial testing laboratory is retained to

perform tests under this contract, all test reports shall be performed by the

Contractor or acquired by the Contractor through a qualified commercial

testing laboratory. If a commercial testing laboratory is retained to

perform tests under this contract , all test reports shall be certified by a

representative of the testing laboratory, who is authorized to sign certified

test reports for the laboratory. Test reports shall include the acceptable

value for each specification item, the actual test results obtained, the

methods used, and a statement that the product conforms (or does not

conform to the specification requirements).

(2) Factory Tests: The Contracting Officer will arrange for factory tests, when they

are required.

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

SECTION 01400 

QUALITY CONTROL 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS 

All testing shall be divided into three (3) categories as follows: 

1. Field tests made at, or in the vicinity of, the jobsite in connection with the actual 

construction, including but not limited to, compaction testing, concrete slump, and other 

field tests needed in the construction process. 

2. Factory tests made at the point of manufacture of various products which are shipped to 

the jobsite as a unit, as required by the Contracting Officer. 

3. Certified tests made by approved testing agencies on material and/or equipment, which is 

to be incorporated into structures under the contract. These tests are those such as are 

performed by Factory Mutual, Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and others. 

(1) Field Tests: 

(1) Field Tests by the Contractor:The Contractor shall perform all field testing 

and certify results, specifically required of him in the contract 

specifications and all field tests required by the "Applicable Publications" 

referenced in the contract specification. Cost of testing shall be borne by 

the Contractor. He shall furnish all equipment, instruments, qualified 

personnel and facilities necessary to perform all tests required by the 

Contract Documents. Testing services shall be performed by the 

Contractor or acquired by the Contractor through a qualified commercial 

testing laboratory. If a commercial testing laboratory is retained to 

perform tests under this contract, all test reports shall be performed by the 

Contractor or acquired by the Contractor through a qualified commercial 

testing laboratory. If a commercial testing laboratory is retained to 

perform tests under this contract, all test reports shall be certified by a 

representative of the testing laboratory, who is authorized to sign certified 

test reports for the laboratory. Test reports shall include the acceptable 

value for each specification item, the actual test results obtained, the 

methods used, and a statement that the product conforms (or does not 

conform to the specification requirements). 

(2) Factory Tests: The Contracting Officer will arrange for factory tests, when they 

are required. 

01400-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(3) Manufacturer's Certified Tests: Certified tests on materials to be incorporated

into the work will be acceptable, provided they are performed by the

manufacturer or by Owner approved agencies or laboratories, show that the

materials conform to the specification, and that the tests and certifications meet

the requirements of the paragraph entitled "Certificates and Certifications" below.

(4) Owner Approval of Laboratories: All laboratory work performed under this

contract shall be done by a laboratory approved by the Owner, whether the

laboratory is employed by the Contractor or by others, or is owned and operated

by the Contractor. The basis of approval includes the following:

(1) Laboratories performing work in connection with concrete, steel and

bituminous materials must conform to American Society for Testing and

Materials (ASTM) Designation E329-77.

(2) Laboratories performing work not in connection with concrete, steel or

bituminous materials must conform to Sections 3 and 4 of ASTM

Designation E329-77.

1.2 INSPECTION

All inspections shall be divided into two (2) categories as follows:

1.2.1 Field Inspection

Field inspection is that inspection in the vicinity of the jobsite which, when performed

properly, will result in the complete compliance of all work-in-place with the contract

drawings and specifications.

1.2.1.1 Contractor Field Inspection: The Contractor or his designated representative, shall

inspect all work under this contract.

1.2.1.2 Owner Field Inspection: The Owner or his/her authorized representative will perform

inspection of this project.

.1.2.2 Factory Inspection

Factory inspection is that inspection of the point of manufacture of the various products

which are shipped to the jobsite, including but not limited to, such items as electrical

equipment.

1.2.2.1 Factory inspection: The Contracting Officer will arrange for factory inspection, when it

is required.

01400-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

(3) Manufacturer's Certified Tests: Certified tests on materials to be incorporated 

into the work will be acceptable, provided they are performed by the 

manufacturer or by Owner approved agencies or laboratories, show that the 

materials conform to the specification, and that the tests and certifications meet 

the requirements of the paragraph entitled "Certificates and Certifications" below. 

(4) Owner Approval of Laboratories: All laboratory work performed under this 

contract shall be done by a laboratory approved by the Owner, whether the 

laboratory is employed by the Contractor or by others, or is owned and operated 

by the Contractor. The basis of approval includes the following: 

(1) Laboratories performing work in connection with concrete, steel and 

bituminous materials must conform to American Society for Testing and 

Materials (ASTM) Designation E329-77. 

(2) Laboratories performing work not in connection with concrete, steel or 

bituminous materials must conform to Sections 3 and 4 of ASTM 

Designation E329-77. 

1.2 INSPECTION 

All inspections shall be divided into two (2) categories as follows: 

1.2.1 Field Inspection 

Field inspection is that inspection in the vicinity of the jobsite which, when performed 

properly, will result in the complete compliance of all work-in-place with the contract 

drawings and specifications. 

1.2.1.1 Contractor Field Inspection: The Contractor or his designated representative, shall 

inspect all work under this contract. 

1.2.1.2 Owner Field Inspection: The Owner or hislher authorized representative will perform 

inspection of this project. 

. 1.2.2 Factory Inspection 

Factory inspection is that inspection of the point of manufacture of the various products 

which are shipped to the jobsite, including but not limited to, such items as electrical 

equipment. 

1.2.2.1 Factory inspection: The Contracting Officer will arrange for factory inspection, when it 

is required. 

01400-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS AND CATALOG CUTS

All shop drawings, and catalog cuts required by the technical sections of the contract

specifications shall be approved by the Contracting Officer prior to being incorporated in the

Contract.

1.4 IDENTIFICATION

Each item which is to be incorporated into the Contract shall be clearly marked and identified

in the catalog cut Submittal, and shall be cross-referenced to the contract drawings and

specifications so as to identify clearly the use for which it is intended.

1.5 SAMPLES

Samples of materials shall be prepared and submitted as required . The Contractor shall

check and approve all samples of material and/or equipment proposed for incorporation into

the project. The samples shall be identified as to their intended use, and shall be

accompanied by a letter of certification from the Contractor stating that the samples comply

with the contract drawings and specifications.

1.6 CERTIFICATES AND CERTIFICATIONS

Manufacturer's certification may be furnished by the Contractor, on items of materials and

equipment incorporated into the work , only when this method will assure full compliance

with the provisions of the contract , as determined by the Owner. Pre-printed certifications

are not acceptable . All certifications shall be in the original. The original of all

manufacturer's certifications shall name the appropriate item of equipment or material,

specification, standard or other document specified as controlling the quality of that item and

shall have attached thereto certified copies of the test reports upon which the certifications

are based.

1.7 RECORD OF INSPECTIONS

The Contractor shall maintain, on a day-to-day basis, a record of all inspections and field test

performed with a certification that all work accomplished is in conformance with contract

requirements.

1.8 RECALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENT

Equipment requiring recalibration shall be subject to recalibration at the request of the

Contracting Officer. Such recalibration shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense.

1.9 TEST REPORTS

The Contractor shall submit all test reports to the Contracting Officer in a timely manner.

01400-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS AND CATALOG CUTS 

AJJY 00-1124 

All shop drawings, and catalog cuts required by the technical sections of the contract 

specifications shall be approved by the Contracting Officer prior to being incorporated in the 

Contract. 

1.4 IDENTIFICATION 

Each item which is to be incorporated into the Contract shall be clearly marked and identified 

in the catalog cut Submittal, and shall be cross-referenced to the contract drawings and 

specifications so as to identify clearly the use for which it is intended. 

1.5 SAMPLES 

Samples of materials shall be prepared and submitted as required. The Contractor shall 

check and approve all samples of material and/or equipment proposed for incorporation into 

the project. The samples shall be identified as to their intended use, and shall be 

accompanied by a letter of certification from the Contractor stating that the samples comply 

with the contract drawings and specifications. 

1.6 CERTIFICATES AND CERTIFICATIONS 

Manufacturer's certification may be furnished by the Contractor, on items of materials and 

equipment incorporated into the work, only when this method will assure full compliance 

with the provisions of the contract, as determined by the Owner. Pre-printed certifications 

are not acceptable. All certifications shall be in the original. The original of all 

manufacturer's certifications shall name the appropriate item of equipment or material, 

specification, standard or other document specified as controlling the quality of that item and 

shall have attached thereto certified copies of the test reports upon which the certifications 

are based. 

1.7 RECORD OF INSPECTIONS 

The Contractor shall maintain, on a day-to-day basis, a record of all inspections and field test 

performed with a certification that all work accomplished is in conformance with contract 

requirements. 

1.8 RECALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENT 

Equipment requiring recalibration shall be subject to recalibration at the request of the 

Contracting Officer. Such recalibration shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense. 

1.9 TEST REPORTS 

The Contractor shall submit all test reports to the Contracting Officer in a timely manner. 

01400-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

-- End of Section --

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

-- End of Section --

01400-4 

AJJY 00-1124 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 01500

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation

only.

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

NFPA 241 Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition

Operations

1.2 WEATHER PROTECTION

Take necessary precautions to ensure that roof openings and other critical openings in the

building are monitored carefully. Take immediate actions required to seal off such openings

when rain or other detrimental weather is imminent, and at the end of each workday. Ensure

that the openings are completely sealed off to protect materials and equipment in the building

from damage.

1.2.1 Building and Site Storm Protection

When a warning of gale force winds is issued, take precautions to minimize danger to persons,

and protect the work and nearby Government property. Precautions shall include, but are not

limited to, closing openings; removing loose materials, tools and equipment from exposed

locations; and removing or securing scaffolding and other temporary work. Close openings in

the work when storms of lesser intensity pose a threat to the work or any nearby Government

property.

1.2.1.1 Typhoon Condition of Readiness

Unless directed otherwise, comply with:

a. Condition FOUR (Sustained winds of (93 km/hr) 50 knots or greater expected

within 72 hours): Normal daily jobsite cleanup and good housekeeping practices.

Collect and store in piles or containers scrap lumber, waste material, and rubbish

for removal and disposal at the close of each work day. Maintain the construction

01500-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

SECTION 01500 

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 REFERENCES 

AJJY 00-1124 

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to 

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation 

only. 

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) 

NFPA 70 

NFPA 241 

1.2 WEATHER PROTECTION 

National Electrical Code 

Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition 

Operations 

Take necessary precautions to ensure that roof openings and other critical openings in the 

building are monitored carefully. Take immediate actions required to seal off such openings 

when rain or other detrimental weather is imminent, and at the end of each workday. Ensure 

that the openings are completely sealed off to protect materials and equipment in the building 

from damage. 

1.2.1 Building and Site Storm Protection 

When a warning of gale force winds is issued, take precautions to minimize danger to persons, 

and protect the work and nearby Government property. Precautions shall include, but are not 

limited to, closing openings; removing loose materials, tools and equipment from exposed 

locations; and removing or securing scaffolding and other temporary work. Close openings in 

the work when storms of lesser intensity pose a threat to the work or any nearby Government 

property. 

1.2.1.1 Typhoon Condition of Readiness 

Unless directed otherwise, comply with: 

a. Condition FOUR (Sustained winds of (93 kmlhr) 50 knots or greater expected 

within 72 hours): Normal daily jobsite cleanup and good housekeeping practices. 

Collect and store in piles or containers scrap lumber, waste material, and rubbish 

for removal and disposal at the close of each work day. Maintain the construction 

01500-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

site including storage areas, free of accumulation of debris. Stack form lumber in

neat piles less than (one m) 4 feet high. Remove all debris, trash, or objects that

could become missile hazards

b. Condition THREE (Sustained winds of (93 km/hr) 50 knots or greater expected

within 48 hours): Maintain "Condition FOUR" requirements and commence

securing operations necessary for "Condition ONE" which cannot be completed

within 18 hours. Cease all routine activities which might interfere with securing

operations. Commence securing and stow all gear and portable equipment. Make

preparations for securing buildings. Review requirements pertaining to

"Condition TWO" and continue action as necessary to attain "Condition THREE"

readiness. Contact the Contracting Officer for weather and COR updates and

completion of required actions.

c. Condition TWO (Sustained winds of (93 km/hr) 50 knots or greater expected

within 24 hours): Curtail or cease routine activities until securing operation is

complete. Reinforce or remove form work and scaffolding . Secure machinery,

tools, equipment, materials, or remove from the jobsite. Expend every effort to

clear all missile hazards and loose equipment from general base areas. Contact the

Contracting Officer for weather and Condition of Readiness (COR) updates and

completion of required actions.

d. Condition ONE. [Sustained winds of (93 km/hr) 50 knots or greater expected

within 12 hours]: Secure the jobsite, and leave Government premises.

1.3 STORAGE AREAS

Contractor shall be responsible for security of his property. The Contract Clause entitled

"FAR 52.236-10, Operations and Storage Areas" and the following apply:

1.3.1 Storage Size and Location

The open site available for storage shall be confined to the indicated operations area.

1.4 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES

Provide adequate sanitary conveniences of a type approved for the use of persons employed on

the work, properly secluded from public observation, and maintained in such a manner as

required and approved by the Contracting Officer. Maintain these conveniences at all times

without nuisance. Upon completion of the work, remove the conveniences from the premises,

leaving the premises clean and free from nuisance. Dispose of sewage through connection to a

municipal, district, or station sanitary sewage system. Where such systems are not available,

use chemical toilets or comparably effective units, and periodically empty wastes into a

municipal, district, or station sanitary sewage system, or remove waste to a commercial

facility. Include provisions for pest control and elimination of odors.

01500-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

site including storage areas, free of accumulation of debris. Stack form lumber in 

neat piles less than (one m) 4 feet high. Remove all debris, trash, or objects that 

could become missile hazards 

b. Condition THREE (Sustained winds of (93 kmlhr) 50 knots or greater expected 

within 48 hours): Maintain "Condition FOUR" requirements and commence 

securing operations necessary for "Condition ONE" which cannot be completed 

within 18 hours. Cease all routine activities which might interfere with securing 

operations. Commence securing and stow all gear and portable equipment. Make 

preparations for securing buildings. Review requirements pertaining to 

"Condition TWO" and continue action as necessary to attain "Condition THREE" 

readiness. Contact the Contracting Officer for weather and COR updates and 

completion of required actions. 

c. Condition TWO (Sustained winds of (93 kmlhr) 50 knots or greater expected 

within 24 hours): Curtail or cease routine activities until securing operation is 

complete. Reinforce or remove form work and scaffolding. Secure machinery, 

tools, equipment, materials, or remove from the jobsite. Expend every effort to 

clear all missile hazards and loose equipment from general base areas. Contact the 

Contracting Officer for weather and Condition of Readiness (COR) updates and 

completion of required actions. 

d. Condition ONE. [Sustained winds of (93 kmlhr) 50 knots or greater expected 

within 12 hours]: Secure the jobsite, and leave Government premises. 

1.3 STORAGE AREAS 

Contractor shall be responsible for security of his property. The Contract Clause entitled 

"FAR 52.236-10, Operations and Storage Areas" and the following apply: 

1.3.1 Storage Size and Location 

The open site available for storage shall be confined to the indicated operations area. 

1.4 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 

Provide adequate sanitary conveniences of a type approved for the use of persons employed on 

the work, properly secluded from public observation, and maintained in such a manner as 

required and approved by the Contracting Officer. Maintain these conveniences at all times 

without nuisance. Upon completion of the work, remove the conveniences from the premises, 

leaving the premises clean and free from nuisance. Dispose of sewage through connection to a 

municipal, district, or station sanitary sewage system. Where such systems are not available, 

use chemical toilets or comparably effective units, and periodically empty wastes into a 

municipal, district, or station sanitary sewage system, or remove waste to a commercial 

facility. Include provisions for pest control and elimination of odors. 

01500-2 
PAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.5 TEMPORARY BUILDINGS

Temporary facilities (including trailers) shall be in like new condition. Locate these facilities

where indicated. Storage of material/debris under such facilities is prohibited . Contractor

shall be responsible for the security of the stored property.

1.5.1 Maintenance of Temporary Facilities

Paint in accordance with base standards and maintain the temporary facilities . Failure to do so

will be sufficient reason to require their removal.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not used.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 TEMPORARY PHYSICAL CONTROLS

3.1.1 Access Controls

3.1.1.1 Temporary Barricades

Contractor shall provide for barricading around all work areas to prevent public access.

3.1.1.2 Fencing

Fencing shall be provided along the construction site at all open excavations and tunnels to

control access by unauthorized people. Fencing must be installed to be able to restrain a force

of at least (114.00 kg) 250 pounds against it.

3.1.1.3 Signs

Place warning signs at the construction area perimeter designating the presence of construction

hazards requiring unauthorized persons to keep out. Signs must be placed on all sides of the

project, with at least one sign every (90 in) 300 feet. All points of entry shall have signs

designating the construction site as a hard hat area.

3.1.1.4 Traffic Work

All work around/involving roadways, to include roadway excavations and utility crossings,

will be conducted in accordance with Manual of Traffic Control Devices. Contractors shall

provide and ensure appropriate road closure and detour signs are established as necessary for

motor traffic management. All road closures shall be coordinated with the Contracting Officer

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.5 TEMPORARY BUILDINGS 

AJJY 00-1124 

Temporary facilities (including trailers) shall be in like new condition. Locate these facilities 

where indicated. Storage of material/debris under such facilities is prohibited. Contractor 

shall be responsible for the security of the stored property. 

1.5.1 Maintenance of Temporary Facilities 

Paint in accordance with base standards and maintain the temporary facilities. Failure to do so 

will be sufficient reason to require their removal. 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

Not used. 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1 TEMPORARY PHYSICAL CONTROLS 

3.1.1 Access Controls 

3.1.1.1 Temporary Barricades 

Contractor shall provide for barricading around all work areas to prevent public access. 

3.1.1.2 Fencing 

Fencing shall be provided along the construction site at all open excavations and tunnels to 

control access by unauthorized people. Fencing must be installed to be able to restrain a force 

of at least (114.00 kg) 250 pounds against it. 

3.1.1.3 Signs 

Place warning signs at the construction area perimeter designating the presence of construction 

hazards requiring unauthorized persons to keep out. Signs must be placed on all sides of the 

project, with at least one sign every (90 m) 300 feet. All points of entry shall have signs 

designating the construction site as a hard hat area. 

3.1.1.4 Traffic Work 

All work aroundlinvolving roadways, to include roadway excavations and utility crossings, 

will be conducted in accordance with Manual of Traffic Control Devices. Contractors shall 

provide and ensure appropriate road closure and detour signs are established as necessary for 

motor traffic management. All road closures shall be coordinated with the Contracting Officer 

01500-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

in advance. Self-illuminated (lighted) barricades shall be provided during hours of darkness.

Brightly-colored (orange) vests are required for all personnel working in roadways. Road

closures shall require a road closure plan showing the location of signage.

3.2 TEMPORARY WIRING

Provide temporary wiring in accordance with NFPA 241 and NFPA 70, Article 305-6(b),

Assured Equipment Grounding Conductor Program. Program shall include frequent

inspection of all equipment and apparatus.

3.3 GRASS CUTTING

Cut grass (or annual weeds) within the construction and storage sites to a maximum ( 100 mm)

4 inch height at least once a week during the growing season unless the grass area is not

visible to the public. Trim the grass around fences at time of grass cutting. Maintain grass or

weeds on stockpiled earth as descried above.

-- End of Section --

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

in advance. Self-illuminated (lighted) barricades shall be provided during hours of darkness. 

Brightly-colored (orange) vests are required for all personnel working in roadways. Road 

closures shall require a road closure plan showing the location of signage. 

3.2 TEMPORARY WIRING 

Provide temporary wiring in accordance with NFP A 241 and 70, Article 305-6(b), 

Assured Equipment Grounding Conductor Program. Program shall include frequent 

inspection of all equipment and apparatus. 

3.3 GRASS CUTTING 

Cut grass (or annual weeds) within the construction and storage sites to a maximum (100 mm) 

4 inch height at least once a week during the growing season unless the grass area is not 

visible to the public. Trim the grass around fences at time of grass cutting. Maintain grass or 

weeds on stockpiled earth as descried above. 

-- End of Section --

01500-4 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 01560

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 DEFINITIONS OF CONTAMINANTS

1.1.1 Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by runoff water.

1.1.2 Solid Waste: Rubbish, debris, garbage, and other discarded materials resulting from

industrial, commercial, and agricultural operations, and from community activities' such

material having insufficient liquid content to be free flowing.

1.1.3 Rubbish: A variety of combustible and noncombustible wastes such as ashes, waste

materials that result from construction or maintenance and repair work, leaves and tree

trimmings.

1.1.4 Chemical Wastes: Includes salts, acids, alkalies, herbicides, pesticides, petroleum-derived

products and organic chemicals.

1.1.5 Sewage: Water-carried waste products from residences, public buildings, institutions or

other buildings, including excrementitious or other discharge from the bodies of human beings

or animals, together with such ground water infiltration and surface water as may be present.

1.1.6 Garbage: Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooling, dispensing, and

consumption of food.

1.1.7 Asbestos and Asbestos Materials: Asbestos means actinolite, amosite, anthophyllite,

chrysotile, crocidolite, and tremolite. Asbestos materials means asbestos or any material

containing asbestos such as asbestos waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and

asbestos-contaminated clothing consigned for disposal. Friable asbestos material requires a

Waste Disposal Permit. Submit one copy of Guam Environmental Protection Agency

(GEPA) permit or license which reflects such agency's approval of the disposal plan, as being

in compliance with their waste disposal regulations.

1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS

a. Provide and maintain during the life of the contract, an environmental protection, as

defined herein. Provide environmental protective measures, as required to control

pollution that develops during normal construction practice.

b. Provide also environmental protective measures required to correct conditions that

develop during the construction of permanent or temporary environmental features

01560-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

SECTION 01560 

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 DEFINITIONS OF CONTAMINANTS 

AJJY 00-1124 

1.1.1 Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by runoff water. 

1.1.2 Solid Waste: Rubbish, debris, garbage, and other discarded materials resulting from 

industrial, commercial, and agricultural operations, and from community activities' such 

material having insufficient liquid content to be free flowing. 

1.1.3 Rubbish: A variety of combustible and noncombustible wastes such as ashes, waste 

materials that result from construction or maintenance and repair work, leaves and tree 

trimmings. 

1.1.4 Chemical Wastes: Includes salts, acids, alkalies, herbicides, pesticides, petroleum-derived 

products and organic chemicals. 

1.1.5 Sewage: Water-carried waste products from residences, public buildings, institutions or 

other buildings, including excrementitious or other discharge from the bodies of human beings 

or animals, together with such ground water infiltration and surface water as may be present. 

1.1.6 Garbage: Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooling, dispensing, and 

consumption of food. 

1.1.7 Asbestos and Asbestos Materials: Asbestos means actinolite, amosite, anthophyllite, 

chrysotile, crocidolite, and tremolite. Asbestos materials means asbestos or any material 

containing asbestos such as asbestos waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and 

asbestos-contaminated clothing consigned for disposal. Friable asbestos material requires a 

Waste Disposal Permit. Submit one copy of Guam Environmental Protection Agency 

(GEPA) permit or license which reflects such agency's approval of the disposal plan, as being 

in compliance with their waste disposal regulations. 

1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS 

a. Provide and maintain during the life of the contract, an environmental protection, as 

defined herein. Provide environmental protective measures, as required to control 

pollution that develops during normal construction practice. 

b. Provide also environmental protective measures required to correct conditions that 

develop during the construction of permanent or temporary environmental features 

01560-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

associated with the project. Comply with all federal and local statutes and regulations

pertaining to environmental protection.

In particular , comply with the requirements of and promulgated regulations resulting

from Title X, Chapters 45 through 52 of the Government Code of Guam.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Solid waste Disposal Permit: Submit one copy of local permit or license which reflects Guam

Environmental Protection Agency approval of the disposal plan as being in compliance with

their solid waste disposal regulations.

PART 2 PRODUCT

Not used.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES

The natural resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work

performed under this contract shall be preserved in their existing condition or restored to an

equivalent or improved condition upon completion of the work . Confine construction

activities to areas defined by the work schedule , drawings, and specifications.

3.1.1 Land Resources

Except in areas indicated to be cleared , do not remove , cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees or

shrubs without special permission from the Engineer.

3.1.2 Repair or Restoration

Repair or restore to their original condition all trees or other landscape features scarred or

damaged by the equipment or operations . Obtain approval of the repair or restoration from

the Engineer prior to its initiation.

3.1.3 Temporary Construction

At the conclusion of the project, remove all signs of temporary construction facilities such as

work areas, stockpiles of excess or waste materials, and all other vestiges of construction.

3.1.4 Water Resources

Perform all work in such a manner that any adverse environmental impact on water resources

is reduced to a level acceptable to the Engineer.

01560-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

associated with the project. Comply with all federal and local statutes and regulations 

pertaining to environmental protection. 

In particular, comply with the requirements of and promulgated regulations resulting 

from Title X, Chapters 45 through 52 of the Government Code of Guam. 

1.3 SUBMITTALS 

Solid waste Disposal Permit: Submit one copy of local permit or license which reflects Guam 

Environmental Protection Agency approval of the disposal plan as being in compliance with 

their solid waste disposal regulations. 

PART 2 PRODUCT 

Not used. 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1 PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES 

The natural resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work 

performed under this contract shall be preserved in their existing condition or restored to an 

equivalent or improved condition upon completion of the work. Confine construction 

activities to areas defined by the work schedule, drawings, and specifications. 

3.1.1 Land Resources 

Except in areas indicated to be cleared, do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees or 

shrubs without special permission from the Engineer. 

3.1.2 Repair or Restoration 

Repair or restore to their original condition all trees or other landscape features scarred or 

damaged by the equipment or operations. Obtain approval of the repair or restoration from 

the Engineer prior to its initiation. 

3.1.3 Temporary Construction 

At the conclusion of the project, remove all signs of temporary construction facilities such as 

work areas, stockpiles of excess or waste materials, and all other vestiges of construction. 

3 .1.4 Water Resources 

Perform all work in such a manner that any adverse environmental impact on water resources 

is reduced to a level acceptable to the Engineer. 

01560-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

3.1.5 Oily and Other Hazardous Substances

Take special measures to prevent oily or other hazardous substances from entering the ground,

drainage areas, or local bodies of water.

3.2 CONTROL AND DISPOSAL OF SOLID, CHEMICAL, AND SANITARY WASTE

Pick up solid waste and place in containers which are emptied on a regular schedule. The

preparation, cooking, and disposing of food are strictly prohibited on the project site. Conduct

handling and disposal of waste to prevent contamination of the site and other areas. On

completion, leave areas clean and natural looking. Obliterate signs of temporary construction

and activities incidental to construction of the permanent work in place.

3.2.1 Disposal of Rubbish and Debris

Dispose of rubbish and debris in accordance with the requirements specified herein.

Removal from Project Site: Remove rubbish and debris from the project site and dispose of it

in compliance with federal and local requirements.

3.2.2 Garbage Disposal

Place garbage in appropriate containers and transport such refuse to an approved landfill for

disposal at least once per week. As an alternative , the Contractor may arrange for weekly

pickup and disposal service either with the Government of Guam or a privately-owned

garbage collection service. The Contractor shall pay all fees associated with obtaining and

maintaining garbage collection and disposal services.

3.2.3 Sewage, Odor, and Pest Control

Dispose of sewage through connection to the public sewage system. Where such system is not

available, use chemical toilets or comparably effective units and periodically empty waste into

the public sanitary sewage system . Include provisions for pest control and elimination of

odors.

3.2.4 Chemical Waste

Store chemical waste in corrosion resistant containers labeled to identify type of waste and

date filled. Remove containers from the project site, and dispose of chemical waste in

accordance with federal, state, and local regulations . For oil and hazardous material spills

which may be large enough to violate federal and local regulations , notify the Engineer or

Owner immediately and take measures as instructed by the Engineer at no cost to the Owner.

3.2.5 Petroleum Products

01560-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

3.1.5 Oily and Other Hazardous Substances 

AJJY 00-1124 

Take special measures to prevent oily or other hazardous substances from entering the ground, 

drainage areas, or local bodies of water. 

3.2 CONTROL AND DISPOSAL OF SOLID, CHEMICAL, AND SANITARY WASTE 

Pick up solid waste and place in containers which are emptied on a regular schedule. The 

preparation, cooking, and disposing of food are strictly prohibited on the project site. Conduct 

handling and disposal of waste to prevent contamination of the site and other areas. On 

completion, leave areas clean and natural looking. Obliterate signs of temporary construction 

and activities incidental to construction of the permanent work in place. 

3.2.1 Disposal of Rubbish and Debris 

Dispose of rubbish and debris in accordance with the requirements specified herein. 

Removal from Project Site: Remove rubbish and debris from the project site and dispose of it 

in compliance with federal and local requirements. 

3.2.2 Garbage Disposal 

Place garbage in appropriate containers and transport such refuse to an approved landfill for 

disposal at least once per week. As an alternative, the Contractor may arrange for weekly 

pickup and disposal service either with the Government of Guam or a privately-owned 

garbage collection service. The Contractor shall pay all fees associated with obtaining and 

maintaining garbage collection and disposal services. 

3.2.3 Sewage, Odor, and Pest Control 

Dispose of sewage through connection to the public sewage system. Where such system is not 

available, use chemical toilets or comparably effective units and periodically empty waste into 

the public sanitary sewage system. Include provisions for pest control and elimination of 

odors. 

3.2.4 Chemical Waste 

Store chemical waste in corrosion resistant containers labeled to identify type of waste and 

date filled. Remove containers from the project site, and dispose of chemical waste in 

accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. For oil and hazardous material spills 

which may be large enough to violate federal and local regulations, notify the Engineer or 

Owner immediately and take measures as instructed by the Engineer at no cost to the Owner. 

3.2.5 Petroleum Products 

01560-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

Conduct fueling and lubricating of equipment and motor vehicles in a manner that affords the

maximum protection against spills and evaporation. Dispose of lubricants to be discarded and

excess oil in accordance with approved procedures meeting federal and local regulations.

3.3 DUST CONTROL

Keep dust down at all times, including non-working hours, weekends, and holidays. Sprinkle

or treat, with dust suppressors, the soil at the site, haul roads, and other areas disturbed by

operations. No dry brooming is permitted. Instead use vacuuming, wet mopping, wet

sweeping, or wet power brooming. Air blowing is permitted only for cleaning nonparticulate

debris, such as steel reinforcing bars. No sandblasting is permitted unless dust therefrom is

confined. Only wet cutting of concrete blocks, concrete, and asphalt is permitted. No

unnecessary shaking of bags is permitted where bagged cement, concrete mortar, and plaster is

used.

3.4 NOISE

When available, make the maximum use of "low-noise emission products" as certified by

EPA.

-- End of Section --

01560-4

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

Conduct fueling and lubricating of equipment and motor vehicles in a manner that affords the 

maximum protection against spills and evaporation. Dispose of lubricants to be discarded and 

excess oil in accordance with approved procedures meeting federal and local regulations. 

3.3 DUST CONTROL 

Keep dust down at all times, including non-working hours, weekends, and holidays. Sprinkle 

or treat, with dust suppressors, the soil at the site, haul roads, and other areas disturbed by 

operations. No dry brooming is permitted. Instead use vacuuming, wet mopping, wet 

sweeping, or wet power brooming. Air blowing is permitted only for cleaning nonparticulate 

debris, such as steel reinforcing bars. No sandblasting is permitted unless dust therefrom is 

confined. Only wet cutting of concrete blocks, concrete, and asphalt is permitted. No 

unnecessary shaking of bags is permitted where bagged cement, concrete mortar, and plaster is 

used. 

3.4 NOISE 

When available, make the maximum use of "low-noise emission products" as certified by 

EPA. 

-- End of Section --

01560-4 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 01770

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART1 GENERAL

1.1 SUBMITTALS

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures."

1.1.1 Operation and Maintenance Data

a. Equipment/product warran

Submit Data Package 1 in accordance with Section 01.781, "Operation and Maintenance

Data."

1.1.2 Closeout Submittals

a. As-built drawings;

b. Record of materials;

C. Equipment/product warranty tag;

01770-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

SECTION 01770 

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 SUBMITTALS 

AJJY 00-1124 

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures." 

. 1.1 Operation and 

a. list 

Submit Data Package 1 in accordance with Section 01781, "Operation and Maintenance 

Data." 

1.1.2 Closeout Submittals 

a. As-built drawings; 

b. Record of materials; 

c. Equipment/product warranty tag; 

01770-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

1.2.1 As-Built Drawings

The as-built drawings shall be a record of the construction as installed. The drawings shall

include the information shown on the contract drawings as well as deviations , modifications,

and changes from the contract drawings , however minor. The as-built drawings shall be a full

sized set of prints marked to reflect deviations, modifications , and changes. The as-built

drawings shall be complete and show the location, size , dimensions, part identification, and

other information. Additional sheets may be added. The as-built drawings shall be jointly

inspected for accuracy and completeness by the Contractor's quality control representative and

by the Contracting Officer prior to the submission of each monthly pay estimate. Upon

completion of the work, the Contractor shall provide three full sized sets of the marked prints

to the Contracting Officer for approval. If upon review, the as-built drawings are found to

contain errors and/or omissions, they will be returned to the Contractor for correction. The

Contractor shall correct and return the as-built drawings to the Contracting Officer for

approval within 10 calendar days from the time the drawings are returned to the Contractor.

1.2.2 As-Built Record of Materials

Furnish a record of materials.

Where several manufacturers ' brands, types, or classes of the item listed have been used in the

project, designate specific areas where each item was used . Designations shall be keyed to the

areas and spaces depicted on the contract drawing. Furnish the record of materials used in the

following format:

MATERIALS SPECIFICATION MANUFACTURER MATERIALS USED WHERE

DESIGNATION (MANUFACTURER'S USED

DESIGNATION)

1.3 EQUIPMENT/PRODUCT WARRANTIES

1.3.1 Equipment/Product Warranty List

Furnish to the Contracting Officer a bound and indexed notebook containing written

warranties for equipment/products furnished under the contract, and prepare a complete listing

of such equipment/products. The equipment/products list shall state the specification section

applicable to the equipment/product, duration of the warranty therefor , start date of the

warranty, ending date of the warranty, and the point of contact for fulfillment of the warranty.

The warranty period shall begin on the same date as project acceptance and shall continue for

the full product warranty period. Execute the full list and deliver to the Contracting Officer

prior to final acceptance of the facility.

01770-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 

1.2.1 

AJJY 00-1124 

The as-built drawings shall be a record of the construction as installed. The drawings shall 

include the information shown on the contract drawings as well as deviations, modifications, 

and changes from the contract drawings, however minor. The as-built drawings shall be a full 

sized set of prints marked to reflect deviations, modifications, and changes. The as-built 

drawings shall be complete and show the location, size, dimensions, part identification, and 

other information. Additional sheets may be added. The as-built drawings shall be jointly 

inspected for accuracy and completeness by the Contractor's quality control representative and 

by the Contracting Officer prior to the submission of each monthly pay estimate. Upon 

completion of the work, the Contractor shall provide three full sized sets of the marked prints 

to the Contracting Officer for approval. If upon review, the as-built drawings are found to 

contain errors and/or omissions, they will be returned to the Contractor for correction. The 

Contractor shall correct and return the as-built drawings to the Contracting Officer for 

approval within 10 calendar days from the time the drawings are returned to the Contractor. 

1.2.2 As-Built Record of Materials 

Furnish a record of materials. 

Where several manufacturers' brands, types, or classes of the item listed have been used in the 

project, designate specific areas where each item was used. Designations shall be keyed to the 

areas and spaces depicted on the contract drawing. Furnish the record of materials used in the 

following format: 

MATERIALS 

DESIGNATION 

SPECIFICATION MANUFACTURER MATERIALS USED WHERE 

1.3 EQUIPMENTIPRODUCT WARRANTIES 

1.3.1 Equipment/Product Warranty List 

(MANUFACTURER'S USED 

DESIGNATION) 

Furnish to the Contracting Officer a bound and indexed notebook containing written 

warranties for equipment/products furnished under the contract, and prepare a complete listing 

of such equipment/products. The equipment/products list shall state the specification section 

applicable to the equipment/product, duration of the warranty therefor, start date of the 

warranty, ending date of the warranty, and the point of contact for fulfillment of the warranty. 

The warranty period shall begin on the same date as project acceptance and shall continue for 

the full product warranty period. Execute the full list and deliver to the Contracting Officer 

prior to final acceptance of the facility. 

01770-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.3.2 Equipment Warranty Tags and Guarantor's Local Representative

Furnish with each warranty the name, address, and telephone number of the guarantor's

representative nearest to the location where the equipment and appliances are installed. The

guarantor's representative, upon request of the station representative , shall honor the warranty

during the warranty period, and shall provide the services prescribed by the terms of the

warranty. At the time of installation, tag each item of warranted equipment with a durable,

oil- and water-resistant tag approved by the Contracting Officer. Attach tag with copper wire

and spray with a clear silicone waterproof coating. Leave the date of acceptance and QC's

signature blank until project is accepted for beneficial occupancy. Tag shall show the

following information:

EQUIPMENT/PRODf7C71' WARRANTY TAG

Type of Equipment/Product

Warranty Period From To

Contract No.

Inspector's Signature Date Accepted

Construction Contractor:

Name:

Address:

Telephone:

Warranty Contact:

Name:

Address:

Telephone:

STATION PERSONNEL TO PERFORM ONLY OPERATIONAL MAINTENANCE

1.4 CLEANUP

Leave premises "broom clean." Clean interior and exterior glass surfaces exposed to view;

remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances ; polish transparent and glossy

surfaces; vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary

condition. Replace filters of operating equipment. Clean debris from roofs, gutters,

downspouts and drainage systems. Sweep paved areas and rake clean landscaped areas.

Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish and construction facilities from the site.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not used.

01770-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.3.2 Equipment Warranty Tags and Guarantor's Local Representative 

AJJY 00-1124 

Furnish with each warranty the name, address, and telephone number of the guarantor's 

representative nearest to the location where the equipment and appliances are installed. The 

guarantor's representative, upon request of the station representative, shall honor the warranty 

during the warranty period, and shall provide the services prescribed by the terms of the 

warranty. At the time of installation, tag each item of warranted equipment with a durable, 

oil- and water-resistant tag approved by the Contracting Officer. Attach tag with copper wire 

and spray with a clear silicone waterproof coating. Leave the date of acceptance and QC's 

signature blank until project is accepted for beneficial occupancy. Tag shall show the 

following information: 

Type of EquipmentlProduct ________ _ 

Warranty Period From _____ To ____ _ 

Contract No. ________ _ 

Inspector's Signature __________ Date Accepted _____ _ 

Construction Contractor: 

Name: ________ _ 

Address: __________ _ 

Telephone: __________ _ 

Warranty Contact: _______ _ 

Name: ________ _ 

Address: __________ _ 

Telephone: __________ _ 

STATION PERSONNEL TO PERFORM ONLY OPERATIONAL MAINTENANCE 

1.4 CLEANUP 

Leave premises "broom clean." Clean interior and exterior glass surfaces exposed to view; 

remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances; polish transparent and glossy 

surfaces; vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary 

condition. Replace filters of operating equipment. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, 

downspouts and drainage systems. Sweep paved areas and rake clean landscaped areas. 

Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish and construction facilities from the site. 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

Not used. 

01770-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

PART 3 EXECUTION

Not used.

-- End of Section --

01770-4

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, 8-1780 

ANDERSEN AF8, GUAM 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

Not used. 

-- End of Section --

01770-4 

AJJY 00-1124 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 01781

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART I GENERAL,

1.1 SUBMISSION OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

Submit Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data/Manuals which are specifically applicable to

this contract and a complete and concise depiction of the provided equipment or product.

Organize and present information in sufficient detail to clearly explain O&M requirements at

the system, equipment, component, and subassembly level. Include an index preceding each

submittal. Submit in accordance with this section and Section 01330 , "Submittal Procedures."

1.1. 1 Quantity

Submit five sets of the supplier/manufacturers' O&M information specified herein for the

components, assemblies, subassemblies, attachments, and accessories. The items for which

O&M Data/Manuals are required are listed in the technical sections which specifies those

particular items.

1.1.2 Package Quality

Documents must be fully legible. Poor quality copies and material with hole punches

obliterating the text or drawings will not be accepted.

1.1.3 Package Content

Data package content shall be as shown in the paragraph titled "Schedule of Operation and

Maintenance Data Packages." For each product, system, or component piece of equipment

requiring submission of O&M Data, submit the Data Package specified in the individual

technical section.

1.1.4 Delivery

Submit O&M Data Manuals to the Contracting Officer for review and acceptance ; submit data

specified for a given item within 30 calendar days after the item is delivered to the contract

site.

a. In the event the Contractor fails to deliver O&M Data/Manuals within the time

limits set forth above, the Contracting Officer may withhold from progress

payments 50 percent of the price of the item with which such O&M Data/Manuals

are associated.

01781-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

SECTION 01781 

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 SUBMISSION OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 

AJJY 00-1124 

Submit Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data/Manuals which are specifically applicable to 

this contract and a complete and concise depiction of the provided equipment or product. 

Organize and present information in sufficient detail to clearly explain O&M requirements at 

the system, equipment, component, and subassembly level. Include an index preceding each 

submittal. Submit in accordance with this section and Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures." 

1.1.1 Quantity 

Submit five sets of the supplier/manufacturers' O&M information specified herein for the 

components, assemblies, subassemblies, attachments, and accessories. The items for which 

O&M Data/Manuals are required are listed in the technical sections which specifies those 

particular items. 

1.1.2 Package Quality 

Documents must be fully legible. Poor quality copies and material with hole punches 

obliterating the text or drawings will not be accepted. 

1.1.3 Package Content 

Data package content shall be as shown in the paragraph titled "Schedule of Operation and 

Maintenance Data Packages." For each product, system, or component piece of equipment 

requiring submission of O&M Data, submit the Data Package specified in the individual 

technical section. 

1.1.4 Delivery 

Submit O&M Data Manuals to the Contracting Officer for review and acceptance; submit data 

specified for a given item within 30 calendar days after the item is delivered to the contract 

site. 

a. In the event the Contractor fails to deliver O&M DatalManuals within the time 

limits set forth above, the Contracting Officer may withhold from progress 

payments 50 percent of the price of the item with which such O&M Data/Manuals 

are associated. 

01781-1 
PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.1.5 Changes to Submittals

Manufacturer-originated changes or revisions to submitted data shall be furnished by the

Contractor if a component of an item is so affected subsequent to acceptance of the O&M

Data. Changes, additions, or revisions required by the Contracting Officer for final acceptance

of submitted data, shall be submitted by the Contractor within 30 calendar days of the

notification of this change requirement.

1.2 TYPES OF INFORMATION REQUIRED IN O&M DATA PACKAGES

1.2.1 Operating Instructions

Include specific instructions, procedures, and illustrations for the following phases of

operation:

1.2.1.1 Safety Precautions

List personnel hazards and equipment or product safety precautions for all operating

conditions.

1.2.1.2 Operator Prestart

Include procedures required to set up and prepare each system for use.

1.2.1.3 Startup, Shutdown, and Postshutdown Procedures

Provide narrative description for each operating procedure including control sequence for

each.

1.2.1.4 Normal Operations

Provide narrative description of normal operating procedures . Include control diagrams with

data to explain operation and control of systems and specific equipment.

1.2.1.5 Emergency Operations

Include emergency procedures for equipment malfunctions to permit a short period of

continued operation or to shut down the equipment to prevent further damage to systems and

equipment. Include emergency shutdown instructions for fire, explosion, spills, or other

foreseeable contingencies. Provide guidance on emergency operations of all utility systems

including valve locations and portions of systems controlled.

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.1.5 Changes to Submittals 

AJJY 00-1124 

Manufacturer-originated changes or revisions to submitted data shall be furnished by the 

Contractor if a component of an item is so affected subsequent to acceptance of the O&M 

Data. Changes, additions, or revisions required by the Contracting Officer for final acceptance 

of submitted data, shall be submitted by the Contractor within 30 calendar days of the 

notification of this change requirement. 

1.2 TYPES OF INFORMATION REQUIRED IN O&M DATA PACKAGES 

1.2.1 Operating Instructions 

Include specific instructions, procedures, and illustrations for the following phases of 

operation: 

1.2.1.1 Safety Precautions 

List personnel hazards and equipment or product safety precautions for all operating 

conditions. 

1.2.1.2 Operator Prestart 

Include procedures required to set up and prepare each system for use. 

1.2.1.3 Startup, Shutdown, and Postshutdown Procedures 

Provide narrative description for each operating procedure including control sequence for 

each. 

1.2.1.4 Normal Operations 

Provide narrative description of normal operating procedures. Include control diagrams with 

data to explain operation and control of systems and specific equipment. 

1.2.1.5 Emergency Operations 

Include emergency procedures for equipment malfunctions to permit a short period of 

continued operation or to shut down the equipment to prevent further damage to systems and 

equipment. Include emergency shutdown instructions for fire, explosion, spills, or other 

foreseeable contingencies. Provide guidance on emergency operations of all utility systems 

including valve locations and portions of systems controlled. 

01781-2 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.2.1.6 Operator Service Requirements

Include instructions for services to be performed by the operator such as lubrication,

adjustment, inspection, and gage reading recording.

1.2.1.7 Environmental Conditions

Include a list of environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and other relevant data)

which are best suited for each product or piece of equipment and describe conditions under

which equipment should not be allowed to run.

1.2.2 Preventive Maintenance

Include the following information for preventive and scheduled maintenance to minimize

corrective maintenance and repair.

1.2.2.1 Lubrication Data

Include lubrication data, other than instructions for lubrication in accordance with paragraph

titled "Operator Service Requirements":

a. A table showing recommended lubricants for specific temperature ranges and

applications;

b. Charts with a schematic diagram of the equipment showing lubrication points,

recommended types and grades of lubricants, and capacities; and

c. A lubrication schedule showing service interval frequency.

1.2.2.2 Preventive Maintenance Plan and Schedule

Include manufacturer's schedule for routine preventive maintenance , inspections, tests and

adjustments required to ensure proper and economical operation and to minimize corrective

maintenance and repair . Provide manufacturer 's projection of preventive maintenance workhours on a daily, weekly , monthly, and annual basis including craft requirements by type of

craft. For periodic calibrations, provide manufacturer 's specified frequency and procedures for

each separate operation.

1.2.3 Corrective Maintenance (Repair)

Include manufacturer's recommendations on procedures and instructions for correcting

problems and making repairs.

01781-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.2.1.6 Operator Service Requirements 

AJJY 00-1124 

Include instructions for services to be performed by the operator such as lubrication, 

adjustment, inspection, and gage reading recording. 

1.2.1.7 Environmental Conditions 

Include a list of environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and other relevant data) 

which are best suited for each product or piece of equipment and describe conditions under 

which equipment should not be allowed to run. 

1.2.2 Preventive Maintenance 

Include the following information for preventive and scheduled maintenance to minimize 

corrective maintenance and repair. 

1.2.2.1 Lubrication Data 

Include lubrication data, other than instructions for lubrication in accordance with paragraph 

titled "Operator Service Requirements": 

a. A table showing recommended lubricants for specific temperature ranges and 

applications; 

b. Charts with a schematic diagram of the equipment showing lubrication points, 

recommended types and grades of lubricants, and capacities; and 

c. A lubrication schedule showing service interval frequency. 

1.2.2.2 Preventive Maintenance Plan and Schedule 

Include manufacturer's schedule for routine preventive maintenance, inspections, tests and 

adjustments required to ensure proper and economical operation and to minimize corrective 

maintenance and repair. Provide manufacturer's projection of preventive maintenance workhours on a daily, weekly, monthly, and annual basis including craft requirements by type of 

craft. For periodic calibrations, provide manufacturer's specified frequency and procedures for 

each separate operation. 

1.2.3 Con-ective Maintenance (Repair) 

Include manufacturer's recommendations on procedures and instructions for correcting 

problems and making repairs. 

01781-3 
PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.2.3.1 Troubleshooting Guides and Diagnostic Techniques

Include step-by-step procedures to promptly isolate the cause of typical malfunctions.

Describe clearly why the checkout is performed and what conditions are to be sought. Identify

tests or inspections and test equipment required to determine whether parts and equipment

may be reused or require replacement.

1.2.3.2 Wiring Diagrams and Control Diagrams

Wiring diagrams and control diagrams shall be point-to -point drawings of wiring and control

circuits including factory-field interfaces . Provide a complete and accurate depiction of the

actual job specific wiring and control work. On diagrams , number electrical and electronic

wiring and pneumatic control tubing and the terminals for each type, identically to actual

installation numbering.

1.2.3.3 Maintenance and Repair Procedures

Include instructions and list tools required to restore product or equipment to proper condition

or operating standards.

1.2.3.4 Removal and Replacement Instructions

Include step-by-step procedures and list required tools and supplies for removal , replacement,

disassembly, and assembly of components, assemblies, subassemblies, accessories, and

attachments. Provide tolerances, dimensions, settings and adjustments required . Instructions

shall include a combination of text and illustrations.

1.2.3.5 Spare Parts and Supply Lists

Include lists of spare parts and supplies required for maintenance and repair to ensure

continued service or operation without unreasonable delays. Special consideration is required

for facilities at remote locations. List spare parts and supplies that have a long lead time to

obtain.

1.2.3.6 Corrective Maintenance Work-Hours

Include manufacturer 's projection of corrective maintenance work-hours including craft

requirements by type of craft. Corrective maintenance that requires participation of the

equipment manufacturer shall be identified and tabulated separately.

1.2.4 Appendices

Provide information required below and information not specified in the preceding paragraphs

but pertinent to the maintenance or operation of the product or equipment. Include the

following:

01781-4

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.2.3.1 Troubleshooting Guides and Diagnostic Techniques 

AJJY 00-1124 

Include step-by-step procedures to promptly isolate the cause of typical malfunctions. 

Describe clearly why the checkout is performed and what conditions are to be sought. Identify 

tests or inspections and test equipment required to determine whether parts and equipment 

may be reused or require replacement. 

1.2.3.2 Wiring Diagrams and Control Diagrams 

Wiring diagrams and control diagrams shall be point-to-point drawings of wiring and control 

circuits including factory-field interfaces. Provide a complete and accurate depiction of the 

actual job specific wiring and control work. On diagrams, number electrical and electronic 

wiring and pneumatic control tubing and the terminals for each type, identically to actual 

installation numbering. 

1.2.3.3 Maintenance and Repair Procedures 

Include instructions and list tools required to restore product or equipment to proper condition 

or operating standards. 

1.2.3.4 Removal and Replacement Instructions 

Include step-by-step procedures and list required tools and supplies for removal, replacement, 

disassembly, and assembly of components, assemblies, subassemblies, accessories, and 

attachments. Provide tolerances, dimensions, settings and adjustments required. Instructions 

shall include a combination of text and illustrations. 

1.2.3.5 Spare Parts and Supply Lists 

Include lists of spare parts and supplies required for maintenance and repair to ensure 

continued service or operation without unreasonable delays. Special consideration is required 

for facilities at remote locations. List spare parts and supplies that have a long lead time to 

obtain. 

1.2.3.6 Corrective Maintenance Work-Hours 

Include manufacturer's projection of corrective maintenance work-hours including craft 

requirements by type of craft. Corrective maintenance that requires participation of the 

equipment manufacturer shall be identified and tabulated separately. 

1.2.4 Appendices 

Provide information required below and information not specified in the preceding paragraphs 

but pertinent to the maintenance or operation of the product or equipment. Include the 

following: 

01781-4 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.2.4.1 Parts Identification

Provide identification and coverage for all parts of each component , assembly, subassembly,

and accessory of the end items subject to replacement. Include special hardware requirements,

such as requirement to use high-strength bolts and nuts. Identify parts by make , model, serial

number, and source of supply to allow reordering without further identification. Provide clear

and legible illustrations, drawings, and exploded views to enable easy identification of the

items. When illustrations omit the part numbers and description , both the illustrations and

separate listing shall show the index , reference, or key number which will cross-reference the

illustrated part to the listed part. Parts shown in the listings shall be grouped by components,

assemblies, and subassemblies. Parts data may cover more than one model or series of

equipment, components, assemblies, subassemblies, attachments, or accessories, such as a

master parts catalog, in accordance with the manufacturer's standard commercial practice.

1.2.4.2 Warranty Information

List and explain the various warranties and include the servicing and technical precautions

prescribed by the manufacturers or contract documents to keep warranties in force. Include

warranty information for primary components such as the compressor of air conditioning

system.

1.2.4.3 Personnel Training Requirements

Provide information available from the manufacturers to use in training designated personnel

to operate and maintain the equipment and systems properly.

1.2.4.4 Testing Equipment and Special Tool Information

Include information on test equipment required to perform specified tests and on special tools

needed for the operation, maintenance, and repair of components.

1.2.4.5 Contractor Information

Provide a list that includes the name, address, and telephone number of the General Contractor

and each subcontractor installing the product or equipment . Include local representatives and

service organizations most convenient to the project site. Provide the name, address, and

telephone number of the product or equipment manufacturers.

1.3 SCHEDULE OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PACKAGES

Furnish the O&M Data Packages specified in individual technical sections . The required

information for each O&M Data Package is as follows:

01781-5

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.2.4.1 Parts Identification 

AJJY 00-1124 

Provide identification and coverage for all parts of each component, assembly, subassembly, 

and accessory of the end items subject to replacement. Include special hardware requirements, 

such as requirement to use high-strength bolts and nuts. Identify parts by make, model, serial 

number, and source of supply to allow reordering without further identification. Provide clear 

and legible illustrations, drawings, and exploded views to enable easy identification of the 

items. When illustrations omit the part numbers and description, both the illustrations and 

separate listing shall show the index, reference, or key number which will cross-reference the 

illustrated part to the listed part. Parts shown in the listings shall be grouped by components, 

assemblies, and subassemblies. Parts data may cover more than one model or series of 

equipment, components, assemblies, subassemblies, attachments, or accessories, such as a 

master parts catalog, in accordance with the manufacturer's standard commercial practice. 

1.2.4.2 Warranty Information 

List and explain the various warranties and include the servicing and technical precautions 

prescribed by the manufacturers or contract documents to keep warranties in force. Include 

warranty information for primary components such as the compressor of air conditioning 

system. 

1.2.4.3 Personnel Training Requirements 

Provide information available from the manufacturers to use in training designated personnel 

to operate and maintain the equipment and systems properly. 

1.2.4.4 Testing Equipment and Special Tool Information 

Include information on test equipment required to perform specified tests and on special tools 

needed for the operation, maintenance, and repair of components. 

1.2.4.5 Contractor Information 

Provide a list that includes the name, address, and telephone number of the General Contractor 

and each subcontractor installing the product or equipment. Include local representatives and 

service organizations most convenient to the project site. Provide the name, address, and 

telephone number of the product or equipment manufacturers. 

1.3 SCHEDULE OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PACKAGES 

Furnish the O&M Data Packages specified in individual technical sections. The required 

information for each O&M Data Package is as follows: 

01781-5 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.3.1 Data Package I

a. Safety precautions

b. Maintenance and repair procedures

c. Warranty information

d. Contractor information

1.3.2 Data Package 2

a. Safety precautions

b. Normal operations

c. Environmental conditions

d. Lubrication data

e. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule

f. Maintenance and repair procedures

g. Removal and replacement instructions

h. Spare parts and supply list

i. Parts identification

j. Warranty information

k. Contractor information

1.3.3 Data Package 3

a. Safety precautions

b. Normal operations

c. Emergency operations

d. Environmental conditions

e. Lubrication data

01781-6

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.3.1 Data Package 1 

a. Safety precautions 

b. Maintenance and repair procedures 

c. Warranty information 

d. Contractor information 

1.3.2 Data Package 2 

a. Safety precautions 

b. Normal operations 

c. Environmental conditions 

d. Lubrication data 

e. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule 

f. Maintenance and repair procedures 

g. Removal and replacement instructions 

h. Spare parts and supply list 

1. Parts identification 

J. Warranty information 

k. Contractor information 

1.3.3 Data Package 3 

a. Safety precautions 

b. Normal operations 

c. Emergency operations 

d. Environmental conditions 

e. Lubrication data 

01781-6 

AJJY 00-1124 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

f. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule

g. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques

h. Wiring diagrams and control diagrams

i. Maintenance and repair procedures

j. Removal and replacement instructions

k. Spare parts and supply list

1. Parts identification

m. Warranty information

n. Testing equipment and special tool information

o. Contractor information

1.3.4 Data Package 4

a. Safety precautions

b. Operator prestart

c. Startup, shutdown, and postshutdown procedures

d. Normal operations

e. Emergency operations

f. Operator service requirements

g. Environmental conditions

h. Lubrication data

i. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule

j. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques

k. Wiring diagrams and control diagrams

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

f. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule 

g. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques 

h. Wiring diagrams and control diagrams 

1. Maintenance and repair procedures 

J. Removal and replacement instructions 

k. Spare parts and supply list 

l. Parts identification 

m. Warranty information 

n. Testing equipment and special tool information 

o. Contractor information 

1.3.4 Data Package 4 

a. Safety precautions 

b. Operator prestart 

c. Startup, shutdown, and postshutdown procedures 

d. Normal operations 

e. Emergency operations 

f. Operator service requirements 

g. Environmental conditions 

h. Lubrication data 

1. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule 

J. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques 

k. Wiring diagrams and control diagrams 

01781-7 

AJJY 00-1124 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1. Maintenance and repair procedures

m. Removal and replacement instructions

n. Spare parts and supply list

o. Corrective maintenance man-hours

p. Parts identification

q. Warranty information

r. Personnel training requirements

s. Testing equipment and special tool information

t. Contractor information

1.3.5 Data Package 5

a. Safety precautions

b. Operator prestart

c. Start-up, shutdown, and post shutdown procedures

d. Normal operations

e. Environmental conditions

f. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule

g. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques

h. Wiring and control diagrams

i. Maintenance and repair procedures

j. Spare parts and supply list

k. Testing equipments and special tools

1. Warranty information

m. Contractor information

01781-8

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1. Maintenance and repair procedures 

m. Removal and replacement instructions 

n. Spare parts and supply list 

o. Corrective maintenance man-hours 

p. Parts identification 

q. Warranty information 

r. Personnel training requirements 

s. Testing equipment and special tool information 

t. Contractor information 

1.3.5 Data Package 5 

a. Safety precautions 

b. Operator prestart 

c. Start-up, shutdown, and post shutdown procedures 

d. Normal operations 

e. Environmental conditions 

f. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule 

g. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques 

h. Wiring and control diagrams 

1. Maintenance and repair procedures 

J. Spare parts and supply list 

k. Testing equipments and special tools 

1. Warranty information 

m. Contractor information 

01781-8 

AJJY 00-1124 
REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not used.

PART 3 EXECUTION

Not used.

-- End of Section --

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

Not used. 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

Not used. 

-- End of Section --

01781-9 

AJJY 00-1124 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 02050

DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL

PART1 GENERAL

1.1 PROCEDURES

Areas in which demolition and removal is to be accomplished shall be as indicated on the

drawings, either specifically or as necessary or incidental part of the work. The procedures

shall provide for the safe conduct of the work, careful removal and disposition of materials to

be removed, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed and coordination with

other work involved.

Do not begin demolition until authorization is received from the Contracting Officer.

Remove rubbish and debris from the project site daily; do not allow accumulations of debris

in the work area. Store materials that cannot be removed daily in areas designated by the

Contracting Officer.

The Contractor shall submit his/her demolition and removal procedures to the Contracting

Officer for approval before work is started. Demolition plan shall include procedures for

careful removal and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged, coordination with other

work in progress, a disconnection schedule of utility services, and detailed description of

methods and equipment to be used for each and sequence of operation.

1.2 EXPLOSIVES

Use of explosives will not be permitted.

1.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES, UTILITIES AND OTHER ITEMS OF

PROPERTIES

Existing structures, utilities, and other items of properties to remain shall be protected from

damage during demolition and removal operation. Any damage to existing facilities,

structures, utilities or other works shall be repaired by the Contractor, using materials equal

to or better than those existing, all at the Contractor's expense.

In addition, the Contractor shall seek and obtain written clearances from AAFB Utility

Department and other utility agencies at the site prior to undertaking demolition/removal

operations. As part of obtaining such clearances, the Contractor shall specifically request

each utility agency to stake out the location of their utilities prior to undertaking any

demolition or removal work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (None required)

02050-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

SECTION 02050 

DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 PROCEDURES 

AJJY 00-1124 

Areas in which demolition and removal is to be accomplished shall be as indicated on the 

drawings, either specifically or as necessary or incidental part of the work. The procedures 

shall provide for the safe conduct of the work, careful removal and disposition of materials to 

be removed, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed and coordination with 

other work involved. 

Do not begin demolition until authorization is received from the Contracting Officer. 

Remove rubbish and debris from the project site daily; do not allow accumulations of debris 

in the work area. Store materials that cannot be removed daily in areas designated by the 

Contracting Officer. 

The Contractor shall submit hislher demolition and removal procedures to the Contracting 

Officer for approval before work is started. Demolition plan shall include procedures for 

careful removal and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged, coordination with other 

work in progress, a disconnection schedule of utility services, and detailed description of 

methods and equipment to be used for each and sequence of operation. 

1.2 EXPLOSIVES 

Use of explosives will not be permitted. 

1.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES, UTILITIES AND OTHER ITEMS OF 

PROPERTIES 

Existing structures, utilities, and other items of properties to remain shall be protected from 

damage during demolition and removal operation. Any damage to existing facilities, 

structures, utilities or other works shall be repaired by the Contractor, using materials equal 

to or better than those existing, all at the Contractor's expense. 

In addition, the Contractor shall seek and obtain written clearances from AAFB Utility 

Department and other utility agencies at the site prior to undertaking demolition/removal 

operations. As part of obtaining such clearances, the Contractor shall specifically request 

each utility agency to stake out the location of their utilities prior to undertaking any 

demolition or removal work. 

PART 2 PRODUCTS (None required) 

02050-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 DEMOLITION

The work includes the removal of concrete slab on grade, pavements, fencing, and other

items as indicated on the drawings, or as required to accomplish the work. Miscellaneous

items that will be a hindrance or hazardous to the work to be done shall be removed and

disposed of, as directed by the Contracting Officer.

3.1.1 Notifications

Furnish timely notification of demolition work to the Contracting Officer in writing 10

working days prior to the commencement of the demolition work.

3.1.2 Traffic Control Plan

Where pedestrian and driver safety is endangered in the area of removal work, use traffic

barricades with flashing lights. Notify the Contracting Officer prior to beginning of such

work.

3.1.3 Existing Work

Protect existing work, which is to remain in place, be reused, or remain the property of the

Owner. Repair items, which are to remain, and which are damaged during the performance

of the work to their original or better condition or replace with new.

3.1.4 Removal

Perform the removal and reinstallation of relocated items as indicated with the workmen

skilled in the trades involved. Repair items to be relocated, which are damaged or replace

damaged items with new undamaged items as approved by the Contracting Officer.

3.1.5 Dust and Noise Control

The amount of dust resulting from demolition shall be controlled to prevent the spread of

dust to occupied portions of the area and to avoid creation of a nuisance in surrounding areas.

Use of water will not be permitted when it will result in, or create, hazardous or objectionable

conditions such as flooding, or pollution. Noise associated with the demolition shall be

controlled by proper selection of the equipment used, procedure selected, time of day, or day

of the week the work is accomplished, to minimize adverse effects of the necessary noise on

the every-day operations or activities of the Contractor.

3.2 SALVAGE AND DISPOSAL

02050-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1 DEMOLITION 

AJJY 00-1124 

The work includes the removal of concrete slab on grade, pavements, fencing, and other 

items as indicated on the drawings, or as required to accomplish the work. Miscellaneous 

items that will be a hindrance or hazardous to the work to be done shall be removed and 

disposed of, as directed by the Contracting Officer. 

3 .1.1 Notifications 

Furnish timely notification of demolition work to the Contracting Officer in writing 10 

working days prior to the commencement of the demolition work. 

3.1.2 Traffic Control Plan 

Where pedestrian and driver safety is endangered in the area of removal work, use traffic 

barricades with flashing lights. Notify the Contracting Officer prior to beginning of such 

work. 

3.1.3 Existing Work 

Protect existing work, which is to remain in place, be reused, or remain the property of the 

Owner. Repair items, which are to remain, and which are damaged during the performance 

of the work to their original or better condition or replace with new. 

3.1.4 Removal 

Perform the removal and reinstallation of relocated items as indicated with the workmen 

skilled in the trades involved. Repair items to be relocated, which are damaged or replace 

damaged items with new undamaged items as approved by the Contracting Officer. 

3.1.5 Dust and Noise Control 

The amount of dust resulting from demolition shall be controlled to prevent the spread of 

dust to occupied portions of the area and to avoid creation of a nuisance in surrounding areas. 

Use of water will not be permitted when it will result in, or create, hazardous or objectionable 

conditions such as flooding, or pollution. Noise associated with the demolition shall be 

controlled by proper selection of the equipment used, procedure selected, time of day, or day 

of the week the work is accomplished, to minimize adverse effects of the necessary noise on 

the every-day operations or activities of the Contractor. 

3.2 SALVAGE AND DISPOSAL 

02050-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

3.2.1 Salvage

The Contractor shall remove existing facilities as necessary or as indicated ; salvage usable

materials as directed ; store, transport, stockpile and/or protect it at the location designated by

the Contracting Officer. All salvaged materials shall be the property of the Owner.

3.2.2 Disposition

Refuse resulting from demolition operations shall be hauled at the Contractor 's expense to an

approved disposal site by the Contractor and shall be disposed of at the Contractor 's expense

in such a manner as to meet all applicable requirements, regulations and laws of the

Government of Guam regarding environmental protection , health, safety and public welfare.

The Contractor may not dispose of such refuse by burning on the site of the project at any

time.

In no case shall any material be left on the project, shoved onto abutting properties or areas,

or be burned in embankments or trenches on the project. Demolition and removal/disposal

operations shall be carried out well in advance of construction operations so as to permit a

well-planned schedule of work.

3.3 CLEANUP

Upon completion of demolition and removal operations, the entire area shall be cleaned of all

debris and rubbish in a manner satisfactory to the Contracting Officer.

-End of Section--

02050-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

3.2.1 Salvage 

AJJY 00-1124 

The Contractor shall remove existing facilities as necessary or as indicated; salvage usable 

materials as directed; store, transport, stockpile and/or protect it at the location designated by 

the Contracting Officer. All salvaged materials shall be the property of the Owner. 

3.2.2 Disposition 

Refuse resulting from demolition operations shall be hauled at the Contractor's expense to an 

approved disposal site by the Contractor and shall be disposed of at the Contractor's expense 

in such a manner as to meet all applicable requirements, regulations and laws of the 

Government of Guam regarding environmental protection, health, safety and public welfare. 

The Contractor may not dispose of such refuse by burning on the site of the project at any 

time. 

In no case shall any material be left on the project, shoved onto abutting properties or areas, 

or be burned in embankments or trenches on the project. Demolition and removal/disposal 

operations shall be carried out well in advance of construction operations so as to permit a 

well-planned schedule of work. 

3.3 CLEANUP 

Upon completion of demolition and removal operations, the entire area shall be cleaned of all 

debris and rubbish in a manner satisfactory to the Contracting Officer. 

-End of Section--

02050-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 02200

EARTHWORK

PART I GENERAL

1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

The latest issues of the publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent

referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.

American Society for Testing and Materials:

C 117 Test Methods for Materials Finer then No. 200 Sieve in Mineral

Aggregates.

C131 Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse

Aggregate by Abrasion and impact in the Use of Los Angeles Machine

C 136 Method Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates

D 1140 Test Method for Amount of Material in Soils Finer than the No. 200 (75

Micrometer) Sieve

D 1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method

D 1557 Test Method for Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate

Mixtures Using 10-lb.(4.54kg) Rammer and 18-in (457-mm) Drop

D1883 Test Method for CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of LaboratoryCompacted Soils

D2217 Practice for Wet Preparation of Soil Samples for Particle-Size Analysis

and Determination of Soil Constants.

D 2419 Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate

D 2487 Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes

D 2922 Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear

Methods (Shallow Depth)

D 3017 Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock In Place by Nuclear

Methods (Shallow Depth)

02200-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

SECTION 02200 

EARTHWORK 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS 

The latest issues of the publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent 

referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. 

American Society for Testing and Materials: 

C 117 

C131 

C 136 

D 1140 

D 1556 

D 1557 

D1883 

D2217 

D 2419 

D 2487 

D2922 

D 3017 

Test Methods for Materials Finer then No. 200 Sieve in Mineral 

Aggregates. 

Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse 

Aggregate by Abrasion and impact in the Use of Los Angeles Machine 

Method Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 

Test Method for Amount of Material in Soils Finer than the No. 200 (75 

Micrometer) Sieve 

Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method 

Test Method for Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate 

Mixtures Using 1O-lb.(4.54kg) Rammer and 18-in (457-mm) Drop 

Test Method for CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of LaboratoryCompacted Soils 

Practice for Wet Preparation of Soil Samples for Particle-Size Analysis 

and Determination of Soil Constants. 

Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate 

Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 

Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear 

Methods (Shallow Depth) 

Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock In Place by Nuclear 

Methods (Shallow Depth) 

02200-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

D 4318 Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils

Army Corps of Contracting Officers Publications:

Army Corps of Contracting Officers Manual EM-385-1-1

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This Section covers all earthwork required for structure excavation, sub-grade preparation,

site grading, and backfilling. In addition, this Section covers all earthwork required for

restoration of damaged existing roads and driveways.

The Contractor shall provide the services of a competent, licensed land surveyor to establish

all lines, levels, grades, bench marks and measurements required to lay out the work and

further shall be responsible for the correctness and accuracy of such work.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

1.3.1 Certified Test Reports; G

Submit certified test reports before starting work for the following:

General fill, trench backfill, base course, and bedding materials tested in accordance with

ASTM C136 and ASTM D2487.

1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Deliver and store materials in a manner to prevent contamination or segregation.

1.5 SOIL BORING LOGS AND SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS

There are no subsurface soil investigations available for this project. The Contractor shall be

fully responsible for making his own investigations of the actual field conditions prior to

bidding. The submission of a proposal shall be a prime evidence that the bidder has made

such investigations.

1.6 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING AND PREVAILING WORK CONDITIONS

Base bids on the following criteria and be fully prepared to work under the following

prevailing conditions:

a. Surface elevations are approximately as indicated.

b. Pipes, cables and/or other artificial obstructions in addition to those indicated will likely

be encountered.

02200-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

D 4318 Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils 

Army Corps of Contracting Officers Publications: 

Army Corps of Contracting Officers Manual EM-385-1-1 

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 

This Section covers all earthwork required for structure excavation, sub-grade preparation, 

site grading, and backfilling. In addition, this Section covers all earthwork required for 

restoration of damaged existing roads and driveways. 

The Contractor shall provide the services of a competent, licensed land surveyor to establish 

all lines, levels, grades, bench marks and measurements required to layout the work and 

further shall be responsible for the correctness and accuracy of such work. 

1.3 SUBMITTALS 

1.3.1 Certified Test Reports; G 

Submit certified test reports before starting work for the following: 

General fill, trench backfill, base course, and bedding materials tested in accordance with 

ASTM C136 and ASTM D2487. 

1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE 

Deliver and store materials in a manner to prevent contamination or segregation. 

1.5 SOIL BORING LOGS AND SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS 

There are no subsurface soil investigations available for this project. The Contractor shall be 

fully responsible for making his own investigations of the actual field conditions prior to 

bidding. The submission of a proposal shall be a prime evidence that the bidder has made 

such investigations. 

1.6 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING AND PREVAILING WORK CONDITIONS 

Base bids on the following criteria and be fully prepared to work under the following 

prevailing conditions: 

a. Surface elevations are approximately as indicated. 

b. Pipes, cables and/or other artificial obstructions in addition to those indicated will likely 

be encountered. 

02200-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

c. Abandoned pipes or other artificial obstructions encountered are to be demolished and

removed at the direction of the Contracting Officer.

d. Hard materials consisting of weathered rock, dense consolidated deposits or

conglomerate materials, (excluding manmade materials such as concrete) which are not

included in the definition of "rock" but which usually require the use of heavy

excavation equipment with ripper teeth or the use of jack hammers for removal.

e. Hard rock consisting of solid, homogeneous , interlocking crystalline material with

firmly cemented, laminated , or foliated masses or conglomerate deposits, neither of

which can be removed without systematic drilling and blasting, drilling and the use of

expansion jacks or feather wedges, or the use of backhoe-mounted pneumatic hole

punchers or rock breakers ; also large boulders, buried masonry, or concrete other than

pavement, exceeding I/2 cubic yard in volume. Removal of "hard material ' will not be

considered rock excavation because of intermittent drilling and blasting that may be

performed merely to increase production.

All earthwork is unclassified and that no special or additional compensation will be made for

any class of excavation whatsoever , regardless of the type of material or quantity

encountered. No extra compensation will be made by reason of any misunderstanding or

error on the part of the Contractor with regards to the site, the conditions thereof or the

amount and kind of earthwork to be performed.

1.7 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES

Existing utilities and construction shall be protected from damage during earthwork

operations. The Contractor shall seek and obtain written clearances from AAFB Utility

Department, and utility agencies of the Government of Guam, specifically DPW, GTA, GPA,

GWA, etc. prior to undertaking any earthwork operations. As part of obtaining such

clearances, the Contractor shall specifically request each utility agency to stake out the

location of their utilities prior to undertaking any excavation or filling work . In addition, the

Contractor shall obtain and use as reference as-built drawings of existing utilities from all

utility agencies, if available. Any damages to existing facilities, public or private, shall be

promptly repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. Damages to existing facilities,

structures, utilities or other works shall be repaired by the Contractor , using materials equal

to or better than those existing, all at the Contractor's expense.

When directed by the Contracting Officer, excavation near or around known utilities shall be

by careful hand excavation. Hand excavation shall start at a reasonable distance from each

side of the indicated obstruction and shall be continued until the obstruction is uncovered or

until clearance for the new line is assured. The Contractor shall properly support all

uncovered lines or other existing work as affected by the contract excavation.

Report to the Contracting Officer any condition found which is not indicated on or

anticipated by the drawings and specifications and do not proceed with work in the affected

area until a decision is rendered.

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

c. Abandoned pipes or other artificial obstructions encountered are to be demolished and 

removed at the direction of the Contracting Officer. 

d. Hard materials consisting of weathered rock, dense consolidated deposits or 

conglomerate materials, (excluding manmade materials such as concrete) which are not 

included in the definition of "rock" but which usually require the use of heavy 

excavation equipment with ripper teeth or the use of jack hammers for removal. 

e. Hard rock consisting of solid, homogeneous, interlocking crystalline material with 

firmly cemented, laminated, or foliated masses or conglomerate deposits, neither of 

which can be removed without systematic drilling and blasting, drilling and the use of 

expansion jacks or feather wedges, or the use of backhoe-mounted pneumatic hole 

punchers or rock breakers; also large boulders, buried masonry, or concrete other than 

pavement, exceeding Y2 cubic yard in volume. Removal of "hard material' will not be 

considered rock excavation because of intermittent drilling and blasting that may be 

performed merely to increase production. 

All earthwork is unclassified and that no special or additional compensation will be made for 

any class of excavation whatsoever, regardless of the type of material or quantity 

encountered. No extra compensation will be made by reason of any misunderstanding or 

error on the part of the Contractor with regards to the site, the conditions thereof or the 

amount and kind of earthwork to be performed. 

1.7 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 

Existing utilities and construction shall be protected from damage during earthwork 

operations. The Contractor shall seek and obtain written clearances from AAFB Utility 

Department, and utility agencies of the Government of Guam, specifically DPW, GTA, GPA, 

GW A, etc. prior to undertaking any earthwork operations. As part of obtaining such 

clearances, the Contractor shall specifically request each utility agency to stake out the 

location of their utilities prior to undertaking any excavation or filling work. In addition, the 

Contractor shall obtain and use as reference as-built drawings of existing utilities from all 

utility agencies, if available. Any damages to existing facilities, public or private, shall be 

promptly repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. Damages to existing facilities, 

structures, utilities or other works shall be repaired by the Contractor, using materials equal 

to or better than those existing, all at the Contractor's expense. 

When directed by the Contracting Officer, excavation near or around known utilities shall be 

by careful hand excavation. Hand excavation shall start at a reasonable distance from each 

side of the indicated obstruction and shall be continued until the obstruction is uncovered or 

until clearance for the new line is assured. The Contractor shall properly support all 

uncovered lines or other existing work as affected by the contract excavation. 

Report to the Contracting Officer any condition found which is not indicated on or 

anticipated by the drawings and specifications and do not proceed with work in the affected 

area until a decision is rendered. 

02200-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.8 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

Work on this project shall comply with OSHA requirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

a. SOIL MATERIALS

In general, soil materials shall be free of debris, roots, wood scrap material, vegetable matter,

refuse, soft unsound particles , deleterious, or objectionable materials.

2.1.1 General Fill

Shall conform to the general requirements for soil materials and shall meet the following

requirements:

a. Liquid Limit (minus #40 mesh material): Not more than 40.

b. Plasticity Index: Not more than 15.

c. Material passing No. 200 mesh sieve: 30 percent maximum.

d. Maximum particle size (in any dimension): 3 inches

2.1.2 Drain (Crushed) Rocks

Drain rocks shall consist of crushed coral rock, in pieces varying from 1/2 inch to 2 inches in

any dimension. The drain rocks shall be placed in layers not exceeding 18" (loose thickness)

and compacted until it is dense and non -yielding. No compaction test required.

2.1.3 Pipe Envelope & Bedding Material

Bedding and envelope material for pipes shall conform to any one of the following materials:

a. Manufactured sand free of organic substances and/or rubbish . Mining of beach sand is

not permitted on the island of Guam. When tested in accordance with ASTM C136, the

material shall conform to the following gradation limits.

Sieve Size Percent Passing

3/8 inch 100

No. 4 85 - 100

No. 16 45- 80

No. 50 10- 30

No. 100 0- 10

02200-4

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.8 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 

Work on this project shall comply with OSHA requirements. 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

a. SOIL MATERIALS 

AJJY 00-1124 

In general, soil materials shall be free of debris, roots, wood scrap material, vegetable matter, 

refuse, soft unsound particles, deleterious, or objectionable materials. 

2.1.1 General Fill 

Shall conform to the general requirements for soil materials and shall meet the following 

requirements: 

a. Liquid Limit (minus #40 mesh material): Not more than 40. 

b. Plasticity Index: Not more than 15. 

c. Material passing No. 200 mesh sieve: 30 percent maximum. 

d. Maximum particle size (in any dimension): 3 inches 

2.1.2 Drain (Crushed) Rocks 

Drain rocks shall consist of crushed coral rock, in pieces varying from Y2 inch to 2 inches in 

any dimension. The drain rocks shall be placed in layers not exceeding 18" (loose thickness) 

and compacted until it is dense and non-yielding. No compaction test required. 

2.1.3 Pipe Envelope & Bedding Material 

Bedding and envelope material for pipes shall conform to anyone of the following materials: 

a. Manufactured sand free of organic substances and/or rubbish. Mining of beach sand is 

not permitted on the island of Guam. When tested in accordance with ASTM C136, the 

material shall conform to the following gradation limits. 

Sieve Size 

3/8 inch 

No.4 

No. 16 

No. 50 

No. 100 

Percent Passing 

100 

85 - 100 

45 - 80 

10 - 30 

0- 10 

02200-4 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

No. 200 0- 5

b. Where groundwater is encountered in excavation, bedding material shall be drain rocks

per Subparagraph 2.1.2 of this Section.

2.1.4 Trench Backfill

Backfill for trenches shall meet the requirements of general fill as specified in Subparagraph

2.1.1 of this Section, except above subgrade level for paved areas where backfill shall be

base course to the dimensions defined on the drawings.

2.1.5 Base Course

Base course shall consists of crushed coralline limestone meeting the requirements indicated

herein:

Mechanical Analysis:

Sieve Size Percentage Passing

2 inches 100

1-1/2 inches 90 - 100

3/4 inches 50 - 80

No. 4 30 - 60

No. 40 15- 30

No. 200* 5 - 13*

*For base course, the fraction passing the No. 200 sieve shall not be greater than one-half

(1/2) the fraction passing the No. 40 sieve. Final acceptance samples for gradation tests will

be taken by the Contracting Officer just prior to spreading of base materials.

a. Liquid Limit: Not greater than 25.

b. Plasticity Index: Not greater than 6

c. R-Value: Not less than 70

d. Los Angeles Abrasion: Not greater than 45

e. Sand Equivalent: Not less than 35

2.0.1 Unsuitable Materials

In general, unsuitable materials consist of soft soils which cannot meet the compaction

requirements after reconditioning by approved methods, and of other objectionable materials.

02200-5

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

No. 200 0- 5 

AJJY 00-1124 

b. Where groundwater is encountered in excavation, bedding material shall be drain rocks 

per Subparagraph 2.1.2 of this Section. 

2.1.4 Trench Backfill 

Backfill for trenches shall meet the requirements of general fill as specified in Subparagraph 

2.1.1 of this Section, except above subgrade level for paved areas where backfill shall be 

base course to the dimensions defined on the drawings. 

2.1.5 Base Course 

Base course shall consists of crushed coralline limestone meeting the requirements indicated 

herein: 

Mechanical Analysis: 

Sieve Size 

2 inches 

1-1/2 inches 

3/4 inches 

No.4 

No. 40 

No. 200* 

Percentage Passing 

100 

90 - 100 

50 - 80 

30 - 60 

15 - 30 

5 - 13* 

*For base course, the fraction passing the No. 200 sieve shall not be greater than one-half 

(1/2) the fraction passing the No. 40 sieve. Final acceptance samples for gradation tests will 

be taken by the Contracting Officer just prior to spreading of base materials. 

a. Liquid Limit: Not greater than 25. 

b. Plasticity Index: Not greater than 6 

c. R-Value: Not less than 70 

d. Los Angeles Abrasion: Not greater than 45 

e. Sand Equivalent: Not less than 35 

2.0.1 Unsuitable Materials 

In general, unsuitable materials consist of soft soils which cannot meet the compaction 

requirements after reconditioning by approved methods, and of other objectionable materials. 

02200-5 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

2.0.2 Material Sources

The Contractor shall be responsible for procuring materials from sources approved by the

Contracting Officer. Unless otherwise indicated by the drawings, all borrow or imported

materials for earthwork shall be obtained from designated or off-site approved sources.

Materials shall be selected , mixed and or blended thoroughly to conform to the required

specifications for each class of material and stored in stockpiles which are segregated from

other materials. Representative samples of each stockpile must be taken by the Independent

Laboratory employed by the Contractor in the presence of the Contracting Officer or his

authorized representative . No material shall be used in the work or placed in any other

location on the project site without the written approval of the Contracting Officer.

All clearing, grubbing, quarrying, crushing, hauling, mixing or blending and other work

related or incidental to the importation or processing of materials shall be at the Contractor's

expense.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

3.1.1 Demolition and Removal

Shall be as specified in Section 02050, entitled Demolition and Removal.

3.1.2 Removal of Unsuitable Material

Remove soil, muck, rubbish, debris and other unsuitable materials at and under areas

designated for construction.

3.1.3 Excavation

This work shall consist of excavation , disposal and/or compaction of all materials of

whatever character encountered within the limits of the work and which is necessary for the

construction of improvements in accordance with the grades , thicknesses and typical cross

sections shown on the drawings or established by the Contracting Officer. Suitable materials

removed from the excavation may be used as far as practicable in the formation of

embankment, subgrade, bedding, and backfill for structures and pipes , and for other purposes

shown on the drawings or as directed or approved by the Contracting Officer.

3.1.4 Filling

Filling in areas indicated on the drawings shall consist of placing and compacting of

approved material on approved subgrade , including the placing and compacting of fill

material in areas where unsuitable materials have been removed, holes, pits , and other

depressions within the project area.

02200-6

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

2.0.2 Material Sources 

AJJY 00-1124 

The Contractor shall be responsible for procuring materials from sources approved by the 

Contracting Officer. Unless otherwise indicated by the drawings, all borrow or imported 

materials for earthwork shall be obtained from designated or off-site approved sources. 

Materials shall be selected, mixed and or blended thoroughly to conform to the required 

specifications for each class of material and stored in stockpiles which are segregated from 

other materials. Representative samples of each stockpile must be taken by the Independent 

Laboratory employed by the Contractor in the presence of the Contracting Officer or his 

authorized representative. No material shall be used in the work or placed in any other 

location on the project site without the written approval of the Contracting Officer. 

All clearing, grubbing, quarrying, crushing, hauling, mixing or blending and other work 

related or incidental to the importation or processing of materials shall be at the Contractor's 

expense. 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1 GENERAL 

3.1.1 Demolition and Removal 

Shall be as specified in Section 02050, entitled Demolition and Removal. 

3.1.2 Removal of Unsuitable Material 

Remove soil, muck, rubbish, debris and other unsuitable materials at and under areas 

designated for construction. 

3.1.3 Excavation 

This work shall consist of excavation, disposal and/or compaction of all materials of 

whatever character encountered within the limits of the work and which is necessary for the 

construction of improvements in accordance with the grades, thicknesses and typical cross 

sections shown on the drawings or established by the Contracting Officer. Suitable materials 

removed from the excavation may be used as far as practicable in the formation of 

embankment, sub grade, bedding, and backfill for structures and pipes, and for other purposes 

shown on the drawings or as directed or approved by the Contracting Officer. 

3.1.4 Filling 

Filling in areas indicated on the drawings shall consist of placing and compacting of 

approved material on approved sub grade, including the placing and compacting of fill 

material in areas where unsuitable materials have been removed, holes, pits, and other 

depressions within the project area. 

02200-6 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

3.1.5 Dewatering (If Applicable)

Include in dewatering the collection and disposal of all forms of surface and subsurface water

that may be encountered in the course of construction. This shall include the complete and

continuous dewatering of all excavations until backfilled. Dewatering of structure

excavations shall be such that groundwater is lowered to at least 2 feet below the excavated

subgrade and subgrade soils are not softened or disturbed. All dewatering activities

including disposal of groundwater shall be done in conformance with all applicable

regulations.

3.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADING

3.2.1 Preparation for Grading

Prior to beginning excavation, grading, and filling work in any area , perform all necessary

demolition and removal and clearing and grubbing work in that area in accordance with

Section 02050, entitled "Demolition and Removal".

Where filling below subgrade is to be made, all sod and vegetable matter and unsuitable

materials shall be removed from the surface upon which the fill is to be placed, and the

cleared surface shall be completely broken up by plowing , scarifying, or stripping to a

minimum depth of 6 inches but not more than 2 feet, and compacted in accordance with

Subparagraph 3.2.8 of this Section.

3.2.2 Utilization of Excavated Materials

All suitable material removed from excavation shall be used, as far as practicable, in the

formation of the embankment, filling, subgrade , and backfill for structures, and for other

purposes shown on the drawings or as directed . Only approved materials shall be used in the

construction of embankments and backfills . All unsuitable materials shall be properly

disposed of at the Contractor's expense at designated and/or approved disposal areas. All

excess materials, including rock and boulders that cannot be used in fill areas shall be

disposed of as directed by the Contracting Officer on or off the project site at the Contractor's

expense. Material encountered in the excavation and determined by the Contracting Officer

as suitable for topping or fill, or other purposes shall be conserved and utilized as directed.

3.2.3 Drainage Ditches and Swales

If any drainage ditches and swales required or to be restored after construction shall conform

to the slope, grade, and shape of the required cross-section, with no projections of roots,

stumps, rock or similar matter. The Contractor shall maintain and keep open and free from

leaves, sticks, and other debris all ditches dug by him until final acceptance of the work.

3.2.4 Removal of Unsuitable Materials

02200-7

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, 8-1780 

ANDERSEN AF8, GUAM 

3.1.5 Dewatering (If Applicable) 

AJJY 00-1124 

Include in dewatering the collection and disposal of all forms of surface and subsurface water 

that may be encountered in the course of construction. This shall include the complete and 

continuous dewatering of all excavations until backfilled. Dewatering of structure 

excavations shall be such that groundwater is lowered to at least 2 feet below the excavated 

subgrade and sub grade soils are not softened or disturbed. All dewatering activities 

including disposal of groundwater shall be done in conformance with all applicable 

regulations. 

3.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADING 

3.2.1 Preparation for Grading 

Prior to beginning excavation, grading, and filling work in any area, perform all necessary 

demolition and removal and clearing and grubbing work in that area in accordance with 

Section 02050, entitled "Demolition and Removal". 

Where filling below sub grade is to be made, all sod and vegetable matter and unsuitable 

materials shall be removed from the surface upon which the fill is to be placed, and the 

cleared surface shall be completely broken up by plowing, scarifying, or stripping to a 

minimum depth of 6 inches but not more than 2 feet, and compacted in accordance with 

Subparagraph 3.2.8 of this Section. 

3.2.2 Utilization of Excavated Materials 

All suitable material removed from excavation shall be used, as far as practicable, in the 

formation of the embankment, filling, sub grade, and backfill for structures, and for other 

purposes shown on the drawings or as directed. Only approved materials shall be used in the 

construction of embankments and backfills. All unsuitable materials shall be properly 

disposed of at the Contractor's expense at designated and/or approved disposal areas. All 

excess materials, including rock and boulders that cannot be used in fill areas shall be 

disposed of as directed by the Contracting Officer on or off the project site at the Contractor's 

expense. Material encountered in the excavation and determined by the Contracting Officer 

as suitable for topping or fill, or other purposes shall be conserved and utilized as directed. 

3.2.3 Drainage Ditches and Swales 

If any drainage ditches and swales required or to be restored after construction shall conform 

to the slope, grade, and shape of the required cross-section, with no projections of roots, 

stumps, rock or similar matter. The Contractor shall maintain and keep open and free from 

leaves, sticks, and other debris all ditches dug by him until final acceptance of the work. 

3.2.4 Removal of Unsuitable Materials 

02200-7 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

The Contractor shall not excavate beyond the dimensions and elevations established, except

where unsuitable materials are encountered in the subgrade. Where unsuitable materials are

encountered, such materials shall be removed to a depth required to obtain a dense,

unyielding subgrade as determined by the Contracting Officer. The excavation shall then be

backfilled with general fill compacted as required in this Section. If the bottom of excavation

is too soft for placing compacted general fill, drain rocks shall be used for backfill in lieu of

general fill but limit the drain rocks thickness to only required to stabilize soft soil.

3.2.5 Placing Drain Rocks

Drain rocks backfill shall be spread uniformly without segregation. The upper surface of the

drain rock shall be compacted until it is dense and non-yielding. This work shall be a basic

responsibility of the Contractor and shall be accomplished at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.2.6 Placing General Fill

Unless otherwise permitted by the Contracting Officer, fills and backfills shall not contain

mulch, roots, sod, or other deleterious matter.

Fill material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 10 inches (loose

measurement) and shall be compacted as specified before the next layer is placed, except as

otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer. Effective spreading equipment shall be used

on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each

layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform

density. Water shall be added or removed, if necessary, in order to obtain the required

density.

Removal of water shall be accomplished through aeration by plowing, blading, disking, or

other methods satisfactory to the Contracting Officer. Hauling equipment shall be dispersed

uniformly over the entire surface of the previously constructed layer to minimize rutting or

uneven compaction.

3.2.7 Placing Base Course

Base Course shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches (loose measurement)

and shall be compacted as specified before the next layer is placed, except as otherwise

directed by the Contracting Officer. Effective spreading equipment shall be used on each lift

to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each layer progresses,

continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform density. Water shall

be added or removed, if necessary, in order to obtain the required compaction.

3.2.8 Compaction

Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or in the other sections of these specifications,

the Contractor shall compact the material placed as general fill, trench backfill, base course,

02200-8

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

The Contractor shall not excavate beyond the dimensions and elevations established, except 

where unsuitable materials are encountered in the subgrade. Where unsuitable materials are 

encountered, such materials shall be removed to a depth required to obtain a dense, 

unyielding subgrade as determined by the Contracting Officer. The excavation shall then be 

backfilled with general fill compacted as required in this Section. If the bottom of excavation 

is too soft for placing compacted general fill, drain rocks shall be used for backfill in lieu of 

general fill but limit the drain rocks thickness to only required to stabilize soft soil. 

3.2.5 Placing Drain Rocks 

Drain rocks backfill shall be spread uniformly without segregation. The upper surface of the 

drain rock shall be compacted until it is dense and non-yielding. This work shall be a basic 

responsibility of the Contractor and shall be accomplished at no additional cost to the Owner. 

3.2.6 Placing General Fill 

Unless otherwise permitted by the Contracting Officer, fills and backfills shall not contain 

mulch, roots, sod, or other deleterious matter. 

Fill material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 10 inches (loose 

measurement) and shall be compacted as specified before the next layer is placed, except as 

otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer. Effective spreading equipment shall be used 

on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each 

layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform 

density. Water shall be added or removed, if necessary, in order to obtain the required 

density. 

Removal of water shall be accomplished through aeration by plowing, blading, disking, or 

other methods satisfactory to the Contracting Officer. Hauling equipment shall be dispersed 

uniformly over the entire surface of the previously constructed layer to minimize rutting or 

uneven compaction. 

3.2.7 Placing Base Course 

Base Course shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches (loose measurement) 

and shall be compacted as specified before the next layer is placed, except as otherwise 

directed by the Contracting Officer. Effective spreading equipment shall be used on each lift 

to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each layer progresses, 

continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform density. Water shall 

be added or removed, if necessary, in order to obtain the required compaction. 

3.2.8 Compaction 

Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or in the other sections of these specifications, 

the Contractor shall compact the material placed as general fill, trench backfill, base course, 

02200-8 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

until a uniform density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by

ASTM D1557, Method D or ASTM D2922.

3.3 EARTHWORK FOR STRUCTURES

3.3.1 Description

This work shall consist of the necessary excavating and backfilling for foundations and

structures in reasonably close conformity with the drawings or as established by the

Contracting Officer. This work shall also include necessary dewatering as well as the

furnishing of equipment and materials thereto and their subsequent removal.

3.3.2 Excavation Requirements - All Structures

Trenches or foundation pits for structures or structure footings shall be excavated to the lines

and grades or elevations shown on the drawings . They shall be of sufficient size to permit

the placing of structures or structure footings of the full width and length shown. The

elevations of the bottoms of footings, if shown on the drawings, shall be considered as

approximate only, but, in fact, the actual dimensions or elevations of footings shall be those

deemed necessary by the Contracting Officer to permit the placement of base or bedding

material as indicated on the drawings or to otherwise secure a satisfactory foundation.

Boulders, logs, and any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be

removed. After each excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting

Officer to that effect, and no backfill, base course, structure footing or any part of the

structure shall be placed until the Contracting Officer and the Owner 's Geotechnical

Consultant has approved the depth of excavation and the character of the foundation material.

In excavations for footings carried below the depths indicated without specific directions

from the Contracting Officer, the additional depths shall be backfilled with lean concrete or

other approved materials, or the footing shall be extended to the bottom of the excavations;

all additional work of this nature shall be at the Contractor's expense. All foundation

excavations shall be cleaned of all loose materials and cut to a firm surface. All loose and

disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed.

When the foundation material is soft or mucky or otherwise unsuitable, as determined by the

Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall remove the unsuitable material as provided for in

Subparagraph 3.2.4 of this Section. Where foundation subgrade for structures consist of clay

or silt, the subgrade shall be excavated to provide for 24 inches of base course under all slabs

and footings. The Contractor shall protect such sub -grades for disturbance and softening.

When structure sub-grades consist of limestone or limestone gravel, 6 inches of base course

shall be provided. All base course shall extend 3 feet beyond structure limits. The base

course, as noted on the drawings , shall be placed and compacted in 8-inch layers up to the

foundation elevation.

Excavations shall be shored and sheeted with members of sizes and arrangement sufficient to

prevent injury to persons, damage to structure , injurious caving, or erosion. Shoring,

02200-9

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

until a uniform density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by 

ASTM D1557, Method D or ASTM D2922. 

3.3 EARTHWORK FOR STRUCTURES 

3.3.1 Description 

This work shall consist of the necessary excavating and backfilling for foundations and 

structures in reasonably close conformity with the drawings or as established by the 

Contracting Officer. This work shall also include necessary dewatering as well as the 

furnishing of equipment and materials thereto and their subsequent removal. 

3.3.2 Excavation Requirements - All Structures 

Trenches or foundation pits for structures or structure footings shall be excavated to the lines 

and grades or elevations shown on the drawings. They shall be of sufficient size to permit 

the placing of structures or structure footings of the full width and length shown. The 

elevations of the bottoms of footings, if shown on the drawings, shall be considered as 

approximate only, but, in fact, the actual dimensions or elevations of footings shall be those 

deemed necessary by the Contracting Officer to permit the placement of base or bedding 

material as indicated on the drawings or to otherwise secure a satisfactory foundation. 

Boulders, logs, and any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be 

removed. After each excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting 

Officer to that effect, and no backfill, base course, structure footing or any part of the 

structure shall be placed until the Contracting Officer and the Owner's Geotechnical 

Consultant has approved the depth of excavation and the character of the foundation material. 

In excavations for footings carried below the depths indicated without specific directions 

from the Contracting Officer, the additional depths shall be backfilled with lean concrete or 

other approved materials, or the footing shall be extended to the bottom of the excavations; 

all additional work of this nature shall be at the Contractor's expense. All foundation 

excavations shall be cleaned of all loose materials and cut to a firm surface. All loose and 

disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. 

When the foundation material is soft or mucky or otherwise unsuitable, as determined by the 

Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall remove the unsuitable material as provided for in 

Subparagraph 3.2.4 of this Section. Where foundation sub grade for structures consist of clay 

or silt, the sub grade shall be excavated to provide for 24 inches of base course under all slabs 

and footings. The Contractor shall protect such sub-grades for disturbance and softening. 

When structure sub-grades consist of limestone or limestone gravel, 6 inches of base course 

shall be provided. All base course shall extend 3 feet beyond structure limits. The base 

course, as noted on the drawings, shall be placed and compacted in 8-inch layers up to the 

foundation elevation. 

Excavations shall be shored and sheeted with members of sizes and arrangement sufficient to 

prevent injury to persons, damage to structure, injurious caving, or erosion. Shoring, 

02200-9 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

sheeting, and bracing shall be removed as the excavations are backfilled; care shall be

exercised to prevent injurious caving during the removal of the shoring and/or sheeting.

3.3.3 Utilization of Excavated Materials

All excavated materials, so far as suitable, shall be utilized as fill and/or backfill. Silty or

clayey materials shall not be used for backfill under structures or immediately adjacent to.

The surplus material shall not be placed within a drainage area, but shall be stockpiled or

disposed of finally as directed by the Contracting Officer and in such manner as not to

obstruct drainage, or otherwise impair the efficiency or appearance of the structure. No

excavated material shall be deposited at any time so as to endanger the partly finished

structure.

3.3.4 Backfill for/Fill against Structures

Backfill for or fill against structures shall be placed simultaneously on both sides of the

structure, except where conditions require that backfill or embankment is to be placed on

only one side or be higher on one side. In such circumstances, backfill shall be placed only

with the permission of the Contracting Officer or after the structure has attained sufficient

strength. All backfill and embankments adjacent to structures shall be placed in horizontal

layers having an 8-inch maximum loose thickness, then compacted as specified herein.

Backfill placed directly within 3 feet against structures shall consist of base course material.

3.3.5 Compaction

If the limits of backfill are within the zone of a road subbase, a pavement structure, or

immediately beneath foundations as defined on the drawings, backfill shall conform to the

material and compaction requirements for base course (95% compaction) as specified in

Subparagraph 3.2.7 of this Section. Compact other backfill adjacent to and not supporting

any structural elements to at least 90% as determined by ASTM D1557 (Method D) or

ASTM D 2922.

3.3.6 Grading Adjacent to Structures

The Contractor shall perform all grading in the areas so indicated. Fill shall be brought to

finish grades indicated within 1/10 of a foot and shall be graded to drain water away from

structures. Existing grades which are to remain and which are disturbed by the Contractor's

operations shall be graded to provide surfaces suitable for the proper use of mowing

machines. Grades in areas to receive topsoil shall be brought to acceptable elevation.

3.3.7 Disposition of Surplus and Unsuitable Material

Surplus material not required for filling, backfilling, or grading and other soil material shall

be deposited in areas designated by the Contracting Officer or hauled off the project site at

the Contractor's expense to approved disposal areas. Wasted material shall be spread and

leveled at the disposal area(s) to a degree which is satisfactory to the Contracting Officer.

02200-10

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

sheeting, and bracing shall be removed as the excavations are backfilled; care shall be 

exercised to prevent injurious caving during the removal of the shoring and/or sheeting. 

3.3.3 Utilization of Excavated Materials 

All excavated materials, so far as suitable, shall be utilized as fill and/or backfill. Silty or 

clayey materials shall not be used for backfill under structures or immediately adjacent to. 

The surplus material shall not be placed within a drainage area, but shall be stockpiled or 

disposed of finally as directed by the Contracting Officer and in such manner as not to 

obstruct drainage, or otherwise impair the efficiency or appearance of the structure. No 

excavated material shall be deposited at any time so as to endanger the partly finished 

structure. 

3.3.4 Backfill foriFill against Structures 

Backfill for or fill against structures shall be placed simultaneously on both sides of the 

structure, except where conditions require that backfill or embankment is to be placed on 

only one side or be higher on one side. In such circumstances, backfill shall be placed only 

with the permission of the Contracting Officer or after the structure has attained sufficient 

strength. All backfill and embankments adjacent to structures shall be placed in horizontal 

layers having an 8-inch maximum loose thickness, then compacted as specified herein. 

Backfill placed directly within 3 feet against structures shall consist of base course material. 

3.3.5 Compaction 

If the limits of backfill are within the zone of a road subbase, a pavement structure, or 

immediately beneath foundations as defined on the drawings, backfill shall conform to the 

material and compaction requirements for base course (95% compaction) as specified in 

Subparagraph 3.2.7 of this Section. Compact other backfill adjacent to and not supporting 

any structural elements to at least 90% as determined by ASTM D1557 (Method D) or 

ASTMD 2922. 

3.3.6 Grading Adjacent to Structures 

The Contractor shall perform all grading in the areas so indicated. Fill shall be brought to 

finish grades indicated within 1110 of a foot and shall be graded to drain water away from 

structures. Existing grades which are to remain and which are disturbed by the Contractor's 

operations shall be graded to provide surfaces suitable for the proper use of mowing 

machines. Grades in areas to receive topsoil shall be brought to acceptable elevation. 

3.3.-7 Disposition of Surplus and Unsuitable Material 

Surplus material not required for filling, backfilling, or grading and other soil material shall 

be deposited in areas designated by the Contracting Officer or hauled off the project site at 

the Contractor's expense to approved disposal areas. Wasted material shall be spread and 

leveled at the disposal area(s) to a degree which is satisfactory to the Contracting Officer. 

02200-10 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

3.3.8 Subgrade Preparation

After site stripping and the required excavations are completed , the areas to be filled and the

exposed surface of the completed excavated areas should be scarified to a depth of

approximately 6 inches, moisture conditioned as necessary and recompacted to at least 90

percent compaction for clayey silt and 95 percent compaction for silty sandy gravel soil.

3.4 RESTORATION

All disturbed work, including grassing, plantings, pavements, etc., shall be restored to their

original condition or better. Replacement materials shall be subject to the approval of the

Contracting Officer.

All remaining work that will be exposed shall have all damaged unfinished areas, or defects

caused by the removal and preparatory work completely repaired, patched or filled in as

required to match the adjoining existing surfaces . Where the method of repair work is not

indicated or specified, the Contractor shall perform the repair work in accordance with the

best recognized workmanlike procedure for the area and the surrounding construction

involved, subject to the approval of the Contracting Officer.

3.5 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING

3.5.1 Samples

Submit one 50-pound composite sample for fill or backfill material taken from one source or

from excavated materials of a similar, uniform character. Samples in the number directed,

shall be submitted whenever the source or character of the material changes. Where

imported material is used, a sample shall be taken which is representative of each source.

Samples shall be placed in a clean container which shall be fastened to prevent loss of

material and tagged for identification. The tag shall contain the following information:

Contract No.: Source:

Sample No.: Intended Use:

Date of Sample: Sampler:

3.5.2 Tests

Fill, backfill and bedding shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C136 and for

conformance to ASTM D2419, and ASTM D2487 gradation limits. Test fill and backfill for

material finer than the No. 200 sieve in accordance with ASTM D1140. Test fill and backfill

for liquid limit and plasticity index in accordance with ASTM D4318. Test fill and backfill

materials for moisture density relations in accordance with ASTM D1557 Method D.

Perform one of each of the required tests for each material used when directed by the

Contracting Officer. Provide additional tests as specified above for each source change.

Perform density tests in randomly selected locations and in accordance with ASTM D1556 or

02200-11

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

3.3.8 Subgrade Preparation 

AJJY 00-1124 

After site stripping and the required excavations are completed, the areas to be filled and the 

exposed surface of the completed excavated areas should be scarified to a depth of 

approximately 6 inches, moisture conditioned as necessary and recompacted to at least 90 

percent compaction for clayey silt and 95 percent compaction for silty sandy gravel soil. 

3.4 RESTORATION 

All disturbed work, including grassing, plantings, pavements, etc., shall be restored to their 

original condition or better. Replacement materials shall be subject to the approval of the 

Contracting Officer. 

All remaining work that will be exposed shall have all damaged unfinished areas, or defects 

caused by the removal and preparatory work completely repaired, patched or filled in as 

required to match the adjoining existing surfaces. Where the method of repair work is not 

indicated or specified, the Contractor shall perform the repair work in accordance with the 

best recognized workmanlike procedure for the area and the surrounding construction 

involved, subject to the approval of the Contracting Officer. 

3.5 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING 

3.5.1 Samples 

Submit one 50-pound composite sample for fill or backfill material taken from one source or 

from excavated materials of a similar, uniform character. Samples in the number directed, 

shall be submitted whenever the source or character of the material changes. Where 

imported material is used, a sample shall be taken which is representative of each source. 

Samples shall be placed in a clean container which shall be fastened to prevent loss of 

material and tagged for identification. The tag shall contain the following information: 

Contract No.: Source: 

Sample No.: Intended Use: 

Date of Sample: Sampler: 

3.5.2 Tests 

Fill, backfill and bedding shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C136 and for 

conformance to ASTM D2419, and ASTM D2487 gradation limits. Test fill and backfill for 

material finer than the No. 200 sieve in accordance with ASTM D1140. Test fill and backfill 

for liquid limit and plasticity index in accordance with ASTM D4318. Test fill and backfill 

materials for moisture density relations in accordance with ASTM D1557 Method D. 

Perform one of each of the required tests for each material used when directed by the 

Contracting Officer. Provide additional tests as specified above for each source change. 

Perform density tests in randomly selected locations and in accordance with ASTM D1556 or 

02200-11 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

ASTM D2922 as follows: one test per 2,000 square feet in each layer of lift on fill areas or

per 2,000 square feet of subgrade area in cut; one test per layer of lift per 500 linear feet of

utility trench, or per utility trench section, whichever is less.

Determine moisture content of soil material in place in accordance with ASTM D3017 as

follows: one test per 2,000 square feet in each layer of lift at fill areas or one test per layer of

lift per 500 linear feet of utility trench, or per utility trench section, whichever is less.

A change in testing frequency or other requirements may be effected only upon the written

approval of the Contracting Officer.

-- End of Section --

02200-12

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

ASTM D2922 as follows: one test per 2,000 square feet in each layer of lift on fill areas or 

per 2,000 square feet of subgrade area in cut; one test per layer of lift per 500 linear feet of 

utility trench, or per utility trench section, whichever is less. 

Determine moisture content of soil material in place in accordance with ASTM D3017 as 

follows: one test per 2,000 square feet in each layer of lift at fill areas or one test per layer of 

lift per 500 linear feet of utility trench, or per utility trench section, whichever is less. 

A change in testing frequency or other requirements may be effected only upon the written 

approval of the Contracting Officer. 

-- End of Section --

02200-12 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 02201

EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES

PART1 GENERAL

1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

The latest issues of the following publications of the listed below are referred to thereafter by

basic designation only, for a part of this specification to the extent indicated by references

hereto.

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications:

C136 Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.

D1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method.

D1557 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using 10-lb. Rammer and 18 in.

Drop.

D2922 Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear

Methods (Shallow Depth).

1.2 QUALITY CONTROL

The Quality Control provisions of Division 1, Section 01400 apply to this section. All

approvals, except those required for field installations , field applications, and field tests shall

be obtained before construction is started and before delivery materials or equipment to the

project site.

1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This Section covers all earthwork required for construction of storm drainage and utilities

systems.

-1.4 SUBMITTALS

1.4.1 Certified Test Reports; G

Before delivery of materials and equipment, four certified copies of the reports of all tests

required in referenced publications or specified herein shall be submitted and approved. The

testing shall have been performed in a laboratory meeting the requirements specified. The

testing shall have been performed within three (3) years of submittal of the reports for

approval . Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer

02201-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

SECTION 02201 

EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES 

PARTI GENERAL 

1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS 

AJJY 00-1124 

The latest issues of the following publications of the listed below are referred to thereafter by 

basic designation only, for a part of this specification to the extent indicated by references 

hereto. 

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: 

C136 

D1556 

D1557 

D2922 

Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 

Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. 

Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using lO-lb. Rammer and 18 in. 

Drop. 

Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear 

Methods (Shallow Depth). 

1.2 QUALITY CONTROL 

The Quality Control provisions of Division 1, Section 01400 apply to this section. All 

approvals, except those required for field installations, field applications, and field tests shall 

be obtained before construction is started and before delivery materials or equipment to the 

project site. 

1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 

This Section covers all earthwork required for construction of storm drainage and utilities 

systems . 

. 1.4 SUBMITTALS 

1.4.1 Certified Test Reports; G 

Before delivery of materials and equipment, four certified copies of the reports of all tests 

required in referenced publications or specified herein shall be submitted and approved. The 

testing shall have been performed in a laboratory meeting the requirements specified. The 

testing shall have been performed within three (3) years of submittal of the reports for 

approval. Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer 

02201-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

certifying that the tested material and equipment is of the same type, quality manufacture,

and make as that proposed to be supplied.

1.4.2 Dewatering Plan; G

Before commencing earthwork operation, four copies of the proposed dewatering plan shall

be submitted to and approved by the Contracting Officer. Dewatering plan shall include

provisions for the control of all forms of surface and subsurface water that may be

encountered in the course of construction.

1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Materials shall be delivered to and stored at the site in a manner which will maintain different

materials in segregated piles and preclude the introduction of deleterious materials.

1.6 PROTECTION

1.6.1 Environmental Protection

All work and Contractor operations shall comply with the requirements specified in Section

01355, entitled Environmental Protection.

1.6.2 Protection of Utility Lines

Existing utility lines that are indicated or the locations of which are made known to the

Contractor prior to excavating and trenching and that are to be retained , as well as utility

lines constructed during excavating and trenching operations, shall be protected from damage

during excavating , trenching and backfilling, and if damaged , shall be repaired as directed by

the Contracting Officer at the Contractor's expense. When utility lines that are to be removed

are encountered within the area of operations, the Contractor shall issue written notification

48 hours in advance to the Contracting Officer stating the necessary measures to be taken to

prevent interruption of the service. The Contractor shall also make arrangements with

appropriate utility agencies in accordance with their requirements for all utility work under

this contract.

1.6.3 Shoring and Sheeting

Excavations shall be shored and sheeted with members of sizes and arrangement sufficient to

prevent injury to persons, damage to structure, injurious caving, or erosion. Shoring,

sheeting and bracing shall be removed as the excavations are backfilled ; care shall be

exercised to prevent injurious caving during the removal of the shoring and sheeting.

1.6.4 Blasting

Use of explosives will not be permitted.

02201-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

certifying that the tested material and equipment is of the same type, quality manufacture, 

and make as that proposed to be supplied. 

1.4.2 Dewatering Plan; G 

Before commencing earthwork operation, four copies of the proposed dewatering plan shall 

be submitted to and approved by the Contracting Officer. Dewatering plan shall include 

provisions for the control of all forms of surface and subsurface water that may be 

encountered in the course of construction. 

1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE 

Materials shall be delivered to and stored at the site in a manner which will maintain different 

materials in segregated piles and preclude the introduction of deleterious materials. 

1.6 PROTECTION 

1.6.1 Environmental Protection 

All work and Contractor operations shall comply with the requirements specified in Section 

01355, entitled Environmental Protection. 

1.6.2 Protection of Utility Lines 

Existing utility lines that are indicated or the locations of which are made known to the 

Contractor prior to excavating and trenching and that are to be retained, as well as utility 

lines constructed during excavating and trenching operations, shall be protected from damage 

during excavating, trenching and backfilling, and if damaged, shall be repaired as directed by 

the Contracting Officer at the Contractor's expense. When utility lines that are to be removed 

are encountered within the area of operations, the Contractor shall issue written notification 

48 hours in advance to the Contracting Officer stating the necessary measures to be taken to 

prevent interruption of the service. The Contractor shall also make arrangements with 

appropriate utility agencies in accordance with their requirements for all utility work under 

this contract. 

1.6.3 Shoring and Sheeting 

Excavations shall be shored and sheeted with members of sizes and arrangement sufficient to 

prevent injury to persons, damage to structure, injurious caving, or erosion. Shoring, 

sheeting and bracing shall be removed as the excavations are backfilled; care shall be 

exercised to prevent injurious caving during the removal of the shoring and sheeting. 

1.6.4 Blasting 

Use of explosives will not be permitted. 

02201-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.7 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING

The Contractor shall based his/her bid based on the criteria and prevailing work conditions

outlined in Paragraph 1.6 of Section 02200, entitled Earthwork.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Bedding Material

Refer to Paragraph 2.1.3 of Section 02200.

2.1.2 General Fill

Refer to Paragraph 2.1.1 of Section 02200.

2.1.3 Select Fill

Material for select fill shall be free of objectionable materials and of fragments larger than 3

inches in any dimension. Material shall meet the following requirements:

Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight

3 inches 100

No. 4 10 - 100

No. 200 8 - 25

Liquid Limit = 25 maximum

Plasticity Index = 6 maximum

2.1.4 Drain rocks

Refer to Paragraph 2.1.2 of Section 02200.

2.2 TOPSOIL

Material from the areas to be excavated or graded which are suitable for topsoil , shall be

deposited in piles separate from other excavated material. Piles of topsoil shall be located so

that the material can be used readily for the finished surface grading: topsoil shall be

protected and maintained until needed. Any surplus of topsoil shall be stockpiled as directed

by the Contracting Officer. When used for finished surface grading, topsoil shall be spread

uniformly over the areas indicated.

PART 3 EXECUTION

02201-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.7 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING 

AJJY 00-1124 

The Contractor shall based hislher bid based on the criteria and prevailing work conditions 

outlined in Paragraph 1.6 of Section 02200, entitled Earthwork. 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

2.1 MATERIALS 

2.1.1 Bedding Material 

Refer to Paragraph 2.1.3 of Section 02200. 

2.1.2 General Fill 

Refer to Paragraph 2.1.1 of Section 02200. 

2.1.3 Select Fill 

Material for select fill shall be free of objectionable materials and of fragments larger than 3 

inches in any dimension. Material shall meet the following requirements: 

Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight 

3 inches 

No.4 

No. 200 

Liquid Limit = 25 maximum 

Plasticity Index = 6 maximum 

2.1.4 Drain rocks 

100 

10 - 100 

8 - 25 

Refer to Paragraph 2.1.2 of Section 02200. 

2.2 TOPSOIL 

Material from the areas to be excavated or graded which are suitable for topsoil, shall be 

deposited in piles separate from other excavated material. Piles of topsoil shall be located so 

that the material can be used readily for the finished surface grading: topsoil shall be 

protected and maintained until needed. Any surplus of topsoil shall be stockpiled as directed 

by the Contracting Officer. When used for finished surface grading, topsoil shall be spread 

uniformly over the areas indicated. 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

02201-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

3.1 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND GRADING

3.1.1 General

Excavations shall be carried to contours and dimensions indicated or necessary . Excavations

shall be kept free from water while construction is in progress. The bottom of the trench

excavation shall be compacted to 90 percent ASTM D1557, Method D, density. Soft soil or

unsuitable material encountered at bottom of excavation shall be removed to the depth

necessary to obtain the required density but not exceeding 24 inches. The excavation shall

then be backfilled with general or select fill compacted to 95 percent. If the bottom of

excavation is too soft for placing compacted general or select fill, drain rocks shall be used

for backfill in lieu of general or select fill . Drain rocks backfill shall be spread uniformly

without segregation. The upper surface of the drain rocks shall be compacted with a

vibratory compactor until it is dense and non-yielding. All additional work of this nature

shall be at the Contractor's expense.

3.1.2 Grading

The Contractor shall perform all grading in the areas so indicated. Fill shall be brought to

finished grades indicated within a one-tenth of a foot and shall be graded to drain water away

from structures. Existing grades which are to remain and which are disturbed by the

Contractor's operations shall be graded to provide surfaces suitable for the proper use of

mowing machines. Grades under areas to receive topsoil shall be brought to acceptable

elevation.

3.1.3 Disposition of Surplus Material

Surplus material not required for filling , backfilling, or grading and other material shall be

wasted by disposition in the area indicated or hauled at the Contractor's expense to an

approved disposal site in compliance with federal and local requirements.

3.2 DEWATERING

3.2.1 Dewatering During Construction

Dewatering shall include the control of all forms of surface and subsurface water that may be

encountered in the course of construction.

3.3 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING

3.3.1 Sampling

All sampling shall be conducted by the Contractor at his expense. A 50-lb. sample of

bedding material shall be taken at every 500 cubic yards for sieve analysis of aggregate.

Duplicate samples shall be provided to the Contracting Officer on an average of one (1)

02201-4

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

3.1 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND GRADING 

3.1.1 General 

AJJY 00-1124 

Excavations shall be carried to contours and dimensions indicated or necessary. Excavations 

shall be kept free from water while construction is in progress. The bottom of the trench 

excavation shall be compacted to 90 percent ASTM D1557, Method D, density. Soft soil or 

unsuitable material encountered at bottom of excavation shall be removed to the depth 

necessary to obtain the required density but not exceeding 24 inches. The excavation shall 

then be backfilled with general or select fill compacted to 95 percent. If the bottom of 

excavation is too soft for placing compacted general or select fill, drain rocks shall be used 

for backfill in lieu of general or select fill. Drain rocks backfill shall be spread uniformly 

without segregation. The upper surface of the drain rocks shall be compacted with a 

vibratory compactor until it is dense and non-yielding. All additional work of this nature 

shall be at the Contractor's expense. 

3.1.2 Grading 

The Contractor shall perform all grading in the areas so indicated. Fill shall be brought to 

finished grades indicated within a one-tenth of a foot and shall be graded to drain water away 

from structures. Existing grades which are to remain and which are disturbed by the 

Contractor's operations shall be graded to provide surfaces suitable for the proper use of 

mowing machines. Grades under areas to receive topsoil shall be brought to acceptable 

elevation. 

3.1.3 Disposition of Surplus Material 

Surplus material not required for filling, backfilling, or grading and other material shall be 

wasted by disposition in the area indicated or hauled at the Contractor's expense to an 

approved disposal site in compliance with federal and local requirements. 

3.2 DEWATERING 

3.2.1 Dewatering During Construction 

Dewatering shall include the control of all forms of surface and subsurface water that may be 

encountered in the course of construction. 

3.3 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING 

3.3.1 Sampling 

All sampling shall be conducted by the Contractor at his expense. A 50-lb. sample of 

bedding material shall be taken at every 500 cubic yards for sieve analysis of aggregate. 

Duplicate samples shall be provided to the Contracting Officer on an average of one (1) 

02201-4 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

sample a month. The duplicate samples shall be taken at the same time and in the same

manner, and shall bear the sample number of identification.

3.3.2 Sample Identification

Each sample shall be contained in a clean container which shall be securely fastened to

prevent loss of material. Each sample shall be tagged for identification. The tag shall

contain the following information:

Contract No.:

Sample No.:

Date of Sample:

Sampler:

Source:

Intended Use:

For Testing:

3.3.3 Testing

Quantity:

All testing shall be conducted by the Contractor as specified herein at the expense of the

Contractor.

3.3.4 Bedding Material and Select Fill Testing

Gradation test shall be made on each sample in accordance with ASTM C136.

3.3.5 Compaction Testing

Compaction shall be made in randomly selected locations in accordance with ASTM D1156

or ASTM D2922 as follows:

Material Test Frequency

Bedding 1 per 200 cubic yards

Select and General 1 per lift per 2500 sq. ft.

Fill Material

The Contracting Officer may reduce at his discretion the Sampling and Testing frequency if

he is assured that quality control is being carefully observed.

-- End of Section --

02201-5

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

sample a month. The duplicate samples shall be taken at the same time and in the same 

manner, and shall bear the sample number of identification. 

3.3.2 Sample Identification 

Each sample shall be contained in a clean container which shall be securely fastened to 

prevent loss of material. Each sample shall be tagged for identification. The tag shall 

contain the following information: 

Contract No.: _____ _ 

Sample No.: _____ _ Quantity: ____ _ 

Date of Sample: ____ _ 

Sampler: ______ _ 

Source: ______ _ 

Intended Use: ____ _ 

For Testing: _____ _ 

3.3.3 Testing 

All testing shall be conducted by the Contractor as specified herein at the expense of the 

Contractor . 

3.3.4 Bedding Material and Select Fill Testing 

Gradation test shall be made on each sample in accordance with ASTM C136. 

3.3.5 Compaction Testing 

Compaction shall be made in randomly selected locations in accordance with ASTM Dl156 

or ASTM D2922 as follows: 

Material 

Bedding 

Select and General 

Fill Material 

Test Frequency 

1 per 200 cubic yards 

1 per lift per 2500 sq. ft. 

The Contracting Officer may reduce at his discretion the Sampling and Testing frequency if 

he is assured that quality control is being carefully observed. 

-- End of Section --

02201-5 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 02203

BASE COURSE

PART1 GENERAL

1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation

only.

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications:

C117 Test Methods for Materials Finer than No. 200 Sieve In mineral

Aggregates by Washing.

C131 Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse

Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Use of the Los Angeles

Machine.

C136 Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate.

D4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils.

D1140 Amount of Material in Soils Finer Than the No. 200 Sieve.

D1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method.

D1557 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using 10-lb. Rammer and 18-inch

Drop.

D1883 Test Method for CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of

Laboratory-Compacted Soils.

D2217 Practice for Wet Preparation of Soils Samples for Particle-Size Analysis

and Determination of Soil Constants.

D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear

Methods (Shallow Depth).

1.2 QUALITY CONTROL

The Quality Control provisions of Division 1, Section 01400 apply to this section. All

approvals, except those required for field installations, field applications , and field tests, shall

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

SECTION 02203 

BASE COURSE 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS 

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to 

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation 

only. 

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: 

C1l7 

C131 

C136 

D4318 

D1l40 

D1556 

D1557 

D1883 

D2217 

D2922 

Test Methods for Materials Finer than No. 200 Sieve In mineral 

Aggregates by Washing. 

Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse 

Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Use of the Los Angeles 

Machine. 

Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate. 

Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils. 

Amount of Material in Soils Finer Than the No. 200 Sieve. 

Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method. 

Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using lO-lb. Rammer and 18-inch 

Drop. 

Test Method for CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of 

Laboratory-Compacted Soils. 

Practice for Wet Preparation of Soils Samples for Particle-Size Analysis 

and Determination of Soil Constants. 

Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear 

Methods (Shallow Depth). 

1.2 QUALITY CONTROL 

The Quality Control provisions of Division 1, Section 01400 apply to this section. All 

approvals, except those required for field installations, field applications, and field tests, shall 

02203-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

be obtained before construction is started and before delivery of materials or equipment to

the project site.

1.3 CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS; G

Before delivery of materials and equipment, five certified copies of the reports of all tests

required in referenced publications or specified herein, shall be submitted and approved. The

testing shall have been performed in a laboratory meeting the requirements specified. The

tests shall have been performed within three years of submittal of the reports for approval.

Tests reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer certifying

that the tested material and equipment is of the same type, quality, manufacture , and make as

that proposed to be supplied. Certified test reports are required for the following:

Plasticity Index.

R-Value.

Liquid Limit.

Aggregate gradation.

L.A. Abrasion.

Sand equivalent.

1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Materials delivered to the site shall be inspected for damage, unloaded and sorted with a

minimum of handling. Aggregates shall be stored in such a manner as to prevent

segregation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

Base Course shall consists of crushed coralline limestone meeting the requirements indicated

herein:

Mechanical Analysis:

Sieve Size Percentage Passing

2 inches 100

1-1/2 inches 90 - 100

3/4 inches 50 - 80

No. 4 30- 60

No. 40 15- 30

No. 200* 5- 13*

*For base course, the fraction passing the No. 200 sieve shall not be greater than one-half

(1/2) the fraction passing the No. 40 sieve. Final acceptance samples for gradation tests will

02203-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

be obtained before construction is started and before delivery of materials or equipment to 

the project site. 

1.3 CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS; G 

Before delivery of materials and equipment, five certified copies of the reports of all tests 

required in referenced publications or specified herein, shall be submitted and approved. The 

testing shall have been performed in a laboratory meeting the requirements specified. The 

tests shall have been performed within three years of submittal of the reports for approval. 

Tests reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer certifying 

that the tested material and equipment is of the same type, quality, manufacture, and make as 

that proposed to be supplied. Certified test reports are required for the following: 

Plasticity Index. 

R-Value. 

Liquid Limit. 

Aggregate gradation. 

L.A. Abrasion. 

Sand equivalent. 

1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE 

Materials delivered to the site shall be inspected for damage, unloaded and sorted with a 

minimum of handling. Aggregates shall be stored in such a manner as to prevent 

segregation. 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

2.1 MATERIALS 

Base Course shall consists of crushed coralline limestone meeting the requirements indicated 

herein: 

Mechanical Analysis: 

Sieve Size 

2 inches 

1-112 inches 

3/4 inches 

No.4 

No. 40 

No. 200* 

Percentage Passing 

100 

90 - 100 

50 - 80 

30 - 60 

15 - 30 

5 - 13* 

*For base course, the fraction passing the No. 200 sieve shall not be greater than one-half 

(1/2) the fraction passing the No. 40 sieve. Final acceptance samples for gradation tests will 

02203-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

be taken by the Contracting Officer just prior to spreading of base materials.

a. Liquid Limit: Not greater than 25.

b. Plasticity Index: Not greater than 6

c. R-Value: Not less than 70

d. Los Angeles Abrasion: Not greater than 45

e. Sand Equivalent: Not less than 35

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 CONSTRUCTION

3.1.1 General

The graded aggregate base course shall be constructed on a previously constructed subbase

course, as indicated . The base course shall consist of aggregate processed, deposited , spread

and weather conditions detrimentally affect the quality of the base course . It shall be the

responsibility of the Contractor to protect all areas of complete base course against any

detrimental effects. Areas of base course that are damage by weather conditions, during any

phase of construction, shall be reconditioned, reshaped , and recompacted in conformance

with the requirements of this specification without additional cost to the Owner. Line and

grade stakes shall be provided as necessary for control . Grade stakes shall be placed in lanes

paralleling the centerline of the area to the paved , and suitably spaced for string lining.

3.1.2 Mixing of Materials

Coarse and fine aggregate shall be mixed in a stationary plant, or in a traveling plant. Coarse

and fine aggregates shall be proportioned by weight or by volume in such quantities that

specified gradation, liquid limit, and plasticity index requirements shall be met after the base

course has been placed and compacted . Water measured by weight or by volume in

quantities sufficient to provide the necessary moisture content for the specified compaction,

shall be incorporated during the mixing operation. Mixing operations shall produce

satisfactory uniform blending and the method of discharging into trucks shall to produce

segregation.

3.1.3 Placing

Mixed material shall not be dumped in piles, but shall be placed in layers of 8 inches uniform

thickness with a spreader or tailgate spreading . No layer shall exceed 6 inches or be less than

3 inches when compacted. Layers shall be so placed that when compacted they will be true

to grades or levels required with the least possible surface irregularities . Where the base

course is constructed in more than one (1) layer, the previously constructed layers shall be

02203-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

be taken by the Contracting Officer just prior to spreading of base materials. 

a. Liquid Limit: Not greater than 25. 

b. Plasticity Index: Not greater than 6 

c. R-Value: Not less than 70 

d. Los Angeles Abrasion: Not greater than 45 

e. Sand Equivalent: Not less than 35 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1 CONSTRUCTION 

3.1.1 General 

AJJY 00-1124 

The graded aggregate base course shall be constructed on a previously constructed subbase 

course, as indicated. The base course shall consist of aggregate processed, deposited, spread 

and weather conditions detrimentally affect the quality of the base course. It shall be the 

responsibility of the Contractor to protect all areas of complete base course against any 

detrimental effects. Areas of base course that are damage by weather conditions, during any 

phase of construction, shall be reconditioned, reshaped, and recompacted in conformance 

with the requirements of this specification without additional cost to the Owner. Line and 

grade stakes shall be provided as necessary for control. Grade stakes shall be placed in lanes 

paralleling the centerline of the area to the paved, and suitably spaced for string lining. 

3.1.2 Mixing of Materials 

Coarse and fine aggregate shall be mixed in a stationary plant, or in a traveling plant. Coarse 

and fine aggregates shall be proportioned by weight or by volume in such quantities that 

specified gradation, liquid limit, and plasticity index requirements shall be met after the base 

course has been placed and compacted. Water measured by weight or by volume in 

quantities sufficient to provide the necessary moisture content for the specified compaction, 

shall be incorporated during the mixing operation. Mixing operations shall produce 

satisfactory uniform blending and the method of discharging into trucks shall to produce 

segregation. 

3.1.3 Placing 

Mixed material shall not be dumped in piles, but shall be placed in layers of 8 inches uniform 

thickness with a spreader or tailgate spreading. No layer shall exceed 6 inches or be less than 

3 inches when compacted. Layers shall be so placed that when compacted they will be true 

to grades or levels required with the least possible surface irregularities. Where the base 

course is constructed in more than one (1) layer, the previously constructed layers shall be 

02203-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

cleaned of loose and foreign matter by sweeping with power sweepers , power brooms, or

hand brooms. Water content of the material shall be maintained during the placing period as

required to obtain the compaction specified . Adjustment in placing procedures or equipment

shall be made as required to obtain true grades , to minimize segregation and degradation, to

reduce or increase water content , and to insure a satisfactory base course.

3.1.4 Road-Mix Methods

The aggregate shall be placed in a layer of uniform thickness, on the underlying course,

without segregation of sizes, followed by placing thereon a uniform layer of binder material

to such loose depth and proportions that, when mixed and compacted, the finished layer will

conform to the requirements specified. The materials shall be spread in layers of uniform

thickness. The layers shall be mixed with blade graders or other approved equipment in a

manner which does not disturb or mix material from the underlying course into the layer.

Mixing shall be continued until the mixture is uniform throughout, adding water as necessary

by means of the sprinkling equipment. The surface shall be finished to the required contour

and grades. In lieu of placing the materials in layers, the aggregates and binder material may

be placed on the underlying course in windrows of such cross -section and proportions that,

when mixed and compacted, the layer will conform to the requirements specified.

3.1.5 Compacting and Finishing

Immediately following the mixing, the finished mixture shall be spread uniformly in a layer

and brought to optimum moisture content. The loose thickness and the surface of the layer to

be compacted shall be such that the density specified and the required thickness will be

obtained after compaction with the equipment to be used . The layer shall be compacted with

steel-faced, vibrating or pneumatic-tired rollers, or other suitable compacting equipment or

combinations thereof.

Compacting shall be continued until the layer is compacted through the full depth to a field

density of at least 95 percent of maximum density when tested by MODIFIED PROCTOR

density test in accordance with ASTM D1557 Method D. In all areas not accessible to rollers

or compactors, the mixture shall be compacted with mechanical hand tampers. If the mixture

is excessively moistened by rain, it shall be aerated by means of blade graders , or other

suitable equipment, until the moisture content of the material is such that, when the material

is compacted, the required density is obtained. The surface of the layer shall be finished by a

combination of rolling and blading, and shall be smooth from waves and inequalities.

3.1.6 Finishing at Edges of Base Course

Earth or other approved material shall be placed along the edges of the base course in such

quantity as will compact to the thickness of the course being constructed , or, when the course

is being constructed in two or more layers, to the thickness of each layer of the course,

allowing in each operation at least a one-foot width of the shoulder to be rolled and

compacted simultaneously with the rolling and compacting of each layer of the base course.

02203-4

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

cleaned of loose and foreign matter by sweeping with power sweepers, power brooms, or 

hand brooms. Water content of the material shall be maintained during the placing period as 

required to obtain the compaction specified. Adjustment in placing procedures or equipment 

shall be made as required to obtain true grades, to minimize segregation and degradation, to 

reduce or increase water content, and to insure a satisfactory base course. 

3.1.4 Road-Mix Methods 

The aggregate shall be placed in a layer of uniform thickness, on the underlying course, 

without segregation of sizes, followed by placing thereon a uniform layer of binder material 

to such loose depth and proportions that, when mixed and compacted, the finished layer will 

conform to the requirements specified. The materials shall be spread in layers of uniform 

thickness. The layers shall be mixed with blade graders or other approved equipment in a 

manner which does not disturb or mix material from the underlying course into the layer. 

Mixing shall be continued until the mixture is uniform throughout, adding water as necessary 

by means of the sprinkling equipment. The surface shall be finished to the required contour 

and grades. In lieu of placing the materials in layers, the aggregates and binder material may 

be placed on the underlying course in windrows of such cross-section and proportions that, 

when mixed and compacted, the layer will conform to the requirements specified. 

3.1.5 Compacting and Finishing 

Immediately following the mixing, the finished mixture shall be spread uniformly in a layer 

and brought to optimum moisture content. The loose thickness and the surface of the layer to 

be compacted shall be such that the density specified and the required thickness will be 

obtained after compaction with the equipment to be used. The layer shall be compacted with 

steel-faced, vibrating or pneumatic-tired rollers, or other suitable compacting equipment or 

combinations thereof. 

Compacting shall be continued until the layer is compacted through the full depth to a field 

density of at least 95 percent of maximum density when tested by MODIFIED PROCTOR 

density test in accordance with ASTM D1557 Method D. In all areas not accessible to rollers 

or compactors, the mixture shall be compacted with mechanical hand tampers. If the mixture 

is excessively moistened by rain, it shall be aerated by means of blade graders, or other 

suitable equipment, until the moisture content of the material is such that, when the material 

is compacted, the required density is obtained. The surface of the layer shall be finished by a 

combination of rolling and blading, and shall be smooth from waves and inequalities. 

3.1.6 Finishing at Edges of Base Course 

Earth or other approved material shall be placed along the edges of the base course in such 

quantity as will compact to the thickness of the course being constructed, or, when the course 

is being constructed in two or more layers, to the thickness of each layer of the course, 

allowing in each operation at least a one-foot width of the shoulder to be rolled and 

compacted simultaneously with the rolling and compacting of each layer of the base course. 

02203-4 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

3.1.7 Maintenance

After construction is completed, the base shall be maintained throughout except where

portion of the succeeding course is under construction thereon. Maintenance shall include

drainage , rolling, shaping , and watering as necessary to maintain the course in proper

condition. Deficiencies in thickness, composition, construction, smoothness, or density,

which develop during the maintenance, shall be corrected to conform to the requirements

specified hereinbefore . Sufficient moisture shall be maintained at the surface to prevent a

dusty condition, by light sprinkling with water. Before the application of the prime coat, the

base course shall be permitted to partially dry until the average moisture content of the full

depth of the base is less than 80 percent of the optimum moisture of the base mixture.

3.2 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING

Samples shall be supplied by the Contractor as specified herein at the expense of the

Contractor. Testing will be conducted by the Contractor at his expense. All material and

material sources will be approved by the Contracting Officer 7 days prior to the use of such

material in the work.

3.2.1 Sampling

3.2.1.1 Aggregates at Source

Prior to production and delivery of aggregates , at least one initial sample shall be taken in

accordance with ASTM D75 from each stockpile . Each sample shall be collected by taking

three incremental samples at random from the source material to make a composite sample of

not less than 50 pounds. Three random samples shall be taken from each 3000 tons of

material, or a day's run, thereafter during the course of the project. A repetition of the above

sampling shall be made when the source of material is changed or when unacceptable

deficiencies or variations from the specified grading or materials are found in testing.

3.2.1.2 Sample Identification

Each sample shall be placed in a clean container which shall be securely fastened to prevent

loss of material . Each sample shall be tagged for identification . The tag shall contain the

following information:

Contract No.:

Sample No.:

Date of Sample:

Sampler:

Source:

Intended Use:

For Testing:

3.2.2 Testing

Quantity:

02203-5

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

3.1.7 Maintenance 

AJJY 00-1124 

After construction is completed, the base shall be maintained throughout except where 

portion of the succeeding course is under construction thereon. Maintenance shall include 

drainage, rolling, shaping, and watering as necessary to maintain the course in proper 

condition. Deficiencies in thickness, composition, construction, smoothness, or density, 

which develop during the maintenance, shall be corrected to conform to the requirements 

specified hereinbefore. Sufficient moisture shall be maintained at the surface to prevent a 

dusty condition, by light sprinkling with water. Before the application of the prime coat, the 

base course shall be permitted to partially dry until the average moisture content of the full 

depth of the base is less than 80 percent of the optimum moisture of the base mixture. 

3.2 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING 

Samples shall be supplied by the Contractor as specified herein at the expense of the 

Contractor. Testing will be conducted by the Contractor at his expense. All material and 

material sources will be approved by the Contracting Officer 7 days prior to the use of such 

material in the work. 

3.2.1 Sampling 

3.2.1.1 Aggregates at Source 

Prior to production and delivery of aggregates, at least one initial sample shall be taken in 

accordance with ASTM D75 from each stockpile. Each sample shall be collected by taking 

three incremental samples at random from the source material to make a composite sample of 

not less than 50 pounds. Three random samples shall be taken from each 3000 tons of 

material, or a day's run, thereafter during the course of the project. A repetition of the above 

sampling shall be made when the source of material is changed or when unacceptable 

deficiencies or variations from the specified grading or materials are found in testing. 

3.2.1.2 Sample Identification 

Each sample shall be placed in a clean container which shall be securely fastened to prevent 

loss of material. Each sample shall be tagged for identification. The tag shall contain the 

following information: 

Contract No.: ___ _ 

Sample No.: ___ _ Quantity: __ _ 

Date of Sample: __ 

Sampler: ____ _ 

Source: ------

Intended Use: __ _ 

For Testing: ___ _ 

3.2.2 Testing 

02203-5 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

3.2.2.1 Aggregate Testing

Gradation tests shall be made on each sample without delay. All other aggregate test shall be

made on the initial source samples, and shall be repeated when there is a change of source.

Sieve analyses shall be made from each sample collected during the course of the project.

The test shall include an analysis of each grade of material and analysis of the combined

material representing the aggregate part of the mix. Sieve analysis shall be in accordance

with ASTM C136. Material retained on each sieve shall not vary from the approved job

curve by more than 7 percentage points, plus or minus. Sieve analysis on material passing

the No. 200 sieve shall be made in accordance with ASTM D 1140.

3.2.2.2 Smoothness Test

Deviations in the surface in excess of 3/8 inch when tested with a 10-foot straightedge,

applied parallel with and at right angles to the centerline of the paved area, shall be corrected

by loosening, adding or removing material , reshaping, watering, and compacting . When the

base course is to be constructed in more than one layer, the smoothness requirements

specified above shall apply only to the top layer.

3.2.2.3 Field Density Tests

Field density tests shall be in accordance with ASTM D1556 or D2922. There shall be one

field density test for each 2000 square yards of each layer of base course material.

3.2.2.4 Laboratory Density Tests

Laboratory density tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method D, for

all material which does not have more than 5 percent retained on the 3/4 inch sieve. The

material shall be rolled and compacted using the equipment approved for the project, and

density and moisture determinations will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or

ASTM D2922 to establish optimum moisture and maximum density.

3.2.2.5 Thickness Test

The thickness of the base course will be measured at intervals such that there will be a depth

measurement for at least each 500 square yards of complete base course . The depth

measurements shall be made by test holes, at least 3 inches in diameter, through the base

course. Where the base course deficiency is more than 1/2 inch, such areas shall be corrected

by scarifying , adding mixture of proper gradation, blading, and recompacting. Where the

measure thickness is more than 1/2 inch thicker than shown , it shall be considered as the

indicated or specified thickness plus 1 /2 inch for determining the average . The average

thickness shall be the average of the depth measurements and shall not underrun the

thickness indicated by more than 1/4 inch.

-- End of Section --

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

3.2.2.1 Aggregate Testing 

AJJY 00-1124 

Gradation tests shall be made on each sample without delay. All other aggregate test shall be 

made on the initial source samples, and shall be repeated when there is a change of source. 

Sieve analyses shall be made from each sample collected during the course of the project. 

The test shall include an analysis of each grade of material and analysis of the combined 

material representing the aggregate part of the mix. Sieve analysis shall be in accordance 

with ASTM C136. Material retained on each sieve shall not vary from the approved job 

curve by more than 7 percentage points, plus or minus. Sieve analysis on material passing 

the No. 200 sieve shall be made in accordance with ASTM D1140. 

3.2.2.2 Smoothness Test 

Deviations in the surface in excess of 3/8 inch when tested with a lO-foot straightedge, 

applied parallel with and at right angles to the centerline of the paved area, shall be corrected 

by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping, watering, and compacting. When the 

base course is to be constructed in more than one layer, the smoothness requirements 

specified above shall apply only to the top layer. 

3.2.2.3 Field Density Tests 

Field density tests shall be in accordance with ASTM D1556 or D2922. There shall be one 

field density test for each 2000 square yards of each layer of base course material. 

3.2.2.4 Laboratory Density Tests 

Laboratory density tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method D, for 

all material which does not have more than 5 percent retained on the 3/4 inch sieve. The 

material shall be rolled and compacted using the equipment approved for the project, and 

density and moisture determinations will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or 

ASTM D2922 to establish optimum moisture and maximum density. 

3.2.2.5 Thickness Test 

The thickness of the base course will be measured at intervals such that there will be a depth 

measurement for at least each 500 square yards of complete base course. The depth 

measurements shall be made by test holes, at least 3 inches in diameter, through the base 

course. Where the base course deficiency is more than 112 inch, such areas shall be corrected 

by scarifying, adding mixture of proper gradation, blading, and recompacting. Where the 

measure thickness is more than 112 inch thicker than shown, it shall be considered as the 

indicated or specified thickness plus 112 inch for determining the average. The average 

thickness shall be the average of the depth measurements and shall not underrun the 

thickness indicated by more than 114 inch. 

-- End of Section --

02203-6 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 02831

CHAIN LINK FENCES

PART1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

Provide chain link fence system where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as

needed for a complete and proper installation.

1.2 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation

only.

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

A120 Standard Specification for pipe, steel , black and hot-dipped zinc coated

(Galvanized) welded and seamless, for ordinary uses.

A121 Standard specification for zinc coated (Galvanized) steel barbed wire.

A153 Standard specification for zinc coating (Hot-Dip) on iron and steel

hardware.

Al 16 Standard specification for zinc-coated (Galvanized) steel woven wire

fence fabric.

A112 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Tie Wires.

A392 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric.

D1187 Standard specification for Asphalt-Base Emulsion for use as protective

coating for metals.

1.3 RELATED SECTIONS

a. SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK

b. SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1.4.1 Product data; G

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

SECTION 02831 

CHAIN LINK FENCES 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 SUMMARY 

Provide chain link fence system where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as 

needed for a complete and proper installation. 

1.2 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS 

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to 

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation 

only. 

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 

A120 

A121 

A153 

A116 

Al12 

A392 

D1187 

Standard Specification for pipe, steel, black and hot-dipped zinc coated 

(Galvanized) welded and seamless, for ordinary uses. 

Standard specification for zinc coated (Galvanized) steel barbed wire. 

Standard specification for zinc coating (Hot-Dip) on iron and steel 

hardware. 

Standard specification for zinc-coated (Galvanized) steel woven wire 

fence fabric. 

Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Tie Wires. 

Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric. 

Standard specification for Asphalt-Base Emulsion for use as protective 

coating for metals. 

1.3 RELATED SECTIONS 

a. SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK 

b. SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 

1.4 SUBMITTALS 

1.4.1 Product data; G 

02831-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

The Contractor, upon receiving the Owner's Notice to Proceed, shall submit the following:

a. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; G

b. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the

specified requirements; G

c. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and

interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; G

d. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the

Contracting Officer, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation

procedures used on the Work. G

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the

necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the

methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver materials to the site in an undamaged condition . Store materials off the ground to

provide protection against oxidation caused by ground contact.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 DIMENSIONAL DATA

2.1.1 General:

Pipe sizes indicated are commercial pipe sizes.

2.2 GALVANIZING

On steel framework and appurtenances, provide galvanized finish with not less than the

following weight of zinc per sq ft.

2.2.1 Pipe

1.8 oz, complying with ASTM A120.

2.2.2 Hardware and accessories

Comply with Table I of ASTM A153.

02831-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

The Contractor, upon receiving the Owner's Notice to Proceed, shall submit the following: 

a. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; G 

b. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the 

specified requirements; G 

c. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and 

interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; G 

d. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the 

Contracting Officer, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation 

procedures used on the Work. G 

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 

Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the 

necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the 

methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 

Deliver materials to the site in an undamaged condition. Store materials off the ground to 

provide protection against oxidation caused by ground contact. 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

2.1 DIMENSIONAL DATA 

2.1.1 General: 

Pipe sizes indicated are commercial pipe sizes. 

2.2 GALVANIZING 

On steel framework and appurtenances, provide galvanized finish with not less than the 

following weight of zinc per sq ft. 

2.2.1 Pipe 

1.8 oz, complying with ASTM A120. 

2.2.2 Hardware and accessories 

Comply with Table I of ASTM A153. 

02831-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

2.2.3 Fabric

1.2 oz/square feet, complying with Class I of ASTM 392

2.3 FABRIC

a. Provide number 9 gage or 0.148" wires in 2" mesh, with top and bottom selvages

twisted and barbed.

b. Provide fabric in one piece widths.

2.4 POSTS, RAILS, AND ASSOCIATED ITEMS

2.4.1 End, corner, slope, and pull posts

Provide the following minimum sizes and weights as indicated on the plan.

Material and dimensions : Lbs per lin ft:

Pipe, 2.87" outside

dimension 5.79

Pipe, 3.50" outside

dimension 7.58

Pipe, 4.50" outside

dimension 10.79

2.4.2 Line posts

Provide minimum sizes and weights as follows:

Material and dimensions : Lbs per lin ft:

Pipe, 2.37" outside

dimension 3.65

Pipe, 2.87" outside

dimension 5.79

Pipe, 3.50" outside

dimension 7.58

2.4.3 Gate posts

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

2.2.3 Fabric 

1.2 oz/square feet, complying with Class I of ASTM 392 

2.3 FABRIC 

AJJY 00-1124 

a. Provide number 9 gage or 0.148" wires in 2" mesh, with top and bottom selvages 

twisted and barbed. 

b. Provide fabric in one piece widths. 

2.4 POSTS, RAILS, AND ASSOCIATED ITEMS 

2.4.1 End, comer, slope, and pull posts 

Provide the following minimum sizes and weights as indicated on the plan. 

Material and dimensions: 

Pipe, 2.87" outside 

dimension 

Pipe, 3.50" outside 

dimension 

Pipe, 4.50" outside 

dimension 

2.4.2 Line posts 

Lbs per lin ft: 

5.79 

7.58 

10.79 

Provide minimum sizes and weights as follows: 

Material and dimensions: 

Pipe, 2.37" outside 

dimension 

Pipe, 2.87" outside 

dimension 

Pipe, 3.50" outside 

dimension 

2.4.3 Gate posts 

Lbs per lin ft: 

3.65 

5.79 

7.58 

02831-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

Provide gate posts for supporting single gate leaf, or one leaf of a double gate installation, for

nominal gate widths as follows:

Material and dimension: Lbs per lin ft:

Pipe, 4" outside dimension 10.79

a. Over 13 feet wide, and up to 18 feet wide: Use 6.62" outside diameter pipe weighing

18.97 lbs per lin ft.

b. Over 18 feet side: Use 8.62" outside diameter pipe weighing 28.55 lbs per lin ft.

2.4.4 Top rails

a. Use 1.90" outside diameter pipe weighing 2.72 lbs per lin ft; or

b. Provide in manufacturer 's longest lengths, with expansion type couplings

approximately 6" long for each joint.

c. Provide means for attaching top rail securely to each gate, corner, pull, slope, and end

post.

2.4.5 Post brace assemblies

a. Provide at end and gate posts, and at both sides of corner , slope, and pull posts, with the

horizontal brace located at mid-height of the fabric.

b. Use 1.90" outside diameter pipe weighing 2.72 lbs per lin ft for horizontal brace.

c. Use 3/8" diameter rod with turnbuckle for diagonal truss.

2.4.6 Tension wire

Provide number 7 gage galvanized tension wire at bottom of fabric.

2.4.7 Post tops

a. Provide steel, wrought iron, or malleable iron, designed as weathertight closure cap.

b. Provide one cap for each post.

c. Provide caps with openings to permit through passage of top rail.

2.4.8 Stretcher bars

a. Provide one-piece lengths equal to full height of fabric , with a minimum cross-section

02831-4

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

Provide gate posts for supporting single gate leaf, or one leaf of a double gate installation, for 

nominal gate widths as follows: 

Material and dimension: Lbs per lin ft: 

Pipe, 4" outside dimension 10.79 

a. Over 13 feet wide, and up to 18 feet wide: Use 6.62" outside diameter pipe weighing 

18.97 lbs per lin ft. 

b. Over 18 feet side: Use 8.62" outside diameter pipe weighing 28.55 lbs per lin ft. 

2.4.4 Top rails 

a. Use 1.90" outside diameter pipe weighing 2.721bs per lin ft; or 

b. Provide in manufacturer's longest lengths, with expansion type couplings 

approximately 6" long for each joint. 

c. Provide means for attaching top rail securely to each gate, comer, pull, slope, and end 

post. 

2.4.5 Post brace assemblies 

a. Provide at end and gate posts, and at both sides of comer, slope, and pull posts, with the 

horizontal brace located at mid-height of the fabric. 

b. Use 1.90" outside diameter pipe weighing 2.721bs per lin ft for horizontal brace. 

c. Use 3/8" diameter rod with turnbuckle for diagonal truss. 

2.4.6 Tension wire 

Provide number 7 gage galvanized tension wire at bottom of fabric. 

2.4.7 Post tops 

a. Provide steel, wrought iron, or malleable iron, designed as weathertight closure cap. 

b. Provide one cap for each post. 

c. Provide caps with openings to permit through passage of top rail. 

2.4.8 Stretcher bars 

a. Provide one-piece lengths equal to full height of fabric, with a minimum cross-section 

02831-4 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

of 3/16" x 3/4".

b. Provide one stretcher bar for each gate and end post, and two for each corner, slope,

and pull post, except where baric is woven integrally into the post.

2.4.9 Stretcher bar bands

a. Provide steel, wrought iron, or malleable iron, spaced not over 15 " on centers, to secure

stretcher bars to end, corner, pull, slope, and gate posts.

b. Bands may be used also with special fittings for securing rails to end, corner, pull,

slope, and gate posts.

2.5 GATES

2.5.1 General

a. Fabricate gate perimeter frames of tubular members.

b. Provide additional horizontal and vertical members to assure proper operation of the

gate, and for attachment of fabric , hardware , and accessories.

c. Space so frame members are not more than 8 feet apart.

d. Fabricate gate frames from:

e. Material and dimensions: Lbs per lin ft:

f. Pipe 1.90" outside diameter: 2.72

2.5.2 Fabrication

a. Assemble gate frames by welding with special malleable or pressed steel fittings and

rivets for rigid connections.

b. Use same fabric as used in the fence.

c. Install fabric with stretcher bars at vertical edges as a minimum.

d. Attach stretchers to gate frame at not more than 15" on centers.

e. Attach hardware with rivets or by other means which will provide security against

removal and breakage.

f. Provide diagonal cross-bracing consisting of 3/8" diameter adjustable length truss rods

on gates where required to provide frame rigidity without sag or twist.

02831-5

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

of 3/16" x 3/4". 

AJJY 00-1124 

b. Provide one stretcher bar for each gate and end post, and two for each comer, slope, 

and pull post, except where baric is woven integrally into the post. 

2.4.9 Stretcher bar bands 

a. Provide steel, wrought iron, or malleable iron, spaced not over 15" on centers, to secure 

stretcher bars to end, comer, pull, slope, and gate posts. 

b. Bands may be used also with special fittings for securing rails to end, comer, pull, 

slope, and gate posts. 

2.5 GATES 

2.5.1 General 

a. Fabricate gate perimeter frames of tubular members. 

b. Provide additional horizontal and vertical members to assure proper operation of the 

gate, and for attachment of fabric, hardware, and accessories. 

c. Space so frame members are not more than 8 feet apart. 

d. Fabricate gate frames from: 

e. Material and dimensions: Lbs per lin ft: 

f. Pipe 1.90" outside diameter: 2.72 

2.5.2 Fabrication 

a. Assemble gate frames by welding with special malleable or pressed steel fittings and 

rivets for rigid connections. 

b. Use same fabric as used in the fence. 

c. Install fabric with stretcher bars at vertical edges as a minimum. 

d. Attach stretchers to gate frame at not more than 15" on centers. 

e. Attach hardware with rivets or by other means which will provide security against 

removal and breakage. 

f. Provide diagonal cross-bracing consisting of 3/8" diameter adjustable length truss rods 

on gates where required to provide frame rigidity without sag or twist. 

02831-5 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

2.5.3 Gate hardware

Provide following for each gate:

2.5.3.1 Hinges

(1) Pressed or forged steel, or malleable iron, to suit the gate size ; non-lift-off type, offset to

permit 180 degree opening.

(2) Provide 1-1/2 pair of hinges for each leaf over 6 feet in nominal heights.

2.5.3.2 Latches

(1) Provide forked type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of the gate.

(2) Provide padlock eye as integral part of latch.

2.5.3.3 Keeper

Provide keeper for vehicle gates, which automatically engages the gate leaf and holds it in

the open position until manually released.

2.5.3.4 Double gates

(1) Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of mushroom or flush plate, with anchors.

(2) Set in concrete to engage the center drop rod or plunger bar.

(3) Provide locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, requiring one

padlock for locking both gate leaves.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES

2.6.1 Wire ties

a. For tying fabric to line posts, use number 9 gage wire ties spaced 12" on centers.

b. For tying fabric to rails and braces, use number 9 gage wire ties spaced 24" on centers.

c. For tying fabric to tension wire, use number 11 gage hog rings spaced 24" on centers.

d. Manufacturer's standard wire ties will be acceptable if of equal strength and durability.

2.6.2 Concrete

02831-6

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

2.5.3 Gate hardware 

Provide following for each gate: 

2.5.3.1 Hinges 

AJJY 00-1124 

(1) Pressed or forged steel, or malleable iron, to suit the gate size; non-lift-off type, offset to 

permit 180 degree opening. 

(2) Provide 1-112 pair of hinges for each leaf over 6 feet in nominal heights. 

2.5.3.2 Latches 

(1) Provide forked type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of the gate. 

(2) Provide padlock eye as integral part of latch. 

2.5.3.3 Keeper 

Provide keeper for vehicle gates, which automatically engages the gate leaf and holds it in 

the open position until manually released. 

2.5.3.4 Double gates 

(1) Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of mushroom or flush plate, with anchors. 

(2) Set in concrete to engage the center drop rod or plunger bar. 

(3) Provide locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, requiring one 

padlock for locking both gate leaves. 

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES 

2.6.1 Wire ties 

a. For tying fabric to line posts, use number 9 gage wire ties spaced 12" on centers. 

b. For tying fabric to rails and braces, use number 9 gage wire ties spaced 24" on centers. 

c. For tying fabric to tension wire, use number 11 gage hog rings spaced 24" on centers. 

d. Manufacturer's standard wire ties will be acceptable if of equal strength and durability. 

2.6.2 Concrete 

02831-6 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

Comply with provisions of Section 03300, entitled "Cast-in-Place Concrete".

2.6.3 Bituminous Coatings

Fence post and fencing hardwares embedded in concrete shall recieve two ( 2) coats of

bituminous coating material as per ASTM D1187.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS

Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed.

Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work . Do not proceed

until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

3.2.1 General

a. Install posts at a maximum spacing of 10 feet on centers.

b. Install corner or slope posts where changes in line or grade exceed a 30 degree

deflection.

3.2.2 Excavating

a. Drill holes for post footings in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil, strictly

adhering to the dimensions and spacing shown.

b. Post hole dimensions:(unless otherwise specified)

(1) Provide 30" deep by 12" diameter foundations for line posts for 5 foot

fabric height and less.

(2) Provide 36" deep by 12" diameter foundations for line posts for fabric

heights exceeding 5 feet.

(3) Provide 42" deep by 12" diameter foundations for all other posts or as

specified on plan.

c. Spread soil from excavations uniformly adjacent to the fence line, or on adjacent

areas of the site if so directed.

d. When solid rock is encountered near the surface, drill into rock at least 12" for

line posts and at least 18" for end, pull , gate, and corner posts. Drill hole at least

1" greater diameter than the largest dimension of the post to be placed.

02831-7

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

Comply with provisions of Section 03300, entitled "Cast-in-Place Concrete". 

2.6.3 Bituminous Coatings 

AJJY 00-1124 

Fence post and fencing hardwares embedded in concrete shall recieve two ( 2) coats of 

bituminous coating material as per ASTM D 1187. 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS 

Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. 

Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed 

until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 

3.2 INSTALLATION 

3.2.1 General 

a. Install posts at a maximum spacing of 10 feet on centers. 

b. Install corner or slope posts where changes in line or grade exceed a 30 degree 

deflection. 

3.2.2 Excavating 

a. Drill holes for post footings in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil, strictly 

adhering to the dimensions and spacing shown. 

b. Post hole dimensions:(unless otherwise specified) 

(1) Provide 30" deep by 12" diameter foundations for line posts for 5 foot 

fabric height and less. 

(2) Provide 36" deep by 12" diameter foundations for line posts for fabric 

heights exceeding 5 feet. 

(3) Provide 42" deep by 12" diameter foundations for all other posts or as 

specified on plan. 

c. Spread soil from excavations uniformly adjacent to the fence line, or on adjacent 

areas of the site if so directed. 

d. When solid rock is encountered near the surface, drill into rock at least 12" for 

line posts and at least 18" for end, pull, gate, and corner posts. Drill hole at least 

I" greater diameter than the largest dimension of the post to be placed. 

02831-7 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

e. If solid rock is below soil overburden, drill to full depth required, except

penetration into rock need not exceed minimum depths specified above.

f. Setting posts:

g.

(1) Remove loose and foreign materials from sides and bottoms of holes, and

moisten soil prior to placing concrete.

(2) Center and align posts in holes.

(3) Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour, and vibrate or tamp for

consolidation.

(4) Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and hold in position during

placement and finishing operations.

(5) Trowel tops of footings, and slope or dome to direct water away from posts.

(6) Extend footings for gate posts to the underside of bottom hinge.

(7) Set keeps, stops, sleeves, and other accessories into concrete as required.

(8) Keep exposed concrete surfaces moist for at least seven days after placement, or cure with

membrane curing material or other curing method approved by the Contracting Officer.

(9) Grout-in those posts which are set into sleeved holes, concrete constructions,

or rock excavations, using non-shrink Portland cement grout or other grouting

material approved by the Contracting Officer.

Concrete strength:

(1) Allow concrete to attain at least 75% of its minimum 28-day strength before rails, tension

wires, and/or fabric is installed.

(2) Do not, in any case, install such items in less than seven days after

placement of concrete.

(3) Do not stretch and tension fabric and wire, and do not hang gates, until

concrete has attained its full design strength.

h. Rails and bracing:

(1) Install fence with a top rail and bottom tension wire.

(2) Install top rails continuously through post caps or extension arms, bending to radius for

curved runs.

02831-8

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

e. If solid rock is below soil overburden, drill to full depth required, except 

penetration into rock need not exceed minimum depths specified above. 

f. Setting posts: 

(1) Remove loose and foreign materials from sides and bottoms of holes, and 

moisten soil prior to placing concrete. 

(2) Center and align posts in holes. 

(3) Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour, and vibrate or tamp for 

consolidation. 

(4) Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and hold in position during 

placement and finishing operations. 

(5) Trowel tops of footings, and slope or dome to direct water away from posts. 

(6) Extend footings for gate posts to the underside of bottom hinge. 

(7) Set keeps, stops, sleeves, and other accessories into concrete as required. 

(8) Keep exposed concrete surfaces moist for at least seven days after placement, or cure with 

membrane curing material or other curing method approved by the Contracting Officer. 

(9) Grout-in those posts which are set into sleeved holes, concrete constructions, 

or rock excavations, using non-shrink Portland cement grout or other grouting 

material approved by the Contracting Officer. 

g. Concrete strength: 

(1) Allow concrete to attain at least 75% of its minimum 28-day strength before rails, tension 

wires, and/or fabric is installed. 

(2) Do not, in any case, install such items in less than seven days after 

placement of concrete. 

(3) Do not stretch and tension fabric and wire, and do not hang gates, until 

concrete has attained its full design strength. 

h. Rails and bracing: 

(1) Install fence with a top rail and bottom tension wire. 

(2) Install top rails continuously through post caps or extension arms, bending to radius for 

curved runs. 

02831-8 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(3) Provide expansion couplings as recommended by the fencing manufacturer.

(4) Provide bracing to the midpoint of the nearest line post or posts at all end, corner , slope, pull,

and gate posts.

(5) Install tension wires parallel to the line of fabric by weaving through the

fabric, and tying to each post with not less than number 6 gage galvanized

wire, or by securing the wire to the fabric.

i. Installing fabric:

(1) Leave approximately 2" between finish grade and bottom selvage.

(2) Excavate high points in the ground to clear the bottom of the fence.

(3) Place and compact fill to within 1" of the bottom of the fabric in depressions.

(4) Pull fabric taut and tie to posts , rails, and tension wires.

(5) Install fabric on outward side facing side of fence , and anchor to framework

so that the fabric remains in tension after pulling force is removed.

(6) Install stretcher bars by threading through or clamping to fabric on 4" centers,

and secure to posts with metal bands spaced 15" on centers.

(7) Install fence fabric to provide approximately 2-inch deflection at center of

fabric span between two post, when a force of approximately 30 pounds is

applied perpendicular to the fabric. Fabric should return to its original position

when force is removed.

j. Installing gates:

( 1) Install gates plumb , level, and secure for full opening without interference.

(2) Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage in accordance with the

fence manufacturer 's recommendations as approved by the Contracting

Officer.

(3) Lubricate and adjust the hardware for smooth operation.

k. Miscellaneous:

(1) Use U-shaped tie wires, conforming to diameter of pipe to which attached,

clasping pipe and fabric firmly with ends twisted at least two full turns.

02831-9

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

(3) Provide expansion couplings as recommended by the fencing manufacturer. 

AJJY 00-1124 

(4) Provide bracing to the midpoint of the nearest line post or posts at all end, corner, slope, pull, 

and gate posts. 

(5) Install tension wires parallel to the line of fabric by weaving through the 

fabric, and tying to each post with not less than number 6 gage galvanized 

wire, or by securing the wire to the fabric. 

1. Installing fabric: 

(1) Leave approximately 2" between finish grade and bottom selvage. 

(2) Excavate high points in the ground to clear the bottom of the fence. 

(3) Place and compact fill to within 1" of the bottom of the fabric in depressions. 

(4) Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. 

(5) Install fabric on outward side facing side of fence, and anchor to framework 

so that the fabric remains in tension after pulling force is removed. 

(6) Install stretcher bars by threading through or clamping to fabric on 4" centers, 

and secure to posts with metal bands spaced 15" on centers. 

(7) Install fence fabric to provide approximately 2-inch deflection at center of 

fabric span between two post, when a force of approximately 30 pounds is 

applied perpendicular to the fabric. Fabric should return to its original position 

when force is removed. 

J. Installing gates: 

(1) Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference. 

(2) Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage in accordance with the 

fence manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Contracting 

Officer. 

(3) Lubricate and adjust the hardware for smooth operation. 

k. Miscellaneous: 

(1) Use U-shaped tie wires, conforming to diameter of pipe to which attached, 

clasping pipe and fabric firmly with ends twisted at least two full turns. 

02831-9 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(2) Bend ends of wire to minimize hazards to persons and clothing.

1. Fasteners:

(1) Install nuts for tension band and hardware bolts on side of fence opposite

fabric side.

(2) Peen the ends of bolts to prevent removal of nuts.

in. Repair coatings damaged in the shop or field erection , using a hotapplied repair compound applied in accordance with its manufacturer's

recommendations as approved by the Contracting Officer.

-- End of Section --

02831-10

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

(2) Bend ends of wire to minimize hazards to persons and clothing. 

1. Fasteners: 

AJJY 00-1124 

(1) Install nuts for tension band and hardware bolts on side of fence opposite 

fabric side. 

(2) Peen the ends of bolts to prevent removal of nuts. 

-- End of Section --

m. Repair coatings damaged in the shop or field erection, using a hotapplied repair compound applied in accordance with its manufacturer's 

recommendations as approved by the Contracting Officer. 

02831-10 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 03300

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART1 GENERAL

1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

The latest issues of the following publications listed below, but referred to thereafter by basic

designation only, form a part of this specification to the extent indicated by references

thereto.

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (COE) Waterways Experiment Station Publications:

CRD-C-621 Handbook for Concrete and Cement, Specification for Non-shrink Grout,

Volume II (1949 Ed.)

U.S. Department of Commerce Product Standard (PS):

PS 1 Construction and Industrial Plywood

American Concrete Institute (ACI) Publications:

211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and

Mass Concrete

301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings

302.1 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction

304 Recommended Practice for Measuring , Mixing Transporting, and Placing

Concrete

305R Hot Weather Concreting

315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcing

318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete

347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications:

A185 Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement, Specifications for

03300-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

SECTION 03300 

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS 

The latest issues of the following publications listed below, but referred to thereafter by basic 

designation only, form a part of this specification to the extent indicated by references 

thereto. 

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (COE) Waterways Experiment Station Publications: 

CRD-C-621 Handbook for Concrete and Cement, Specification for Non-shrink Grout, 

Volume II (1949 Ed.) 

U.S. Department of Commerce Product Standard (PS): 

PS 1 Construction and Industrial Plywood 

American Concrete Institute (ACI) Publications: 

211.1 

301 

302.1 

304 

305R 

315 

318 

347 

Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and 

Mass Concrete 

Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 

Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction 

Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing Transporting, and Placing 

Concrete 

Hot Weather Concreting 

Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcing 

Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 

Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork 

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: 

A185 Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement, Specifications for 

03300-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

A497 Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement

A615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,

Specifications for

A616 Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,

Specifications for

A617 Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,

Specifications for

A706 Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the

Field

C33 Concrete Aggregates, Specifications for

C39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens, Test Methods

for

C94 Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete

C136 Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates, Test Method for

(REV A)

C 143 Slump of Portland Cement Concrete, Test for

C150 Portland Cement, specification for

C171 Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete

C172 Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete

C173 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method

C231 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method

C309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete

C494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete

C881 Epoxy Grout

C920 Elastomeric Joint Sealants

03300-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

A497 

A615 

A616 

A617 

A706 

C31 

C33 

C39 

C94 

C136 

Cl43 

Cl50 

Cl71 

Cl72 

Cl73 

C231 

C309 

C494 

C881 

C920 

Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement 

Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, 

Specifications for 

Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, 

Specifications for 

Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, 

Specifications for 

Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 

Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 

Field 

Concrete Aggregates, Specifications for 

Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens, Test Methods 

for 

Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete 

Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates, Test Method for 

(REV A) 

Slump of Portland Cement Concrete, Test for 

Portland Cement, specification for 

Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete 

Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete 

Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method 

Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method 

Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 

Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 

Epoxy Grout 

Elastomeric Joint Sealants 

03300-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

D1190 Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type

D1751 Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural

Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)

D1752 Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete

Paving and Structural Construction

American Welding Society (AWS) Publication:

Dl.4 Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work includes the provision of cast-in-place concrete . In the ACI publications referred

to herein, the advisor provisions shall be considered to be mandatory , as though the word

"shall" has been substituted for "should " wherever it appears; reference to the "Building Official," the "Structural Engineer ," and the "Architect/Engineer," shall be interpreted to mean

the Contracting Officer.

1.3 QUALITY CONTROL

The Quality Control Section of Division 1, Section 01400, apply to this section. Approvals,

except those required for field installations , field applications and field tests, shall be before

delivery of materials or equipment to the project site.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1.4.1 Shop Drawings; G

Reproductions of contract drawings are unacceptable.

1.4.1.1 Shop Drawings for Reinforcing Steel; G

ACI 315. Indicate bending diagrams, assembly diagrams , splicing and laps of bars, shapes,

dimensions and details of bar reinforcing , accessories, and concrete cover. Do not scale

dimensions from structural or detail drawings to determine lengths of reinforcing rods.

1.4.1.2 Contractor Mix Design; G

Thirty days minimum prior to concrete placement, submit a mix design for each strength and

type of concrete. Furnish a complete list of materials including type; brand ; source and

amount of cement. Obtain approval before concrete placement . Obtain acknowledgment of

receipt prior to concrete placement. Submit additional data regarding concrete aggregates if

the source of aggregate changes.

03300-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

Dl190 Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type 

AJJY 00-1124 

D1751 Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural 

Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) 

D1752 Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete 

Paving and Structural Construction 

American Welding Society (AWS) Publication: 

D1.4 Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel 

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 

The work includes the provision of cast-in-place concrete. In the ACI publications referred 

to herein, the advisor provisions shall be considered to be mandatory, as though the word 

"shall" has been substituted for "should" wherever it appears; reference to the "Building Official," the "Structural Engineer," and the "ArchitectiEngineer," shall be interpreted to mean 

the Contracting Officer. 

1.3 QUALITY CONTROL 

The Quality Control Section of Division 1, Section 01400, apply to this section. Approvals, 

except those required for field installations, field applications and field tests, shall be before 

delivery of materials or equipment to the project site. 

1.4 SUBMITTALS 

1.4.1 Shop Drawings; G 

Reproductions of contract drawings are unacceptable. 

1.4.1.1 Shop Drawings for Reinforcing Steel; G 

ACI315. Indicate bending diagrams, assembly diagrams, splicing and laps of bars, shapes, 

dimensions and details of bar reinforcing, accessories, and concrete cover. Do not scale 

dimensions from structural or detail drawings to determine lengths of reinforcing rods. 

1.4.1.2 Contractor Mix Design; G 

Thirty days minimum prior to concrete placement, submit a mix design for each strength and 

type of concrete. Furnish a complete list of materials including type; brand; source and 

amount of cement. Obtain approval before concrete placement. Obtain acknowledgment of 

receipt prior to concrete placement. Submit additional data regarding concrete aggregates if 

the source of aggregate changes. 

03300-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.4.2 Certificates of Compliance; G

Before delivery of materials, certified test reports are required for the following:

a. Aggregates

b. Reinforcement

c. Cement

d. Admixtures

1.4.3 Catalog Data; G

e. Materials for Curing Concrete

f. Joint Sealant

g. Joint Filler

h. Epoxy Grout

1.5 DELIVERY

Do not deliver concrete until vapor barrier, forms, reinforcement, embedded items, and

chamfer strips are in place and ready for concrete placement.

1.6 STORAGE

ACI 301 for job site storage of concrete aggregates. Store reinforcement of different sizes

and shapes in separate piles or racks raised above the ground to avoid excessive rusting.

Protect from contaminants such as grease, oil, and dirt. Provide for accurate identification

after bundles are broken and tags removed.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE

2.1.1 Contractor-Furnished Mix Design

Concrete shall be designed in accordance with ACT and ACI 301. Concrete shall have

a 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi unless specified otherwise and have a maximum

aggregate size of 3/4".

Slump Requirements:

Element Slump, Inches

Minimum Maximum

Walls, columns, and

beams 2 4

03300-4

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.4.2 Certificates of Compliance; G 

AJJY 00-1124 

Before delivery of materials, certified test reports are required for the following: 

a. Aggregates 

b. Reinforcement 

c. Cement 

d. Admixtures 

1.4.3 Catalog Data; G 

e. Materials for Curing Concrete 

f. J oint Sealant 

g. Joint Filler 

h. Epoxy Grout 

1.5 DELIVERY 

Do not deliver concrete until vapor barrier, forms, reinforcement, embedded items, and 

chamfer strips are in place and ready for concrete placement. 

1.6 STORAGE 

ACI 301 for job site storage of concrete aggregates. Store reinforcement of different sizes 

and shapes in separate piles or racks raised above the ground to avoid excessive rusting. 

Protect from contaminants such as grease, oil, and dirt. Provide for accurate identification 

after bundles are broken and tags removed. 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

2.1 CONCRETE 

2.1.1 Contractor-Furnished Mix Design 

Concrete shall be designed in accordance with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301. Concrete shall have 

a 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi unless specified otherwise and have a maximum 

aggregate size of 3/4". 

Slump Requirements: 

Element 

Walls, columns, and 

beams 

Slump, Inches 

Minimum Maximum 

2 4 

03300-4 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

Floors, exterior slabs,

and other building Construction 3

2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS

2.2.1 Cement

Cement shall be Type I or II, conforming to ASTM C 150 or approved equal, except that

concrete used for manhole construction or reinforced concrete pipes and fittings shall be

Type II only.

2.2.2 Water

Water for mixing and curing including free moisture and water in the aggregates, shall be

fresh, clean and potable.

2.2.3 Aggregates

In general, aggregates shall be free from deleterious coatings, roots, bark, and other

extraneous material. All aggregates shall conform to ASTM C33 and shall be thoroughly

and uniformly washed before use.

Coarse aggregate shall be made from sound, clean coralline limestone in accordance with

ASTM C136, conforming to the following gradation requirements:

Nominal

Size Range

Percent by Weight Passing

Square Sieve Size

Inches 1" 3/4" 1/2" 3/8" No. 4 No.8 No. 16

1 100 95-100 25-60 --- 0-10 0-5

3/4 --- 100 90-100 --- 20-55 0-10 0-5

1/z --- --- 100 90-100 40-70 0-10 0-5

3/8 --- --- --- 100 85-100 10-30 0-10

Fine aggregate shall be manufactured from clean coralline limestone in accordance with

AS TM C136, conforming to the following grading requirements.

Sieve Percent Passing

3/8 inch 100

No. 4 95-100

No. 8 80-100

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

Floors, exterior slabs, 

and other building Construction 3 1 

2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS 

2.2.1 Cement 

Cement shall be Type I or II, conforming to ASTM C 150 or approved equal, except that 

concrete used for manhole construction or reinforced concrete pipes and fittings shall be 

Type II only. 

2.2.2 Water 

Water for mixing and curing including free moisture and water in the aggregates, shall be 

fresh, clean and potable. 

2.2.3 Aggregates 

In general, aggregates shall be free from deleterious coatings, roots, bark, and other 

extraneous material. All aggregates shall conform to ASTM C33 and shall be thoroughly 

and uniformly washed before use. 

Coarse aggregate shall be made from sound, clean coralline limestone in accordance with 

ASTM C136, conforming to the following gradation requirements: 

Nominal 

Size Range 

Percent by Weight Passing 

Square Sieve Size 

Inches 1" 3/4" 112" 3/8" No.4 No.8 No. 16 

1 

Y2 

3/8 

100 95-100 25-60 0-10 0-5 

100 90-100 20-55 0-10 0-5 

100 90-100 40-70 0-10 0-5 

100 85-100 10-30 0-10 

Fine aggregate shall be manufactured from clean coralline limestone in accordance with 

ASTM C136, conforming to the following grading requirements. 

3/8 inch 

No.4 

No.8 

Percent Passing 

100 

95-100 

80-100 

03300-5 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

No. 16 50-85

No. 30 25-60

No. 50 10-30

No. 100 2-10

2.2.4 Proportioning, Measuring and Mixing

2.2.4.1 Proportioning of Materials

AJJY 00-1124

Proportioning of materials shall be accomplished by weighing. Volumetric proportioning

may be used subject to approval of the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall furnish the

necessary equipment and shall establish accurate procedures , subject to the approval of the

Contracting Officer for determining the quantities of free moisture in the aggregates.

Allowable tolerances for measuring cement and water shall be 1 percent , and for aggregates

2 percent.

2.2.4.2 Mixing

All concrete shall be machine mixed . In emergencies, the mixing may be done by hand if so

authorized by the Contracting Officer. Mixing shall begin within 30 minutes after the

cement has been added to the aggregates.

2.2.5 Ready-Mixed Concrete

Ready-mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C94 as modified herein. Ready-mixed

concrete is defined in this specification as concrete produced regularly by a commercial

establishment and delivered to the purchaser in the plastic state. Cement, aggregates and

water shall conform to all applicable requirements of this specification.

2.3 ADMIXTURES

2.3.1 Accelerating

ASTM C494, Type C.

2.3.2 Retarding

ASTM C494, Type B, D, or G.

2.3.3 Water Reducing

ASTM C494, Type A, E, or F.

2.4 MATERIALS FOR FORMS

Provide wood, plywood, or steel. Use plywood or steel forms where a smooth form finish is

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

No. 16 

No. 30 

No. 50 

No. 100 

50-85 

25-60 

10-30 

2-10 

2.2.4 Proportioning, Measuring and Mixing 

2.2.4.1 Proportioning of Materials 

AJJY 00-1124 

Proportioning of materials shall be accomplished by weighing. Volumetric proportioning 

may be used subject to approval of the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall furnish the 

necessary equipment and shall establish accurate procedures, subject to the approval of the 

Contracting Officer for determining the quantities of free moisture in the aggregates. 

Allowable tolerances for measuring cement and water shall be 1 percent, and for aggregates 

2 percent. 

2.2.4.2 Mixing 

All concrete shall be machine mixed. In emergencies, the mixing may be done by hand if so 

authorized by the Contracting Officer. Mixing shall begin within 30 minutes after the 

cement has been added to the aggregates. 

2.2.5 Ready-Mixed Concrete 

Ready-mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C94 as modified herein. Ready-mixed 

concrete is defined in this specification as concrete produced regularly by a commercial 

establishment and delivered to the purchaser in the plastic state. Cement, aggregates and 

water shall conform to all applicable requirements of this specification. 

2.3 ADMIXTURES 

2.3.1 Accelerating 

ASTM C494, Type C. 

2.3.2 Retarding 

ASTM C494, Type B, D, or G. 

2.3.3 Water Reducing 

ASTM C494, Type A, E, or F. 

2.4 MATERIALS FOR FORMS 

Provide wood, plywood, or steel. Use plywood or steel forms where a smooth form finish is 

03300-6 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

required. Lumber shall be square edged or tongue-and-groove boards, free of raised grain,

knotholes, or other surface defects. Plywood: PS1, B-B concrete form panels or better. Steel

form surfaces shall not contain irregularities, dents, or sags.

2.5 REINFORCEMENT

2.5.1 Reinforcing Bars

ACI 301, unless otherwise specified. ASTM A615, Grade 60.

2.5.2 Welded Wire Fabric

ASTM A497 or ASTM A185, 6" x 6"/ W2.9 by W2.9, unless otherwise indicated.

2.5.3 Mechanical reinforcing Bar Connectors

ACI 301. Provide 125 percent minimum yield strength of the reinforcement bar.

2.5.4 Wire

ASTM A82 or ASTM A496.

2.6 MATERIALS FOR CURING CONCRETE

2.6.1 Impervious Sheeting

ASTM C171; waterproof paper, clear or white polyethylene sheeting, or polyethylene-coated

burlap.

2.6.2 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compound

ASTM C309, white-pigmented, Type 2, Class B, free of paraffin or petroleum.

2.7 EXPANSION/CONTRACTION JOINT FILLER

ASTM D1751 or ASTM D1752, 1/2 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated.

2.8 EPOXY GROUT

(For joints between old and new concrete and where called on the drawings) Threecomponent units composed of 100% solids ASTM-C881 epoxy resin system. Provide

material type, grade, and class to suit project requirements.

2.9 VAPOR BARRIER

(Under building structures and where called on the drawings) ASTM C171, polyethylene

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

required. Lumber shall be square edged or tongue-and-groove boards, free of raised grain, 

knotholes, or other surface defects. Plywood: PSI, B-B concrete form panels or better. Steel 

form surfaces shall not contain irregularities, dents, or sags. 

2.5 REINFORCEMENT 

2.5.1 Reinforcing Bars 

ACI 301, unless otherwise specified. ASTM A615, Grade 60. 

2.5.2 Welded Wire Fabric 

ASTM A497 or ASTM A185, 6" x 6"/ W2.9 by W2.9, unless otherwise indicated. 

2.5.3 Mechanical reinforcing Bar Connectors 

ACI 301. Provide 125 percent minimum yield strength of the reinforcement bar. 

2.5.4 Wire 

ASTM A82 or ASTM A496. 

2.6 MATERIALS FOR CURING CONCRETE 

2.6.1 Impervious Sheeting 

ASTM C171; waterproof paper, clear or white polyethylene sheeting, or polyethylene-coated 

burlap. 

2.6.2 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compound 

ASTM C309, white-pigmented, Type 2, Class B, free of paraffin or petroleum. 

2.7 EXPANSION/CONTRACTION JOINT FILLER 

ASTM D1751 or ASTM D1752, 112 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated. 

2.8 EPOXY GROUT 

(For joints between old and new concrete and where called on the drawings) Threecomponent units composed of 100% solids ASTM-C881 epoxy resin system. Provide 

material type, grade, and class to suit project requirements. 

2.9 VAPOR BARRIER 

(Under building structures and where called on the drawings) ASTM C171, polyethylene 

03300-7 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

sheeting, minimum six (6) mil thickness.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 FORMS

ACI 301. Provide forms, shoring, and scaffolding for concrete placement unless indicated or

specified otherwise. Concrete for footings may be placed in excavations without forms upon

inspection and approval by the Contracting Officer. Excavation width shall be a minimum of

4 inches greater than indicated. Set forms mortar-tight and true to line and grade.

Chamfer above grade exposed joints, edges , and external corners of concrete 0.75 inch unless

otherwise indicated . Provide and prepare forms with clean-out openings to permit

inspection and removal of debris . Forms submerged in water shall be watertight.

3.1.1 Coating

Before concrete placement, coat the contact surfaces of forms with a non-staining mineral

oil, non-staining form coating compound, or two coats of nitrocellulose lacquer. Do not use

mineral on forms for surfaces to which adhesive, paint, or other finish material is to be

applied.

3.1.2 Removal of Forms

Prevent concrete damage during form removal. After placing concrete , forms shall remain in

place for a minimum time period equal to the curing period. Forms may be removed earlier

than specified if ASTM C39 test results of field-cured samples from a representative portion

of the structure indicate that the concrete has reached 85 percent (minimum) of the design

strength.

3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

ACI 301. Provide bars, wire fabric, wire ties, supports and other devices necessary to install

and secure reinforcement. Reinforcement shall not contain rust, scale, oil, grease, clay, and

foreign substances that would reduce the bond. Rusting of reinforcement is a basis for

rejection if the effective cross sectional area or the nominal weight per foot of the

reinforcement has been reduced to less than specified in paragraph entitled "Reinforcing

Bars." Remove loose rust prior to placing steel. Tack welding is prohibited.

3.2.1 Tolerances

Place reinforcement and secure with galvanized or non-corrodible chairs, spaces, or metal

hangers. Use concrete or other non -corrodible material for supporting reinforcement on the

ground.

3.2.2 Splicing

03300-8

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

sheeting, minimum six (6) mil thickness. 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1 FORMS 

AJJY 00-1124 

ACI301. Provide forms, shoring, and scaffolding for concrete placement unless indicated or 

specified otherwise. Concrete for footings may be placed in excavations without forms upon 

inspection and approval by the Contracting Officer. Excavation width shall be a minimum of 

4 inches greater than indicated. Set forms mortar-tight and true to line and grade. 

Chamfer above grade exposed joints, edges, and external comers of concrete 0.75 inch unless 

otherwise indicated. Provide and prepare forms with clean-out openings to permit 

inspection and removal of debris. Forms submerged in water shall be watertight. 

3.1.1 Coating 

Before concrete placement, coat the contact surfaces of forms with a non-staining mineral 

oil, non-staining form coating compound, or two coats of nitrocellulose lacquer. Do not use 

mineral on forms for surfaces to which adhesive, paint, or other finish material is to be 

applied. 

3.1.2 Removal of Forms 

Prevent concrete damage during form removal. After placing concrete, forms shall remain in 

place for a minimum time period equal to the curing period. Forms may be removed earlier 

than specified if ASTM C39 test results of field-cured samples from a representative portion 

of the structure indicate that the concrete has reached 85 percent (minimum) of the design 

strength. 

3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS 

ACI301. Provide bars, wire fabric, wire ties, supports and other devices necessary to install 

and secure reinforcement. Reinforcement shall not contain rust, scale, oil, grease, clay, and 

foreign substances that would reduce the bond. Rusting of reinforcement is a basis for 

rejection if the effective cross sectional area or the nominal weight per foot of the 

reinforcement has been reduced to less than specified in paragraph entitled "Reinforcing 

Bars." Remove loose rust prior to placing steel. Tack welding is prohibited. 

3.2.1 Tolerances 

Place reinforcement and secure with galvanized or non-corrodible chairs, spaces, or metal 

hangers. Use concrete or other non-corrodible material for supporting reinforcement on the 

ground. 

3.2.2 Splicing 

03300-8 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

AWS D1.4, except as otherwise indicated or specified . Splices shall be approved prior to

use. Do not splice at points of maximum stress. Overlap welded wire fabric the spacing of

the cross wires, plus 2 inches.

3.2.3 Future Bonding

Plug exposed, threaded, mechanical reinforcement bar connectors with a greased bolt. Bolt

threads shall match the connector. Countersink the connector in the concrete. Caulk the

depression after the bolt in installed.

3.2.4 Cover

ACI 301 for minimum coverage , unless otherwise indicated.

3.2.5 Setting Miscellaneous Material

Place and secure anchors and bolts, pipe sleeves, conduits, and other such items in position

before concrete placement. Plumb anchor bolts and check location and elevation.

Temporarily fill voids in sleeves with readily removal material to prevent the entry of

concrete.

3.2.6 Construction Joints

Locate joints to least impair strength. Continue reinforcement across joints unless otherwise

indicated.

3.2.7 Expansion joints and Contraction Joints

For slabs on grade, provide as shown on the drawings or as otherwise specified herein.

Provide contraction joints, either formed or saw cut or cut with a jointing tool, to the

indicated depth after the surface has been finished. Sawed joints shall be completed within 4

to 12 hours after concrete placement. Protect joints from intrusion of foreign matter.

3.2.8 Form Ties and Accessories

The use of wire alone is prohibited. Form ties and accessories shall not reduce the effective

cover of the reinforcement.

3.3 MEASURING, MIXING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING CONCRETE

ASTM C94, ACI 301, ACI 302.1R, and ACI 304, except as modified herein. ASTM C94.

Provide mandatory batch ticket information for each load of ready mix concrete.

3.3.1 Measuring

03300-9

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

A WS D 1.4, except as otherwise indicated or specified. Splices shall be approved prior to 

use. Do not splice at points of maximum stress. Overlap welded wire fabric the spacing of 

the cross wires, plus 2 inches. 

3.2.3 Future Bonding 

Plug exposed, threaded, mechanical reinforcement bar connectors with a greased bolt. Bolt 

threads shall match the connector. Countersink the connector in the concrete. Caulk the 

depression after the bolt in installed. 

3.2.4 Cover 

ACI 301 for minimum coverage, unless otherwise indicated. 

3.2.5 Setting Miscellaneous Material 

Place and secure anchors and bolts, pipe sleeves, conduits, and other such items in position 

before concrete placement. Plumb anchor bolts and check location and elevation. 

Temporarily fill voids in sleeves with readily removal material to prevent the entry of 

concrete. 

3.2.6 Construction Joints 

Locate joints to least impair strength. Continue reinforcement across joints unless otherwise 

indicated. 

3.2.7 Expansion joints and Contraction Joints 

For slabs on grade, provide as shown on the drawings or as otherwise specified herein. 

Provide contraction joints, either formed or saw cut or cut with a jointing tool, to the 

indicated depth after the surface has been finished. Sawed joints shall be completed within 4 

to 12 hours after concrete placement. Protect joints from intrusion of foreign matter. 

3.2.8 Form Ties and Accessories 

The use of wire alone is prohibited. Form ties and accessories shall not reduce the effective 

cover of the reinforcement. 

3.3 MEASURING, MIXING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING CONCRETE 

ASTM C94, ACI 301, ACI 302.1R, and ACI 304, except as modified herein. ASTM C94. 

Provide mandatory batch ticket information for each load of ready mix concrete. 

3.3.1 Measuring 

03300-9 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

Make moisture, weight, and air determinations at intervals as specified in paragraph entitled

"Sampling and Testing." Allowable tolerances for measuring cement and water shall be 1

percent; for aggregates, 2 percent; and for admixtures, 3 percent.

3.3.2 Mixing

ASTM C94. Machine mix concrete. Begin mixing within 30 minutes after the cement has

been added to the aggregates. Place concrete within 90 minutes of either addition of the

mixing water to cement and aggregates or addition of cement to aggregates if the air

temperature is less than 85 degrees F. Reduce mixing time and place concrete within 60

minutes if the air temperature is greater than 85 degrees F. Additional water may be added,

provided that both the specified maximum slump and water-cement ratio are not exceeded.

Dissolve admixtures in the mixing water and mix in the drum to uniformly distribute the

admixture throughout the batch.

3.3.3 Transporting

Transport concrete from the mixer to the forms as rapidly as practicable. Prevent segregation

or loss of ingredients. Clean transporting equipment thoroughly before each batch. Do not

use aluminum pipe or chutes. Remove concrete which has segregated in transporting and

dispose of as directed by the Contracting Officer.

3.3.4 Placing

Place concrete as soon as practicable after the forms and the reinforcement have been

inspected and approved. Do not place concrete when weather conditions prevent proper

placement and consolidation; in uncovered areas during periods of precipitation; or in

standing water. Prior to placing concrete, remove dirt, construction debris and water from

within the forms. Deposit concrete as close as practicable to the final position in the forms.

Do not exceed a free vertical drop of 3 feet from the point of discharge. Place concrete in

one continuous operation from on end of the structure towards the other. Position grade

stakes on 10-foot centers maximum in each direction when pouring interior slabs and on 20-

foot centers maximum for exterior slabs.

3.3.4.1 Vibration

ACI 301. Furnish a spare vibrator on the job site whenever concrete is placed. Consolidate

concrete slabs greater than 4 inches in depth with high frequency, internal, mechanical

vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading and tamping. Consolidate concrete slabs

4 inches or less in depth by wood tampers, spading, and settling with a heavy leveling

straight edge. Operate vibrators with vibratory element submerged in the concrete, with a

minimum frequency of not less than 6000 impulses per minute when submerged. Do not use

vibrators to transport the concrete in the forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators approximately

18 inches apart. Penetrate the previously placed lift with the vibrator when more than one lift

is required. Place concrete in 18-inch maximum vertical lifts. External vibrators shall be

used on the exterior surface of the forms when internal vibrators do not. provide adequate

03300-10

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

Make moisture, weight, and air determinations at intervals as specified in paragraph entitled 

"Sampling and Testing." Allowable tolerances for measuring cement and water shall be 1 

percent; for aggregates, 2 percent; and for admixtures, 3 percent. 

3.3.2 Mixing 

ASTM C94. Machine mix concrete. Begin mixing within 30 minutes after the cement has 

been added to the aggregates. Place concrete within 90 minutes of either addition of the 

mixing water to cement and aggregates or addition of cement to aggregates if the air 

temperature is less than 85 degrees F. Reduce mixing time and place concrete within 60 

minutes if the air temperature is greater than 85 degrees F. Additional water may be added, 

provided that both the specified maximum slump and water-cement ratio are not exceeded. 

Dissolve admixtures in the mixing water and mix in the drum to uniformly distribute the 

admixture throughout the batch. 

3.3.3 Transporting 

Transport concrete from the mixer to the forms as rapidly as practicable. Prevent segregation 

or loss of ingredients. Clean transporting equipment thoroughly before each batch. Do not 

use aluminum pipe or chutes. Remove concrete which has segregated in transporting and 

dispose of as directed by the Contracting Officer. 

3.3.4 Placing 

Place concrete as soon as practicable after the forms and the reinforcement have been 

inspected and approved. Do not place concrete when weather conditions prevent proper 

placement and consolidation; in uncovered areas during periods of precipitation; or in 

standing water. Prior to placing concrete, remove dirt, construction debris and water from 

within the forms. Deposit concrete as close as practicable to the final position in the forms. 

Do not exceed a free vertical drop of 3 feet from the point of discharge. Place concrete in 

one continuous operation from on end of the structure towards the other. Position grade 

stakes on lO-foot centers maximum in each direction when pouring interior slabs and on 20-

foot centers maximum for exterior slabs. 

3.3.4.1 Vibration 

ACI301. Furnish a spare vibrator on the job site whenever concrete is placed. Consolidate 

concrete slabs greater than 4 inches in depth with high frequency, internal, mechanical 

vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading and tamping. Consolidate concrete slabs 

4 inches or less in depth by wood tampers, spading, and settling with a heavy leveling 

straight edge. Operate vibrators with vibratory element submerged in the concrete, with a 

minimum frequency of not less than 6000 impulses per minute when submerged. Do not use 

vibrators to transport the concrete in the forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators approximately 

18 inches apart. Penetrate the previously placed lift with the vibrator when more than one lift 

is required. Place concrete in 18-inch maximum vertical lifts. External vibrators shall be 

used on the exterior surface of the forms when internal vibrators do not. provide adequate 

03300-10 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

consolidation of the concrete.

3.3.4.2 Application of Epoxy Bonding Compound

Apply a thin coat of compound to dry, clean surfaces. Scrub compound into the surface with

a stiff-bristle brush. Place concrete while compound is stringy. Do not permit compound to

harden prior to concrete placement. Follow manufacturer 's instructions regarding safety and

health precautions when working with epoxy -resins.

3.3.5 Hot Weather

ACI 305R. Provide and maintain required concrete temperature using Figure 2.1.5 in ACI

305R to prevent the evaporation rate from exceeding 0.2 pound of water per square foot of

exposed concrete per hour. Cool ingredients before mixing or use other suitable means to

control concrete temperature and prevent rapid drying of newly placed concrete. Provide

shading on the fresh concrete as soon as possible after placing. Start curing when the surface

of the fresh concrete is sufficiently hard to permit curing without damage. Provide water

hoses, pipes, spraying equipment, and water hauling (where worksite is remote to water

source) to maintain a moist concrete surface throughout the curing period . Provide burlap

cover or other suitable, permeable material with fog spray or continuous wetting of the

concrete when weather conditions prevent the use of either liquid membrane curing

compound or impervious sheets.

For vertical surfaces, protect forms from direct sunlight and add water to top of structure

once concrete is set.

3.4 FLOOR, SLAB, AND PAVEMENT FINISHES AND MISCELLANEOUS

CONSTRUCTION

ACI 302.1R, unless otherwise specified.

3.4.1 Finishing

Place, consolidate and immediately strike off concrete to obtain proper contour, grade, and

elevation before bleedwater appears. Permit the concrete to attain a set sufficient for floating

and sufficient to support the weight of the finisher and equipment. If bleedwater is present

prior to floating the surface , drag the excess water off or remove by absorption by porous

materials. Do not use dry cement to absorb bleedwater.

3.4.1.1 Floated

Provide for machinery pads and other exterior slabs where not otherwise specified . Float the

surface by hand with a wood or magnesium float, or use a power-driven float. Floating of

any one area shall be the minimum necessary to produce an even finish , level within 1/4 inch

in 10 feet for exterior work.

03300-11

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

consolidation of the concrete. 

3.3.4.2 Application of Epoxy Bonding Compound 

AJJY 00-1124 

Apply a thin coat of compound to dry, clean surfaces. Scrub compound into the surface with 

a stiff-bristle brush. Place concrete while compound is stringy. Do not permit compound to 

harden prior to concrete placement. Follow manufacturer's instructions regarding safety and 

health precautions when working with epoxy-resins. 

3.3.5 Hot Weather 

ACI 305R. Provide and maintain required concrete temperature using Figure 2.1.5 in ACI 

305R to prevent the evaporation rate from exceeding 0.2 pound of water per square foot of 

exposed concrete per hour. Cool ingredients before mixing or use other suitable means to 

control concrete temperature and prevent rapid drying of newly placed concrete. Provide 

shading on the fresh concrete as soon as possible after placing. Start curing when the surface 

of the fresh concrete is sufficiently hard to permit curing without damage. Provide water 

hoses, pipes, spraying equipment, and water hauling (where worksite is remote to water 

source) to maintain a moist concrete surface throughout the curing period. Provide burlap 

cover or other suitable, permeable material with fog spray or continuous wetting of the 

concrete when weather conditions prevent the use of either liquid membrane curing 

compound or impervious sheets. 

For vertical surfaces, protect forms from direct sunlight and add water to top of structure 

once concrete is set. 

3.4 FLOOR, SLAB, AND PAVEMENT FINISHES AND MISCELLANEOUS 

CONSTRUCTION 

ACI 302.1R, unless otherwise specified. 

3.4.1 Finishing 

Place, consolidate and immediately strike off concrete to obtain proper contour, grade, and 

elevation before bleedwater appears. Permit the concrete to attain a set sufficient for floating 

and sufficient to support the weight of the finisher and equipment. If bleedwater is present 

prior to floating the surface, drag the excess water off or remove by absorption by porous 

materials. Do not use dry cement to absorb bleedwater. 

3.4.1.1 Floated 

Provide for machinery pads and other exterior slabs where not otherwise specified. Float the 

surface by hand with a wood or magnesium float, or use a power-driven float. Floating of 

anyone area shall be the minimum necessary to produce an even finish, level within 1/4 inch 

in 10 feet for exterior work. 

03300-11 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

3.4.1.2 Steel Troweled

First, provide a floated finish. When slab has attained a proper set, hand- or machine-trowel

to a smooth, hard, dense finish. Finished surfaces shall be free of troweled marks, uniform in

texture, and a have true plane, flat within 0.01 foot (approximately 1/8 inch) in 10 feet.

Hand-finish potions of the slab not accessible to power finishing equipment (e.g., edges,

corners) to match the remainder of the slab. Power trowel once and finally hand trowel

where a finished floor covering (e.g., tile, carpet) is specified. Power trowel twice and finally

hand trowel for exposed concrete floors.

3.5 CURING AND PROTECTION

ACI 301 unless otherwise specified. Begin curing immediately following form removal.

Protect concrete from injurious action by sun, rain, flowing water, mechanical injury, tire

marks, and oil stains . Do not allow concrete to dry out from time of placement until

expiration of the specified curing period . Do not use membrane-forming compound on

surfaces where appearance would by objectionable, or on any surface to be painted, where

coverings are to be bonded to the concrete , or on concrete to which other concrete is to

bonded. If forms are removed prior to the expiration of the curing period, provide another

curing procedure specified herein for the remaining portion of the curing period.

3.5.1 Moist Curing

Provide for the removal of water without erosion or damage to the structure.

3.5.1.1 Ponding or Immersion

Continually immerse the concrete throughout the curing period. Water shall not be more

than 20 degrees F less than the temperature of the concrete.

3.5.1.2 Fog Spraying or Sprinkling

Provide uniform and continuous application of water throughout the curing period.

3.5.1.3 Pervious Sheeting

Completely cover surface and edges of the concrete with two thicknesses of wet sheeting.

Overlap sheeting 6 inches over adjacent sheeting. Sheeting shall be at least as long as the

width of the surface to be cured. During application, do not drag the sheeting over the

finished concrete nor over sheeting already placed. Wet sheeting thoroughly and keep

continuously set throughout the curing period.

3.5.1.4 Impervious Sheeting

Wet the entire exposed surface of the concrete thoroughly with a fine spray of water and

cover with impervious sheeting throughout the curing period. Lay sheeting directly on the

03300-12

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

3.4.1.2 Steel Troweled 

AJJY 00-1124 

First, provide a floated finish. When slab has attained a proper set, hand- or machine-trowel 

to a smooth, hard, dense finish. Finished surfaces shall be free of troweled marks, uniform in 

texture, and a have true plane, flat within 0.01 foot (approximately 118 inch) in 10 feet. 

Hand-finish potions of the slab not accessible to power finishing equipment (e.g., edges, 

corners) to match the remainder of the slab. Power trowel once and finally hand trowel 

where a finished floor covering (e.g., tile, carpet) is specified. Power trowel twice and finally 

hand trowel for exposed concrete floors. 

3.5 CURING AND PROTECTION 

ACI 301 unless otherwise specified. Begin curing immediately following form removal. 

Protect concrete from injurious action by sun, rain, flowing water, mechanical injury, tire 

marks, and oil stains. Do not allow concrete to dry out from time of placement until 

expiration of the specified curing period. Do not use membrane-forming compound on 

surfaces where appearance would by objectionable, or on any surface to be painted, where 

coverings are to be bonded to the concrete, or on concrete to which other concrete is to 

bonded. If forms are removed prior to the expiration of the curing period, provide another 

curing procedure specified herein for the remaining portion of the curing period. 

3.5.1 Moist Curing 

Provide for the removal of water without erosion or damage to the structure. 

3.5.1.1 Ponding or Immersion 

Continually immerse the concrete throughout the curing period. Water shall not be more 

than 20 degrees F less than the temperature of the concrete. 

3.5.1.2 Fog Spraying or Sprinkling 

Provide uniform and continuous application of water throughout the curing period. 

3.5.1.3 Pervious Sheeting 

Completely cover surface and edges of the concrete with two thicknesses of wet sheeting. 

Overlap sheeting 6 inches over adjacent sheeting. Sheeting shall be at least as long as the 

width of the surface to be cured. During application, do not drag the sheeting over the 

finished concrete nor over sheeting already placed. Wet sheeting thoroughly and keep 

continuously set throughout the curing period. 

3.5.1.4 Impervious Sheeting 

Wet the entire exposed surface of the concrete thoroughly with a fine spray of water and 

cover with impervious sheeting throughout the curing period. Lay sheeting directly on the 

03300-12 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

concrete surface and overlap edges 12 inches minimum. Provide sheeting not less than 18

inches wider than the concrete surface to be cured. Secure edges and transverse laps to form

closed joints. Repair torn or damaged sheeting or provide new sheeting . Cover or wrap

columns, walls and other vertical structural elements from the top down with impervious

sheeting, overlap and continuously tape sheeting joints, and introduce sufficient water to soak

the entire surface prior to completely enclosing.

3.5.2 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compound Curing

Seal or cover joint openings prior to application of curing compound . Prevent curing

compound from entering the joint. Provide and maintain compound on the concrete surface

throughout the curing period. Do not use this method of curing where the use of Figure 2.1.5

in ACI 305R indicates that hot weather conditions will cause an evaporation rate exceeding

0.2 pound of water per square foot per hour.

3.5.2.1 Applications

Unless the manufacturer recommends otherwise , apply compound immediately after the

surface loses its water sheen and has a dull appearance , and before joints are sawed.

Mechanically agitate curing compound thoroughly during use . Use approved powerspraying equipment to uniformly apply two coats of compound in a continuous operation.

The total coverage for the two coats shall be 200 square feet maximum per gallon of

undiluted compound unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer 's written

instructions. The compound shall form a uniform, continuous , coherent film that will not

check, crack, or peel. Immediately apply an additional coat of compound to areas where the

film is defective. Re-spray concrete surfaces subjected to rainfall within 3 hours after the

curing compound application.

3.5.3 Protection of Treated Surfaces

Prohibit foot and vehicular traffic and other sources of abrasion for not less than 72 hours

after compound application. Maintain continuity of the coating for the entire curing period

and immediately repair any damage.

3.5.4 Curing Periods and Minimum Temperatures

After placing concrete, maintain air temperature adjacent to the concrete at 50 degrees F

minimum for the specified period, or 70 degrees minimum for a period of 3 days after

placing and, and 40 degrees F minimum for the remainder of the specified time period.

Time Period Concrete Structure or Cement Type

(Days Minimum)

3 ASTM C150, Type III concrete not specified otherwise.

7 ASTM C150, Type I or II; cement for concrete not specified otherwise.

03300-13

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

concrete surface and overlap edges 12 inches minimum. Provide sheeting not less than 18 

inches wider than the concrete surface to be cured. Secure edges and transverse laps to form 

closed joints. Repair tom or damaged sheeting or provide new sheeting. Cover or wrap 

columns, walls and other vertical structural elements from the top down with impervious 

sheeting, overlap and continuously tape sheeting joints, and introduce sufficient water to soak 

the entire surface prior to completely enclosing. 

3.S.2 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compound Curing 

Seal or cover joint openings prior to application of curing compound. Prevent curing 

compound from entering the joint. Provide and maintain compound on the concrete surface 

throughout the curing period. Do not use this method of curing where the use of Figure 2.1.S 

in ACI 30SR indicates that hot weather conditions will cause an evaporation rate exceeding 

0.2 pound of water per square foot per hour. 

3.S.2.1 Applications 

Unless the manufacturer recommends otherwise, apply compound immediately after the 

surface loses its water sheen and has a dull appearance, and before joints are sawed. 

Mechanically agitate curing compound thoroughly during use. Use approved powerspraying equipment to uniformly apply two coats of compound in a continuous operation. 

The total coverage for the two coats shall be 200 square feet maximum per gallon of 

undiluted compound unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer's written 

instructions. The compound shall form a uniform, continuous, coherent film that will not 

check, crack, or peel. Immediately apply an additional coat of compound to areas where the 

film is defective. Re-spray concrete surfaces subjected to rainfall within 3 hours after the 

curing compound application. 

3.S.3 Protection of Treated Surfaces 

Prohibit foot and vehicular traffic and other sources of abrasion for not less than 72 hours 

after compound application. Maintain continuity of the coating for the entire curing period 

and immediately repair any damage. 

3.S.4 Curing Periods and Minimum Temperatures 

After placing concrete, maintain air temperature adjacent to the concrete at SO degrees F 

minimum for the specified period, or 70 degrees minimum for a period of 3 days after 

placing and, and 40 degrees F minimum for the remainder of the specified time period. 

Time Period 

(Days Minimum) 

Concrete Structure or Cement Type 

3 ASTM e1S0, Type III concrete not specified otherwise. 

7 ASTM C1S0, Type I or II; cement for concrete not specified otherwise. 

03300-13 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

10 Retaining walls that will be subjected to deteriorating conditions; pavement not

under a roof.

3.5.5 Additional Curing

Double the required curing period if either one or the average of both 7-day test cylinders

indicate less than 90 percent of the strength specified (fc).

3.6 SAMPLING AND TESTING

3.6.1 Sampling

ASTM C172. Collect samples of fresh concrete to perform tests specified. ASTM C31 for

making test specimens.

3.6.2 Testing

3.6.2.1 Slump Tests

ASTM C143. Take concrete samples during concrete placement. The maximum slump may

be increased as specified with the addition of an approved admixture provided that the watercement ratio is not exceeded . Perform tests at commencement of concrete placement, when

test cylinders are made, and for each batch (minimum) of every 10 cubic yards (maximum)

of concrete.

3.6.2.2 Temperature Tests

Test the concrete delivered and the concrete in the forms. Perform tests in hot weather

conditions (above 80 degrees F) for each batch (minimum) or every 10 cubic yards

(maximum) of concrete, until the specified temperature is obtained , and whenever test

cylinders and slump tests are made.

3.6.2.3 Compressive Strength Tests

ASTM C39. Make five test cylinders for each set of tests in accordance with ASTM C31.

Test two cylinders at 7 days, two cylinders at 28 days, and hold one cylinder in reserve.

Provide concrete cylinders for compressive tests not less than once a day, nor less than once

for each 150 cubic yards of concrete, nor less than once for each 5,000 square feet of surface

area for slabs and walls. Double the cylinder collection frequency and number of batches

sampled when pumping concrete. If the average strength of the 28-day test cylinders is less

than f'c' and a maximum of one single cylinder is less than fc is minus 300 psi, take three

ASTM C42 core samples and test. If the average strength of the 28-day test cylinders is less

than fc and two or more cylinders are less than f'c minus 300 psi, take six core samples and

test. Concrete represented by core tests shall be considered structurally adequate if the

average of three cores is equal to at least 85 percent of fc and if no single core is less than 75

03300-14

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, 8-1780 

ANDERSEN AF8, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

10 Retaining walls that will be subjected to deteriorating conditions; pavement not 

under a roof. 

3.5.5 Additional Curing 

Double the required curing period if either one or the average of both 7-day test cylinders 

indicate less than 90 percent of the strength specified (fc). 

3.6 SAMPLING AND TESTING 

3.6.1 Sampling 

ASTM C172. Collect samples of fresh concrete to perform tests specified. ASTM C31 for 

making test specimens. 

3.6.2 Testing 

3.6.2.1 Slump Tests 

ASTM C143. Take concrete samples during concrete placement. The maximum slump may 

be increased as specified with the addition of an approved admixture provided that the watercement ratio is not exceeded. Perform tests at commencement of concrete placement, when 

test cylinders are made, and for each batch (minimum) of every 10 cubic yards (maximum) 

of concrete. 

3.6.2.2 Temperature Tests 

Test the concrete delivered and the concrete in the forms. Perform tests in hot weather 

conditions (above 80 degrees F) for each batch (minimum) or every 10 cubic yards 

(maximum) of concrete, until the specified temperature is obtained, and whenever test 

cylinders and slump tests are made. 

3.6.2.3 Compressive Strength Tests 

ASTM C39. Make five test cylinders for each set of tests in accordance with ASTM C31. 

Test two cylinders at 7 days, two cylinders at 28 days, and hold one cylinder in reserve. 

Provide concrete cylinders for compressive tests not less than once a day, nor less than once 

for each 150 cubic yards of concrete, nor less than once for each 5,000 square feet of surface 

area for slabs and walls. Double the cylinder collection frequency and number of batches 

sampled when pumping concrete. If the average strength of the 28-day test cylinders is less 

than f'c' and a maximum of one single cylinder is less than fc is minus 300 psi, take three 

ASTM C42 core samples and test. If the average strength of the 28-day test cylinders is less 

than fc and two or more cylinders are less than fc minus 300 psi, take six core samples and 

test. Concrete represented by core tests shall be considered structurally adequate if the 

average of three cores is equal to at least 85 percent of fc and if no single core is less than 75 

03300-14 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

percent of f'c. Locations represented by erratic core strengths shall be retested. Remove

concrete not meeting strength criteria and provide new, acceptable concrete . Repair core

holes with non-shrink grout. Match color and finish of adjacent concrete.

-- End of Section --

03300-15

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

percent of f'c. Locations represented by erratic core strengths shall be retested. Remove 

concrete not meeting strength criteria and provide new, acceptable concrete. Repair core 

holes with non-shrink grout. Match color and finish of adjacent concrete. 

-- End of Section --

03300-15 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 16050

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation

only.

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)

ASTM D709 Laminated Thermosetting Materials

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR)

29 CFR 1910.147 Control of Hazardous Energy (Lock Out/Tag Out)

INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS, INC. (IEEE)

IEEE 100 Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms

(ANSI/IEEE)

IEEE C2 National Electrical Safety Code (ANSI/IEEE)

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)

NEMA C57.12.28 Pad-Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity (Revision

of ANSI C57.12.28-88)

NEMA ICS 6 Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

This section applies to certain sections of Division 2, "Site Construction," and to all sections of

Division 16, "Electrical," of this project specification unless specified otherwise in the

individual sections.

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

SECTION 16050 

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 REFERENCES 

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to 

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation 

only. 

29 

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) 

D709 Laminated Thermosetting Materials 

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR) 

1910.147 Control of Hazardous Energy (Lock Out/Tag Out) 

INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS, INC. (IEEE) 

100 

C2 

Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms 

(ANSI/IEEE) 

National Electrical Safety Code (ANSI/IEEE) 

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) 

NEMA C57.12.28 Pad-Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity (Revision 

of ANSI C57.12.28-88) 

NEMA rcs 6 Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures 

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFP A) 

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 

This section applies to certain sections of Division 2, "Site Construction," and to all sections of 

Division 16, "Electrical," of this project specification unless specified otherwise in the 

individual sections. 

16050-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.3 DEFINITIONS

1.4

a. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronics terms used in these

specifications, and on the drawings, shall be as defined in IEEE 100.

b. The technical sections referred to herein are those specification sections that describe

products, installation procedures, and equipment operations and that refer to this

section for detailed description of submittal types.

c. The technical paragraphs referred to herein are those paragraphs in PART 2 -

PRODUCTS and PART 3 - EXECUTION of the technical sections that describe

products, systems, installation procedures , equipment, and test methods.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Electrical characteristics for this project shall be 34.5 kV primary, three phase, three wire, 60

Hz, and 13.8 kV secondary , three phase, three wire. Final connections to the power

distribution system at the existing substation shall be made by the Contractor as directed by

the Contracting Officer.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

Submittals required in the sections which refer to this section shall conform to the

requirements of Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures " and to the following additional

requirements. Submittals shall include the manufacturer 's name, trade name, place of

manufacture, catalog model or number, nameplate data, size, layout dimensions, capacity,

project specification and technical paragraph reference . Submittals shall also include

applicable federal , military, industry, and technical society publication references, and years of

satisfactory service, and other information necessary to establish contract compliance of each

item to be provided. Photographs of existing installations are unacceptable and will be

returned without approval.

1.5.1 Manufacturer's Catalog Data G

Submittals for each manufactured item shall be current manufacturer 's descriptive literature of

cataloged products, equipment drawings, diagrams, performance and characteristic curves, and

catalog cuts. Handwritten and typed modifications and other notations not part of the

manufacturer's preprinted data will result in the rejection of the submittal . Should

manufacturer's data require supplemental information for clarification , the supplemental

information shall be submitted as specified for certificates of compliance.

1.5.2 Drawings G

Submit drawings a minimum of (355 by 510 mm) 14 by 20 inches in size using a minimum

scale of (one mm per 100 mm) 1/8 inch per foot, except as specified otherwise. Include wiring

diagrams and installation details of equipment indicating proposed location, layout and

16050-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.3 DEFINITIONS 

AJJY 00-1124 

a. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronics terms used in these 

specifications, and on the drawings, shall be as defined in 

b. The technical sections referred to herein are those specification sections that describe 

products, installation procedures, and equipment operations and that refer to this 

section for detailed description of submittal types. 

c. The technical paragraphs referred to herein are those paragraphs in PART 2 -

PRODUCTS and PART 3 - EXECUTION of the technical sections that describe 

products, systems, installation procedures, equipment, and test methods. 

1.4 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics for this project shall be 34.5 kV primary, three phase, three wire, 60 

Hz, and 13.8 kV secondary, three phase, three wire. Final connections to the power 

distribution system at the existing substation shall be made by the Contractor as directed by 

the Contracting Officer. 

1.5 SUBMITTALS 

Submittals required in the sections which refer to this section shall conform to the 

requirements of Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures" and to the following additional 

requirements. Submittals shall include the manufacturer's name, trade name, place of 

manufacture, catalog model or number, nameplate data, size, layout dimensions, capacity, 

project specification and technical paragraph reference. Submittals shall also include 

applicable federal, military, industry, and technical society publication references, and years of 

satisfactory service, and other information necessary to establish contract compliance of each 

item to be provided. Photographs of existing installations are unacceptable and will be 

returned without approval. 

1.5.1 Manufacturer's Catalog Data G 

Submittals for each manufactured item shall be current manufacturer's descriptive literature of 

cataloged products, equipment drawings, diagrams, performance and characteristic curves, and 

catalog cuts. Handwritten and typed modifications and other notations not part of the 

manufacturer's preprinted data will result in the rejection of the submittal. Should 

manufacturer's data require supplemental information for clarification, the supplemental 

information shall be submitted as specified for certificates of compliance. 

1.5.2 Drawings G 

Submit drawings a minimum of (355 by 510 mm) 14 by 20 inches in size using a minimum 

scale of (one mm per 100 mm) 118 inch per foot, except as specified otherwise. Include wiring 

diagrams and installation details of equipment indicating proposed location, layout and 

16050-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

arrangement, control panels, accessories, piping, ductwork, and other items that must be

shown to ensure a coordinated installation . Wiring diagrams shall identify circuit terminals

and indicate the internal wiring for each item of equipment and the interconnection between

each item of equipment. Drawings shall indicate adequate clearance for operation,

maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment devices.

1.5.3 Instructions

Where installation procedures or part of the installation procedures are required to be in

accordance with manufacturer 's instructions, submit printed copies of those instructions prior

to installation. Installation of the item shall not proceed until manufacturer 's instructions are

received. Failure to submit manufacturer 's instructions shall be cause for rejection of the

equipment or material.

1.5.4 Certificates

Submit manufacturer's certifications as required for products , materials, finishes, and

equipment as specified in the technical sections. Certificates from material suppliers are not

acceptable . Preprinted certifications and copies of previously submitted documents will not be

acceptable . The manufacturer's certifications shall name the appropriate products , equipment,

or materials and the publication specified as controlling the quality of that item . Certification

shall not contain statements to imply that the item does not meet requirements specified, such

as "as good as"; "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance

with the referenced publications "; or "equal or exceed the service and performance of the

specified material." Certifications shall simply state that the item conforms to the requirements

specified. Certificates shall be printed on the manufacturer 's letterhead and shall be signed by

the manufacturer's official authorized to sign certificates of compliance.

1.5.4.1 Reference Standard Compliance

Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to industry and technical society

reference standards of the organizations such as American National Standards Institute

(ANSI), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), National Electrical

Manufacturers Association (NEMA), Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL), and Association of

Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC), submit proof of such compliance. The label or listing

by the specified organization will be acceptable evidence of compliance.

1.5.4.2 Independent Testing Organization Certificate

In lieu of the label or listing, submit a certificate from an independent testing organization,

competent to perform testing, and approved by the Contracting Officer. The certificate shall

state that the item has been tested in accordance with the specified organization 's test methods

and that the item complies with the specified organization's reference standard.

16050-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

arrangement, control panels, accessories, piping, ductwork, and other items that must be 

shown to ensure a coordinated installation. Wiring diagrams shall identify circuit terminals 

and indicate the internal wiring for each item of equipment and the interconnection between 

each item of equipment. Drawings shall indicate adequate clearance for operation, 

maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment devices. 

1.5.3 Instructions 

Where installation procedures or part of the installation procedures are required to be in 

accordance with manufacturer's instructions, submit printed copies of those instructions prior 

to installation. Installation of the item shall not proceed until manufacturer's instructions are 

received. Failure to submit manufacturer's instructions shall be cause for rejection of the 

equipment or material. 

l.5.4 Certificates 

Submit manufacturer's certifications as required for products, materials, finishes, and 

equipment as specified in the technical sections. Certificates from material suppliers are not 

acceptable. Preprinted certifications and copies of previously submitted documents will not be 

acceptable. The manufacturer's certifications shall name the appropriate products, equipment, 

or materials and the publication specified as controlling the quality of that item. Certification 

shall not contain statements to imply that the item does not meet requirements specified, such 

as "as good as"; "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance 

with the referenced publications"; or "equal or exceed the service and performance of the 

specified material." Certifications shall simply state that the item conforms to the requirements 

specified. Certificates shall be printed on the manufacturer's letterhead and shall be signed by 

the manufacturer's official authorized to sign certificates of compliance. 

l.5.4.1 Reference Standard Compliance 

Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to industry and technical society 

reference standards of the organizations such as American National Standards Institute 

(ANSI), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), National Electrical 

Manufacturers Association (NEMA), Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL), and Association of 

Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC), submit proof of such compliance. The label or listing 

by the specified organization will be acceptable evidence of compliance . 

. 1.5.4.2 Independent Testing Organization Certificate 

In lieu of the label or listing, submit a certificate from an independent testing organization, 

competent to perform testing, and approved by the Contracting Officer. The certificate shall 

state that the item has been tested in accordance with the specified organization's test methods 

and that the item complies with the specified organization's reference standard. 

16050-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.5.5 Operation and Maintenance Manuals

Comply with the requirements of Section 01781, "Operation and Maintenance Data" and the

technical sections.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.6.1 Material and Equipment Qualifications

Provide materials and equipment that are products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the

production of such products which are of equal material, design and workmanship. Products

shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening.

The 2-year period shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar

circumstances and of similar size. The product shall have been on sale on the commercial

market through advertisements , manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures during the 2-year period.

Where two or more items of the same class of equipment are required, these items shall be

products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts of the item need not be the

products of the same manufacturer unless stated in the technical section.

1.6.2 Regulatory Requirements

Equipment, materials, installation, and workmanship shall be in accordance with the

mandatory and advisory provisions of NFPA 70.

1.6.3 Alternative Qualifications

Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable if a certified record

of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers'

factory or laboratory tests, is furnished.

1.6.4 Service Support

The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are reasonably

convenient to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory service to the

equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract.

1.6.5 Manufacturer's Nameplate

Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer 's name, address,

model number, and serial number securely affixed in a conspicuous place; the nameplate of

the distributing agent will not be acceptable.

1.6.6 Modification of References

In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory provisions to be

mandatory, as though the word, "shall" had been substituted for "should" wherever it appears.

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

1.5.5 Operation and Maintenance Manuals 

AJJY 00-1124 

Comply with the requirements of Section 01781, "Operation and Maintenance Data" and the 

technical sections. 

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 

1.6.1 Material and Equipment Qualifications 

Provide materials and equipment that are products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the 

production of such products which are of equal material, design and workmanship. Products 

shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening. 

The 2-year period shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar 

circumstances and of similar size. The product shall have been on sale on the commercial 

market through advertisements, manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures during the 2-year period. 

Where two or more items of the same class of equipment are required, these items shall be 

products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts of the item need not be the 

products of the same manufacturer unless stated in the technical section. 

1.6.2 Regulatory Requirements 

Equipment, materials, installation, and workmanship shall be in accordance with the 

mandatory and advisory provisions of NFP A 70. 

1.6.3 Altemative Qualifications 

Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable if a certified record 

of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers' 

factory or laboratory tests, is fumished. 

1.6.4 Service Support 

The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are reasonably 

convenient to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory service to the 

equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract. 

1.6.5 Manufacturer's Nameplate 

Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's name, address, 

model number, and serial number securely affixed in a conspicuous place; the nameplate of 

the distributing agent will not be acceptable. 

1.6.6 Modification of References 

In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory provisions to be 

mandatory, as though the word, "shall" had been substituted for "should" wherever it appears. 

16050-4 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

Interpret references in these publications to the "authority having jurisdiction," or words of

similar meaning, to mean the Contracting Officer.

1.6.7 Material and Equipment Manufacturing Date

Products manufactured more than 3 years prior to date of delivery to site shall not be used,

unless specified otherwise.

1.7 POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Provide for each system and principal item of equipment as specified in the technical sections

for use by operation and maintenance personnel . The operating instructions shall include the

following:

a. Wiring diagrams, control diagrams, and control sequence for each principal system

and item of equipment.

b. Start up , proper adjustment, operating, lubrication, and shutdown procedures.

c. Safety precautions.

d. The procedure in the event of equipment failure.

e. Other items of instruction as recommended by the manufacturer of each system or

item of equipment.

Print or engrave operating instructions and frame under glass or in approved laminated plastic.

Post instructions where directed. For operating instructions exposed to the weather, provide

weather-resistant materials or weatherproof enclosures . Operating instructions shall not fade

when exposed to sunlight and shall be secured to prevent easy removal or peeling.

1.8 NAMEPLATES

ASTM D709. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for each panelboard, equipment

enclosure , relay, switch, and device; as specified in the technical sections or as indicated on

the drawings. Each nameplate inscription shall identify the function and, when applicable, the

position. Nameplates shall be melamine plastic, (3 mm) 0.125 inch thick, white with black

center core. Surface shall be matte finish. Corners shall be square . Accurately align lettering

and engrave into the core. Minimum size of nameplates shall be (25 by 65 mm) one by 2.5

inches. Lettering shall be a minimum of (6.35 mm) 0.25 inch high normal block style.

1.9 WARNING SIGNS

Provide warning signs for the enclosures of electrical equipment including substations, padmounted transformers , pad-mounted switches, generators, and switchgear having a nominal

rating exceeding 600 volts.

16050-5

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

Interpret references in these publications to the" authority having jurisdiction," or words of 

similar meaning, to mean the Contracting Officer. 

1.6.7 Material and Equipment Manufacturing Date 

Products manufactured more than 3 years prior to date of delivery to site shall not be used, 

unless specified otherwise. 

1.7 POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 

Provide for each system and principal item of equipment as specified in the technical sections 

for use by operation and maintenance personnel. The operating instructions shall include the 

following: 

a. Wiring diagrams, control diagrams, and control sequence for each principal system 

and item of equipment. 

b. Start up, proper adjustment, operating, lubrication, and shutdown procedures. 

c. Safety precautions. 

d. The procedure in the event of equipment failure. 

e. Other items of instruction as recommended by the manufacturer of each system or 

item of equipment. 

Print or engrave operating instructions and frame under glass or in approved laminated plastic. 

Post instructions where directed. For operating instructions exposed to the weather, provide 

weather-resistant materials or weatherproof enclosures. Operating instructions shall not fade 

when exposed to sunlight and shall be secured to prevent easy removal or peeling. 

1.8 NAMEPLATES 

ASTM D709. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for each panelboard, equipment 

enclosure, relay, switch, and device; as specified in the technical sections or as indicated on 

the drawings. Each nameplate inscription shall identify the function and, when applicable, the 

position. Nameplates shall be melamine plastic, (3 mm) 0.125 inch thick, white with black 

center core. Surface shall be matte finish. Corners shall be square. Accurately align lettering 

and engrave into the core. Minimum size of nameplates shall be (25 by 65 mm) one by 2.5 

inches. Lettering shall be a minimum of (6.35 mm) 0.25 inch high normal block style. 

1.9 WARNING SIGNS 

Provide warning signs for the enclosures of electrical equipment including substations, padmounted transformers, pad-mounted switches, generators, and switchgear having a nominal 

rating exceeding 600 volts. 

16050-5 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

a. When the enclosure integrity of such equipment is specified to be in accordance with

NEMA 057.12. 28, such as for pad-mounted transformers , provide self-adhesive

warning signs on the outside of the high voltage compartment door(s). Sign shall be

a decal and shall have nominal dimensions of (178 by 255 mm) 7 by 10 inches with

the legend "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE" printed in two lines of nominal (50 mm)

2 inch high letters. The word "DANGER" shall be in white letters on a red

background and the words "HIGH VOLTAGE" shall be in black letters on a white

background. Decal shall be Panduit No. PPSO71OD72 or approved equal.

b. When such equipment is guarded by a fence, mount signs on the fence. Provide metal

signs having nominal dimensions of (355 by 255 mm) 14 by 10 inches with the

legend "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE KEEP OUT" printed in three lines of nominal

(75 mm) 3 inch high white letters on a red and black field.

1.10 CABLE TAGS IN MANHOLES, HANDHOLES, AND VAULTS

Provide tags for each cable or wire located in manholes, handholes, and vaults. Tag new wire

and cable provided under this contract and existing wire and cable which are indicated to have

splices and terminations provided by this contract. The first position on the tag shall denote

the voltage. The second through sixth positions on the tag shall identify the circuit. The next

to last position shall denote the phase of the circuit and shall include the Greek "phi" symbol.

The last position shall denote the cable size. Tag legend shall be as indicated. The tags shall

be polyethylene or sheet lead. Do not provide handwritten letters. As an example, a tag could

have the following designation: "11.5 NAS 1-8(Phase A)500," denoting that the tagged cable

is on the 11.5kV system circuit number NAS 1-8, underground, Phase A, sized at 500 kcmil.

1.10.1 Polyethylene Cable Tags

Provide tags of polyethylene that have an average tensile strength of (22.4 Mpa) 3250 pounds

per square inch; and that are (two millimeter) 0.08 inch thick (minimum), non-corrosive nonconductive ; resistive to acids, alkalis , organic solvents, and salt water; and distortion resistant

to (77 degrees C) 170 degrees F. Provide ( 1.3 mm) 0.05 inch (minimum) thick black

polyethylene tag holder . Provide a one-piece nylon, self-locking tie at each end of the cable

tag. Ties shall have a minimum loop tensile strength of (778.75 N) 175 pounds. The cable

tags shall have black block letters, numbers , and symbols (5 mm) one inch high on a yellow

background. Letters, numbers, and symbols shall not fall off or change positions regardless of

the cable tags' orientation.

1.10.2 Lead Cable Tags

Provide tags of virgin sheet lead, one-piece wraparound strap type, slotted on one end for

attaching the strap. Minimum size of tags shall be (25 mm wide by 1.2 mm) one inch wide by

3/64 inch thick and a length sufficient for die stamping the identification on one line and

banding around the cable or wire, but not less than (55 mm) 10 inches long. Tags shall be die

16050-6

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

a. When the enclosure integrity of such equipment is specified to be in accordance with 

C57.12.28, such as for pad-mounted transformers, provide self-adhesive 

warning signs on the outside of the high voltage compartment door(s). Sign shall be 

a decal and shall have nominal dimensions of (178 by 255 mm) 7 by 10 inches with 

the legend "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE" printed in two lines of nominal (50 mm) 

2 inch high letters. The word "DANGER" shall be in white letters on a red 

background and the words "HIGH VOLTAGE" shall be in black letters on a white 

background. Decal shall be Panduit No. PPS071OD72 or approved equal. 

b. When such equipment is guarded by a fence, mount signs on the fence. Provide metal 

signs having nominal dimensions of (355 by 255 mm) 14 by 10 inches with the 

legend "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE KEEP OUT" printed in three lines of nominal 

(75 mm) 3 inch high white letters on a red and black field. 

1.10 CABLE TAGS IN MANHOLES, HANDHOLES, AND VAULTS 

Provide tags for each cable or wire located in manholes, handholes, and vaults. Tag new wire 

and cable provided under this contract and existing wire and cable which are indicated to have 

splices and terminations provided by this contract. The first position on the tag shall denote 

the voltage. The second through sixth positions on the tag shall identify the circuit. The next 

to last position shall denote the phase of the circuit and shall include the Greek "phi" symbol. 

The last position shall denote the cable size. Tag legend shall be as indicated. The tags shall 

be polyethylene or sheet lead. Do not provide handwritten letters. As an example, a tag could 

have the following designation: "11.5 NAS 1-8(Phase A)500," denoting that the tagged cable 

is on the 11.5kV system circuit number NAS 1-8, underground, Phase A, sized at 500 kcmil. 

1.10.1 Polyethylene Cable Tags 

Provide tags of polyethylene that have an average tensile strength of (22.4 Mpa) 3250 pounds 

per square inch; and that are (two millimeter) 0.08 inch thick (minimum), non-corrosive nonconductive; resistive to acids, alkalis, organic solvents, and salt water; and distortion resistant 

to (77 degrees C) 170 degrees F. Provide (1.3 mm) 0.05 inch (minimum) thick black 

polyethylene tag holder. Provide a one-piece nylon, self-locking tie at each end of the cable 

tag. Ties shall have a minimum loop tensile strength of (778.75 N) 175 pounds. The cable 

tags shall have black block letters, numbers, and symbols (5 mm) one inch high on a yellow 

background. Letters, numbers, and symbols shall not fall off or change positions regardless of 

the cable tags' orientation. 

1.10.2 Lead Cable Tags 

Provide tags of virgin sheet lead, one-piece wraparound strap type, slotted on one end for 

attaching the strap. Minimum size of tags shall be (25 mm wide by 1.2 mm) one inch wide by 

3/64 inch thick and a length sufficient for die stamping the identification on one line and 

banding around the cable or wire, but not less than (55 mm) 10 inches long. Tags shall be die 

16050-6 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

stamped with numbers, letters, and symbols not less than (6.35 mm) 0.25 inch high and

approximately (0.38 mm) 0.015 inch deep in normal block style.

1.11 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

Electrical installations shall conform to IEEE C2, NFPA 70, and requirements specified

herein.

1.11.1 Modifications to Existing Systems

Where existing mechanical systems and motor-operated equipment require modifications,

provide electrical components under Division 16.

1.12 INSTRUCTION TO GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL

Where specified in the technical sections, furnish the services of competent instructors to give

full instruction to designated Government personnel in the adjustment , operation, and

maintenance of the specified systems and equipment, including pertinent safety requirements

as required. Instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with all parts of the installation and shall

be trained in operating theory as well as practical operation and maintenance work.

Instruction shall be given during the first regular work week after the equipment or system has

been accepted and turned over to the Government for regular operation . The number of mandays (8 hours per day) of instruction furnished shall be as specified in the individual section.

When more than 4 man-days of instruction are specified, use approximately half of the time

for classroom instruction . Use other time for instruction with equipment or system. When

significant changes or modifications in the equipment or system are made under the terms of

the contract, provide additional instructions to acquaint the operating personnel with the

changes or modifications.

1.13 LOCKOUT REQUIREMENTS

Provide disconnecting means capable of being locked out for machines and other equipment to

prevent unexpected startup or release of stored energy in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not used.

16050-7

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

stamped with numbers, letters, and symbols not less than (6.35 mm) 0.25 inch high and 

approximately (0.38 mm) 0.015 inch deep in normal block style. 

1.11 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 

Electrical installations shall conform to 

herein. 

1.11.1 Modifications to Existing Systems 

C2, 70, and requirements specified 

Where existing mechanical systems and motor-operated equipment require modifications, 

provide electrical components under Division 16. 

1.12 INSTRUCTION TO GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL 

Where specified in the technical sections, furnish the services of competent instructors to give 

full instruction to designated Government personnel in the adjustment, operation, and 

maintenance of the specified systems and equipment, including pertinent safety requirements 

as required. Instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with all parts of the installation and shall 

be trained in operating theory as well as practical operation and maintenance work. 

Instruction shall be given during the first regular work week after the equipment or system has 

been accepted and turned over to the Government for regular operation. The number of mandays (8 hours per day) of instruction furnished shall be as specified in the individual section. 

When more than 4 man-days of instruction are specified, use approximately half of the time 

for classroom instruction. Use other time for instruction with equipment or system. When 

significant changes or modifications in the equipment or system are made under the terms of 

the contract, provide additional instructions to acquaint the operating personnel with the 

changes or modifications. 

1.13 LOCKOUT REQUIREMENTS 

Provide disconnecting means capable of being locked out for machines and other equipment to 

prevent unexpected startup or release of stored energy in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147. 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

Not used. 

16050-7 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PAINTING OF EQUIPMENT

3.1.1 Factory Applied

Electrical equipment shall have factory-applied painting systems which shall, as a minimum,

meet the requirements of NEMA ICS 6 corrosion-resistance test and the additional

requirements specified in the technical sections.

3.1.2 Field Applied

Paint electrical equipment as required to match finish of adjacent surfaces or to meet the

indicated or specified safety criteria.

3.2 NAMEPLATE MOUNTING

Provide number , location, and letter designation of nameplates as indicated. Fasten

nameplates to the device with a minimum of two sheet-metal screws or two rivets.

3.3 WARNING SIGN MOUNTING

Provide the number of signs required to be readable from each accessible side, but space the

signs a maximum of 9 meters 30 feet apart.

3.4 CABLE TAG INSTALLATION

Install cable tags in each manhole, handhole, and vault as specified, including each splice.

Install cable tags over the fireproofing, if any, and locate the tags so that they are clearly

visible without disturbing any cabling or wiring in the manholes , handholes, and vaults.

-- End of Section --

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1 PAINTING OF EQUIPMENT 

3.1.1 Factory Applied 

AJJY 00-1124 

Electrical equipment shall have factory-applied painting systems which shall, as a minimum, 

meet the requirements of 6 corrosion-resistance test and the additional 

requirements specified in the technical sections. 

3.1.2 Field Applied 

Paint electrical equipment as required to match finish of adjacent surfaces or to meet the 

indicated or specified safety criteria. 

3.2 NAMEPLATE MOUNTING 

Provide number, location, and letter designation of nameplates as indicated. Fasten 

nameplates to the device with a minimum of two sheet-metal screws or two rivets. 

3.3 WARNING SIGN MOUNTING 

Provide the number of signs required to be readable from each accessible side, but space the 

signs a maximum of 9 meters 30 feet apart. 

3.4 CABLE TAG INSTALLATION 

Install cable tags in each manhole, handhole, and vault as specified, including each splice. 

Install cable tags over the fireproofing, if any, and locate the tags so that they are clearly 

visible without disturbing any cabling or wiring in the manholes, handholes, and vaults. 

-- End of Section --

16050-8 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 16060

GROUNDING AND BONDING

PARTI GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic

designation only.

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)

ASTM B 1 Hard-Drawn Copper Wire

ASTM B 8 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard,

Medium-Hard, or Soft

INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS, INC. (IEEE)

IEEE 80 Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding

IEEE 837 Permanent Connections Used in Substation

Grounding

INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA)

NETA ATS Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. (UL)

UL 83 Thermoplastic-insulated Wires and Cables

UL 467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Submit the following in accordance with section entitled "Submittals Procedures."

1.2.1 Manufacturer's Catalog Data G

16060-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

SECTION 16060 

GROUNDING AND BONDING 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 REFERENCES 

AJJY 00-1124 

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to 

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic 

designation only. 

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) 

ASTMB 1 

ASTMB 8 

Hard-Drawn Copper Wire 

Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, 

Medium-Hard, or Soft 

INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS, INC. (IEEE) 

IEEE 80 Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding 

IEEE 837 Permanent Connections Used in Substation 

Grounding 

INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA) 

NET A A TS Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems 

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) 

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. (UL) 

UL83 Thermoplastic-insulated Wires and Cables 

UL467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment 

1.2 SUBMITTALS 

Submit the following in accordance with section entitled "Submittals Procedures." 

1.2.1 Manufacturer's Catalog Data G 

16060-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

a. Ground rod

b. Bonding and grounding grids

c. Grounding and bonding connectors

d. Grounding and bonding conductors

1.2.2 Drawings G

a. Layout and location drawings

1.2.2.1 Layout and location drawings G

Provide shop drawings showing location and size of ground rod and ground grid.

1.2.3 Field Test Reports G

a.

b.

Submit report of results of acceptance checks and tests specified by paragraph entitled

"Field Quality Control"

Ground resistance tests

1.2.3.1 Ground resistance tests G

Upon completion and before final acceptance of the work, submit the measured ground

resistance of each ground rod and grounding system, including the location of the rod and

grounding system and soil conditions at the time the measurements were taken.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GROUND RODS

Provide ground rods made of copper -clad steel conforming to UL 467. Provide ground rods

that are not less than (20 mm) 3/4 inch in diameter and (3050 mm) 10 feet in length. Do not

mix ground rods of copper-clad steel, stainless steel, galvanized ferrous, or solid copper on

the job.

2.2 BONDING AND GROUNDING GRIDS

2.2.1 Wire Mesh and Ground Mat

Provide grid using 4/0 AWG bare, solid 30 percent or 40 percent conductivity copper-clad or

pure copper wire on a (12 in x 12 m) 40' x 40' conductor spacing.

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

a. Ground rod 

b. Bonding and grounding grids 

c. Grounding and bonding connectors 

d. Grounding and bonding conductors 

1.2.2 Drawings G 

a. Layout and location drawings 

1.2.2.1 Layout and location drawings G 

AJJY 00-1124 

Provide shop drawings showing location and size of ground rod and ground grid. 

1.2.3 Field Test Reports G 

a. Submit report of results of acceptance checks and tests specified by paragraph entitled 

"Field Quality Control" 

b. Ground resistance tests 

1.2.3.1 Ground resistance tests G 

Upon completion and before final acceptance of the work, submit the measured ground 

resistance of each ground rod and grounding system, including the location of the rod and 

grounding system and soil conditions at the time the measurements were taken. 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

2.1 GROUND RODS 

Provide ground rods made of copper-clad steel conforming to UL 467. Provide ground rods 

that are not less than (20 mm) 3/4 inch in diameter and (3050 mm) 10 feet in length. Do not 

mix ground rods of copper-clad steel, stainless steel, galvanized ferrous, or solid copper on 

the job. 

2.2 BONDING AND GROUNDING GRIDS 

2.2.1 Wire Mesh and Ground Mat 

Provide grid using 4/0 A WG bare, solid 30 percent or 40 percent conductivity copper-clad or 

pure copper wire on a (12 m x 12 m) 40' x 40' conductor spacing. 

16060-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

2.3 GROUNDING AND BONDING CONNECTORS

IEEE 837 UL 467, pressure-type connector (bolted, compression, clamp) and exothermic

weld. Provide type and size of connectors required for the installation.

2.4 GROUNDING AND BONDING CONDUCTORS

Solid bare copper wire meeting the requirements of ASTM B 1 for sizes No. 8 AWG and

smaller and stranded bare copper wire meeting the requirements of ASTM B 8, for sizes No.

6 AWG and larger . Insulated conductors shall have 600-volt, Type TW insulation meeting

the requirements of UL 83.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Grounding installation shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 70.

3.1.1 Ground Rod Connections

Connect ground conductor to the upper end of ground rod by exothermic weld or by

compression connector. Make exothermic welds strictly in accordance with manufacturer's

written recommendations. Welds which have puffed up of which show convex surfaces

indicating improper cleaning, are not acceptable . No mechanical connectors are required at

exothermic weldments. Compression connectors shall be type that uses a hydraulic

compression tool to provide correct pressure. Provide tools and dies recommended by

compression connector manufacturer . An embossing die or similar method shall provide

visible indication that a connector has been fully compressed on ground wire. Top of ground

rod shall be not less than ( 150 mm) 6 inches below the frostline.

3.1.2 Grounding and Bonding

NFPA 70. Ground noncurrent carrying metal parts of equipment or enclosure , metallic

raceway systems, grounding conductor in metallic and nonmetallic raceways , and neutral

conductor of wiring systems.

3.1.3 Surge Arresters

Connect grounding terminal of each arrester to ground . Surge arrester grounding conductor

shall be separate from the other grounding conductors.

3.1.4 Pad-Mounted Transformer Grounding

Provide a 1/0 bare copper-ground girdle around transformer. Girdle shall be buried (305

mm) one foot deep and placed (915 mm) 3 feet laterally from the equipment enclosure.

Connect girdle to enclosure at two opposite places using 1/0 copper conductor.

16060-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

2.3 GROUNDING AND BONDING CONNECTORS 

AJJY 00-1124 

IEEE 837 UL 467, pressure-type connector (bolted, compression, clamp) and exothermic 

weld. Provide type and size of connectors required for the installation. 

2.4 GROUNDING AND BONDING CONDUCTORS 

Solid bare copper wire meeting the requirements of ASTM B 1 for sizes No.8 AWG and 

smaller and stranded bare copper wire meeting the requirements of ASTM B 8, for sizes No. 

6 AWG and larger. Insulated conductors shall have 600-volt, Type TW insulation meeting 

the requirements of UL 83. 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1 INSTALLATION 

Grounding installation shall conform to the requirements of NFP A 70. 

3.1.1 Ground Rod Connections 

Connect ground conductor to the upper end of ground rod by exothermic weld or by 

compression connector. Make exothermic welds strictly in accordance with manufacturer's 

written recommendations. Welds which have puffed up of which show convex surfaces 

indicating improper cleaning, are not acceptable. No mechanical connectors are required at 

exothermic weldments. Compression connectors shall be type that uses a hydraulic 

compression tool to provide correct pressure. Provide tools and dies recommended by 

compression connector manufacturer. An embossing die or similar method shall provide 

visible indication that a connector has been fully compressed on ground wire. Top of ground 

rod shall be not less than (150 mm) 6 inches below the frostline. 

3.1.2 Grounding and Bonding 

NFPA 70. Ground noncurrent carrying metal parts of equipment or enclosure, metallic 

raceway systems, grounding conductor in metallic and nonmetallic raceways, and neutral 

conductor of wiring systems. 

3.1.3 Surge Arresters 

Connect grounding terminal of each arrester to ground. Surge arrester grounding conductor 

shall be separate from the other grounding conductors. 

3.1.4 Pad-Mounted Transformer Grounding 

Provide a 110 bare copper-ground girdle around transformer. Girdle shall be buried (305 

mm) one foot deep and placed (915 mm) 3 feet laterally from the equipment enclosure. 

Connect girdle to enclosure at two opposite places using 110 copper conductor. 

16060-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

Exothermically weld joints.

3.1.5 Substation Grounding

IEEE 80, provide NO. 4/0 AWG bare copper ground connection to substation ground grid

and rods. Transformer neutral connections shall not be smaller than No. 2/0 AWG. Fence

and equipment connections shall not be smaller than No. 4 AWG. Ground fence at each gate

post and corner post and at intervals not exceeding (3050 mm) 10 feet. Bond each gate

section to the fence post through a (3 by 25 mm) 1/8 by one inch flexible braided copper

strap and clamps or jumper cable. Clamps shall be of the anti-electrolysis type.

3.1.6 Ground Cable Crossing Expansion Joints in Structures and Pavements

Protect from damage by means of approved devices or methods of installation to allow the

necessary slack in the cable across the joint to permit movement.

3.1.7 Bonding and Grounding Grids

Install in accordance with IEEE 80 with minimum buried depth of (500 mm) 20 inches. All

cross connections shall be silver brazed using a 35 percent silver brazed alloy and a noncorrosive flux. Interconnect by welding all cross connections of adjacent sections of grid and

to ground rods.

3.1.8 Ground Resistance

Noncurrent-carrying metallic parts associated with electrical equipment shall have a

maximum resistance to solid earth ground not exceeding the following values:

a. Primary distribution stations enclosed by fences:

(1) 1000 kVA or over: 3 ohms

b. Grounded secondary distribution system neutral and noncurrent-carrying metal parts

associated with distribution systems and grounds not otherwise covered: 5 ohms

When work in addition to that indicated or specified is directed in order to obtain the

specified ground resistance, the provisions of the contract covering "changes" shall apply.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

3.2.1 Performance of Acceptance Checks and Tests

Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations , NETA ATS, and

referenced standards specified herein. Include the following visual and mechanical

inspections and electrical tests, performed in accordance with NETA ATS.

16060-4

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

Exothermically weld joints. 

3.1.5 Substation Grounding 

AJJY 00-1124 

IEEE 80, provide NO. 4/0 AWG bare copper ground connection to substation ground grid 

and rods. Transformer neutral connections shall not be smaller than No. 2/0 A WG. Fence 

and equipment connections shall not be smaller than No.4 AWG. Ground fence at each gate 

post and comer post and at intervals not exceeding (3050 mm) 10 feet. Bond each gate 

section to the fence post through a (3 by 25 mm) 1/8 by one inch flexible braided copper 

strap and clamps or jumper cable. Clamps shall be of the anti-electrolysis type. 

3.1.6 Ground Cable Crossing Expansion Joints in Structures and Pavements 

Protect from damage by means of approved devices or methods of installation to allow the 

necessary slack in the cable across the joint to permit movement. 

3.1.7 Bonding and Grounding Grids 

Install in accordance with IEEE 80 with minimum buried depth of (500 mm) 20 inches. All 

cross connections shall be silver brazed using a 35 percent silver brazed alloy and a noncorrosive flux. Interconnect by welding all cross connections of adjacent sections of grid and 

to ground rods. 

3.1.8 Ground Resistance 

Noncurrent-carrying metallic parts associated with electrical equipment shall have a 

maximum resistance to solid earth ground not exceeding the following values: 

a. Primary distribution stations enclosed by fences: 

(1) 1000 kV A or over: 3 ohms 

b. Grounded secondary distribution system neutral and noncurrent-carrying metal parts 

associated with distribution systems and grounds not otherwise covered: 5 ohms 

When work in addition to that indicated or specified is directed in order to obtain the 

specified ground resistance, the provisions of the contract covering "changes" shall apply. 

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 

3.2.1 Performance of Acceptance Checks and Tests 

Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, NETA ATS, and 

referenced standards specified herein. Include the following visual and mechanical 

inspections and electrical tests, performed in accordance with NETA ATS. 

16060-4 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

3.2.2 Grounding System

a. Visual and mechanical inspection

(1) Inspect ground system for compliance with contract plan and specifications.

b. Electrical tests

(1) Perform ground-impedance measurements utilizing the three-point method.

-- End of Section --

16060-5

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

3.2.2 Grounding System 

a. Visual and mechanical inspection 

AJJY 00-1124 

(1) Inspect ground system for compliance with contract plan and specifications. 

b. Electrical tests 

(1) Perform ground-impedance measurements utilizing the three-point method. 

-- End of Section --

16060-5 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFOR

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

RS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

SECTION 16361

UNIT SUBSTATION TRANSFORMER

1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation

only.

AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)

ANSI C57.12.27 Liquid-Filled Distribution Transformers Used in PadMounted Installations, Including Unit Substations

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)

ASTM A 123/A I23M

ASTM A153/153M

ASTM A653/653M

ASTM D 117

ASTM D1535

ASTM D3487

Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel

Products

Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware -

AASHTO No.: M232

Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron

Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process

Electrical Insulating Oils of Petroleum Origin

Specifying Color by the Munsell System

Mineral Insulating Oil Used in Electrical Apparatus

INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)

IEEE C2 National Electrical Safety Code (ANSI/IEEE)

IEEE C37.90 Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric

Power Apparatus (ANSI/IEEE)

IEE 057.12.00 Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating

Transformers (ANSI/IEEE)

16361-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

SECTION 16361 

UNIT SUBSTATION TRANSFORMER 

1 GENERAL 

1.1 REFERENCES 

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to 

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation 

only. 

AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) 

C57.12.27 Liquid-Filled Distribution Transformers Used in PadMounted Installations, Including Unit Substations 

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) 

123/A123M 

ASTM 1531153M 

ASTM A653/653M 

ASTM 117 

ASTM 01535 

ASTM 03487 

Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel 

Products 

Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel HardwareAASHTO No.: M232 

Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron 

Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process 

Electrical Insulating Oils of Petroleum Origin 

Specifying Color by the Munsell System 

Mineral Insulating Oil Used in Electrical Apparatus 

INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE) 

C2 

C37.90 

C57.12.00 

National Electrical Safety Code (ANSI/IEEE) 

Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric 

Power Apparatus (ANSI/IEEE) 

Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating 

Transformers (ANSI/IEEE) 

16361-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

IEEE C57.12.80 Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers

(ANSI/IEEE)

IEEE C57.12.90 Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power,

and Regulating Transformers (ANSI/IEEE)

IEEE C57. 13 Instrument Transformers (ANSI/IEEE)

IEEE C57.98 Guide for Transformer Impulse Tests (ANSI/IEEE)

IEEE C62.1 1 Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits (> 1

kV) (ANSI/IEEE)

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)

NEMA. TP 1 Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for

Distribution Transformers

INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA)

NETA ATS Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

UL 467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

Section 16050, "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" apply to this section, with the

additions and modifications specified herein.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures"

1.3.1 Shop Drawings

a. Transformer drawings G

1.3.2 Product Data

a. Transformer

16361-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

C57.12.80 

C57.12.90 

C57.13 

CS7.98 

C62.11 

Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers 

(ANSI/IEEE) 

Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, 

and Regulating Transformers (ANSI/IEEE) 

Instrument Transformers (ANSI/IEEE) 

Guide for Transformer Impulse Tests (ANSI/IEEE) 

Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits (> 1 

kV) (ANSI/IEEE) 

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) 

Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for 

Distribution Transformers 

INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA) 

ATS Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems 

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFP A) 

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) 

467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment 

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 

Section 160S0, "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" apply to this section, with the 

additions and modifications specified herein. 

1.3 SUB MITT ALS 

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures" 

1.3.1 Shop Drawings 

a. Transformer drawings G 

1.3.2 Product Data 

a. Transformer 

16361-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

Submittal shall include manufacturer's information for each component, device and

accessory provided with the equipment.

1.3.3 Test Rennorts

a. Run field acceptance tests on transformer immediately upon arrival and prior to

removing from carrier. Damage may occur during transit that may be detected

ruing field acceptance testing. Test data should be compared to the factory

acceptance testing data. If a change is apparent, contact the manufacturer.

b. Manufacturers' power factor testing method should conform to the field-testing

method.

c. Submit report of results of acceptance checks and tests specified by paragraph

entitled "Field Quality Control".

d. Certified copies of dielectric tests report.

1.3.4 Certificates C

a. Transformer loss calculations

1.3.5 Operation and Maintenance Data G

a. Transformer

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.4.1 Transformer Losses

Submit certification from the manufacturer indicating conformance with the paragraph entitled

"Specified Transformer Losses".

1.4.2 Transformer Drawings

Drawings shall include, but are not limited to the following:

a. An outline drawing with front, top, and side views

b. ANSI nameplate data

16361-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

1.3.3 

a. 

b. 

c. 

d. 

Submittal shall include manufacturer's information for each component, device and 

accessory provided with the equipment. 

G 

Run field acceptance tests on transformer immediately upon arrival and prior to 

removing from carrier. Damage may occur during transit that may be detected 

ruing field acceptance testing. Test data should be compared to the factory 

acceptance testing data. If a change is apparent, contact the manufacturer. 

Manufacturers' power factor testing method should conform to the field-testing 

method. 

Submit report of results of acceptance checks and tests specified by paragraph 

entitled "Field Quality Control". 

Certified copies of dielectric tests report. 

1.3.4 Certificates G 

a. loss calculations 

1.3.5 Operation and Maintenance Data G 

a. Transformer 

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 

1.4.1 Transformer Losses 

Submit certification from the manufacturer indicating conformance with the paragraph entitled 

"Specified Transformer Losses". 

1.4.2 Transformer Drawings 

Drawings shall include, but are not limited to the following: 

a. An outline drawing with front, top, and side views 

b. ANSI nameplate data 

16361-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT COORDINATION

ransforn?er

ANSI C57 .12.27 and IEEE C57.12.00. Oil-insulated, two winding, 60 hertz, 65 degrees C rise

above a 30 degrees C average ambient , self-cooled type.

2.1.1.1 Transformer Ratings

a. Transformer shall be rated 10/13.33/16.67 MVA, OA/FA/FA, 55 degrees C, 200

kV BIL primary, 110 kV BIL secondary.

b. Transformer voltage ratings : 34.5 kV-13.8/7.967 kV, Grd-Y.

c. Provide four 2.5 percent full capacity taps, two above and two below rated

primary voltage. Provide tap changer, with external, pad-lockable, manual type

operating handle, for changing tap setting when the transformer is de-energized.

d. Minimum tested impedance shall not be less than 7 percent at 75 degrees C.

e. Moisture content not to exceed 0.5% moisture/dry weight (M/DW)

f. Audible sound levels shall comply with the following:

gkVA DECIBELS (MAX)

10000 68

Diagrammatic stainless steel or laser-etched anodized aluminum nameplate.

h. Transformer shall include ground pads, lifting lugs and provisions for jacking

under base. The transformer base construction shall be suitable for using rollers or

skidding in any direction. Provide transformer top with an access handhole. The

transformer shall have an insulated low-voltage neutral bushing with lugs for

ground cable, and with removable ground strap.

i. Transformer shall have the following accessories:

(1) Liquid-level indicator

(2) Pressure-vacuum gage

(3) Liquid temperature indicator

16361-4

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

2 PRODUCTS 

2.1 PRODUCT COORDINATION 

2 .. 1 

CS7.12.27 and CS7.12.00. Oil-insulated, two winding, 60 hertz, 65 degrees Crise 

above a 30 degrees C average ambient, self-cooled type. 

2.1.1.1 Transformer Ratings 

a. Transformer shall be rated 10/13.33/16.67 MVA, OAIFAlFA, 55 degrees C, 200 

kV BIL primary, 110 kV BIL secondary. 

b. Transformer voltage ratings: 34.5 kV-13.817.967 kV, Grd-y' 

c. Provide four 2.5 percent full capacity taps, two above and two below rated 

primary voltage. Provide tap changer, with external, pad-lockable, manual type 

operating handle, for changing tap setting when the transformer is de-energized. 

d. Minimum tested impedance shall not be less than 7 percent at 75 degrees C. 

e. Moisture content not to exceed 0.5% moisture/dry weight (MIDW) 

f. Audible sound levels shall comply with the following: 

DECIBELS (MAX) 

10000 68 

g. Diagrammatic stainless steel or laser-etched anodized aluminum nameplate. 

h. Transformer shall include ground pads, lifting lugs and provisions for jacking 

under base. The transformer base construction shall be suitable for using rollers or 

skidding in any direction. Provide transformer top with an access handhole. The 

transformer shall have an insulated low-voltage neutral bushing with lugs for 

ground cable, and with removable ground strap. 

1. Transformer shall have the following accessories: 

(1) Liquid-level indicator 

(2) Pressure-vacuum gage 

(3) Liquid temperature indicator 

16361-4 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(4) Drain and filter valves

(5) Pressure relief device

(6) Auxiliary cooling equipment and controls

(a) Transformer shall be forced-air-cooled. Forced-air-cooling fans

shall have automatic temperature control relay with sequence

contacts.

2.1.1.2 Specified Transformer Efficiency

Minimum efficiency, based on test results, shall not be less than NEMA Class 1 efficiency as

defined by NEMA TP 1.

a. Tested transformer losses: Submit certification from the manufacturer, with the

submitted catalog data, to show conformance with the specified efficiency

requirements. The values used to determine the actual efficiency shall be the

tested no-load losses (NLL) (in watts) at a reference temperature of 20 degrees C

and the tested load losses (LL) (in watts) at a reference temperature of 85 degrees

C. If the efficiency based on the aforementioned test results, is less than the

NEMA Class 1 efficiency, the transformer is unacceptable. Transformer

efficiency values at both full load and at one-half full load shall be included on the

routine test report.

2.1.1.3 Insulating Liquids

a. Mineral oil: ASTM D3487, Type II, tested in accordance with ASTM Dl 17.

Provide identification of transformer as "non-PCB" on the nameplate.

2.1.2 Protective Relays, Metering, and Control Devices

2.1.2.1 Relays

Relays shall conform to IEEE C37.90. Protective relays shall be induction type or solid-state

type enclosed in rectangular , semiflush, switchboard-type drawout cases with indicating

targets and provisions for testing in place by use of manufacturer's standard test blocks or test

switches. One complete set of test blocks or test switches to fit each type of relay in the

equipment shall be provided. Auxiliary and lockout relays are not required to have drawout

cases or test provisions . Controls, relays, and protective functions shall be provided

completely assembled and wired.

a. Fault pressure relay (device 63): Provide a fault pressure relay sensitive to rate of

rise of transformer tank pressure to detect internal faults in transformer windings.

Fault pressure relay shall be wired to a compatible auxiliary seal-in relay (Device

63X), which shall trip primary circuit breakers and transformer secondary

16361-5

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

(4) Drain and filter valves 

(5) Pressure relief device 

(6) Auxiliary cooling equipment and controls 

AJJY 00-1124 

(a) Transformer shall be forced-air-cooled. Forced-air-cooling fans 

shall have automatic temperature control relay with sequence 

contacts. 

2.1.1.2 Specified Transformer Efficiency 

Minimum efficiency, based on test results, shall not be less than NEMA Class 1 efficiency as 

defined by NEMA 1. 

a. Tested transformer losses: Submit certification from the manufacturer, with the 

submitted catalog data, to show conformance with the specified efficiency 

requirements. The values used to determine the actual efficiency shall be the 

tested no-load losses (NLL) (in watts) at a reference temperature of 20 degrees C 

and the tested load losses (LL) (in watts) at a reference temperature of 85 degrees 

C. If the efficiency based on the aforementioned test results, is less than the 

NEMA Class 1 efficiency, the transformer is unacceptable. Transformer 

efficiency values at both full load and at one-half full load shall be included on the 

routine test report. 

2.1.1.3 Insulating Liquids 

a. Mineral oil: ASTM D3487, Type II, tested in accordance with ASTM D 117. 

Provide identification of transformer as "non-PCB" on the nameplate. 

2.1.2 Protective Relays, Metering, and Control Devices 

2.1.2.1 Relays 

Relays shall conform to C37.90. Protective relays shall be induction type or solid-state 

type enclosed in rectangular, semiflush, switchboard-type drawout cases with indicating 

targets and provisions for testing in place by use of manufacturer's standard test blocks or test 

switches. One complete set of test blocks or test switches to fit each type of relay in the 

equipment shall be provided. Auxiliary and lockout relays are not required to have drawout 

cases or test provisions. Controls, relays, and protective functions shall be provided 

completely assembled and wired. 

a. Fault pressure relay (device 63): Provide a fault pressure relay sensitive to rate of 

rise of transformer tank pressure to detect internal faults in transformer windings. 

Fault pressure relay shall be wired to a compatible auxiliary seal-in relay (Device 

63X), which shall trip primary circuit breakers and transformer secondary 

16361-5 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

breakers of the associated transformer via a lockout relay. Fault pressure relay

shall be transformer mounted and auxiliary relay shall be panel mounted in a

semiflush case. Auxiliary relay shall have trip-indicating targets.

b. Thermal relay (device 49): Provide a winding thermal relay, with associated

accessories. Equipment shall indicate the winding temperature of the transformer,

provide automatic cooling fan control, and shall have one spare single-pole,

double-throw contact for remote indication of overtemperature for connection to a

future Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System.

2.1.2.2 Instrument Transformers

IEEE C57. 13, as applicable.

a. Current transformers: Transformers shall be multi-ratio as indicated , 60 Hz, and

coordinated to the rating of the associated switchgear, relays, meters, and

instruments.

2.1.3 Corrosion Protection

Paint transformers, including bases, light gray No. 61 or No. 49. The color notation is

specified in ASTM D 153 5.

2.1.3.1 Galvanized Steel

ASTM A123/A123M, ASTM A653/A653M G90 coating, and ASTM A153/A153M, as

applicable. Galvanize after fabrication where practicable.

2.1.4 Terminal Boards

Provide with engraved plastic terminal strips and screw type terminals for external wiring

between components and for internal wiring between removable assemblies. Terminal boards

associated with current transformers shall be short-circuiting type. Terminate conductors for

current transformers with ring-tongue lugs. Terminal board identification shall be identical in

similar units. External wiring shall be color coded consistently for similar terminal boards.

2.1.5 Wire Marking

Mark control and metering conductors at each end. Provide factory-installed white plastic

tubing heat stamped with black block type letters on factory-installed wiring. On fieldinstalled wiring, provide multiple white preprinted polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sleeves, heat

stamped with black block type letters. Each sleeve shall contain a single letter or number,

shall be elliptically shaped to fit the wire securely, and shall be keyed, or otherwise arranged,

in such a manner to ensure alignment with adjacent sleeves . Provide specific wire markings

using the appropriate combination of individual sleeves. Wire markers for factory installed

conductors shall indicate wire designations corresponding to the schematic drawings. Wire

16361-6

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

breakers of the associated transformer via a lockout relay. Fault pressure relay 

shall be transformer mounted and auxiliary relay shall be panel mounted in a 

semiflush case. Auxiliary relay shall have trip-indicating targets. 

b. Thermal relay (device 49): Provide a winding thermal relay, with associated 

accessories. Equipment shall indicate the winding temperature of the transformer, 

provide automatic cooling fan control, and shall have one spare single-pole, 

double-throw contact for remote indication of overtemperature for connection to a 

future Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System. 

2.1.2.2 Instrument Transformers 

C57 .13, as applicable. 

a. Current transformers: Transformers shall be multi-ratio as indicated, 60 Hz, and 

coordinated to the rating of the associated switchgear, relays, meters, and 

instruments. 

2.1.3 COlTosion Protection 

Paint transformers, including bases, light gray No. 61 or No. 49. The color notation is 

specified in ASTM 1535. 

2.1.3.1 Galvanized Steel 

ASTM 123/A123M, A653/A653M G90 coating, and 153/A153M, as 

applicable. Galvanize after fabrication where practicable. 

2.1.4 Terminal Boards 

Provide with engraved plastic terminal strips and screw type terminals for external wiring 

between components and for internal wiring between removable assemblies. Terminal boards 

associated with current transformers shall be short-circuiting type. Terminate conductors for 

CUlTent transformers with ring-tongue lugs. Terminal board identification shall be identical in 

similar units. External wiring shall be color coded consistently for similar terminal boards. 

2.1.5 Wire Marking 

Mark control and metering conductors at each end. Provide factory-installed white plastic 

tubing heat stamped with black block type letters on factory-installed wiring. On fieldinstalled wiring, provide multiple white preprinted polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sleeves, heat 

stamped with black block type letters. Each sleeve shall contain a single letter or number, 

shall be elliptically shaped to fit the wire securely, and shall be keyed, or otherwise arranged, 

in such a manner to ensure alignment with adjacent sleeves. Provide specific wire markings 

using the appropriate combination of individual sleeves. Wire markers for factory installed 

conductors shall indicate wire designations corresponding to the schematic drawings. Wire 

16361-6 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

markers on field installed conductors shall indicate the device or equipment, including specific

terminal number to which the remote end of the wire is attached, as well as the terminal

number to which the wire is directly attached (near end/far end marking).

2.1.6 Surge Arresters

Provide one surge arrester for each conductor on circuits where indicated . Surge arresters

shall conform to IEEE C62.11 for station class indicated and shall be rated 30 W.

2.1.7 Automatic Load Tap Changer (LTC)

Provide automatic tap changers as follows:

a. Location: Low voltage winding

b. Regulating Ranges: 10 percent above to 10 percent below rated voltage in 16 steps

of 5/8 percent in each direction.

c. Rating: Deliver full kVA capacity at all LTC positions and at all combinations of

LTC positions. Overload capability per the transformer.

d. Tap Selector Switch and Mechanism:

(1) Mount in oil-filled compartment separate from main transformer tank.

(2) Maintain physical isolation so it is not necessary to drain oil or break seal

of main transformer tank when servicing LTC.

(3) Tank Accessories:

(a) Hinged maintenance door with oil-resistant gasket.

(b) Drain, filter, and sampling valves.

(c) Magnetic level indicator with low level 125 volts DC alarm

contacts.

(d) Breather.

(e) Manhole for inspection of contacts without lowering oil level.

e. Controls

(1) Type: Automatic, solid state.

(2) Features: LTC shall include the following features:

16361-7

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

markers on field installed conductors shall indicate the device or equipment, including specific 

terminal number to which the remote end of the wire is attached, as well as the terminal 

number to which the wire is directly attached (near end/far end marking). 

2.1.6 Surge Arresters 

Provide one surge arrester for each conductor on circuits where indicated. Surge arresters 

shall conform to C62.11 for station class indicated and shall be rated 30 kV. 

2.1.7 Automatic Load Tap Changer (LTC) 

Provide automatic tap changers as follows: 

a. Location: Low voltage winding 

b. Regulating Ranges: 10 percent above to 10 percent below rated voltage in 16 steps 

of 5/8 percent in each direction. 

c. Rating: Deliver full kVA capacity at all LTC positions and at all combinations of 

LTC positions. Overload capability per the transformer. 

d. Tap Selector Switch and Mechanism: 

(1) Mount in oil-filled compartment separate from main transformer tank. 

(2) Maintain physical isolation so it is not necessary to drain oil or break seal 

of main transformer tank when servicing LTC. 

(3) Tank Accessories: 

(a) Hinged maintenance door with oil-resistant gasket. 

(b) Drain, filter, and sampling valves. 

(c) Magnetic level indicator with low level 125 volts DC alarm 

contacts. 

(d) Breather. 

( e) Manhole for inspection of contacts without lowering oil level. 

e. Controls 

(1) Type: Automatic, solid state. 

(2) Features: LTC shall include the following features: 

16361-7 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(a) Adjustable bandwidth and voltage level.

(b) High limit/low limit blocking.

(c) Line drop compensation.

(d) Proper operation when operated isolated or in parallel and for real

and reactive power flow in both directions through transformer.

(e) Controls for parallel operation by the circulating current method.

(f)

(g)

Controls for reduction in regulated output voltage of 2-1/2 or 5

percent, either manually at transformer control cabinet or remotely

from supervisory control equipment.

Local and remote LTC control capability via external contact

closures.

(3) Equipment: LTC shall include the following equipment:

(a) Current transformer for line drop compensation.

(b) Position indicator with drag hands to indicate maximum travel.

(c) Limit switches and stops to prevent travel beyond extreme tap

position.

(d) Crank or handwheel for manual operation during maintenance.

(e) Positioning devices and off-position contacts.

(f) Operations counter.

(g) Potentiometer for remote position indication to Control Room.

Provide potentiometer with 1,280 Ohm total resistance and 40 Ohm

resistance with each LTC step.

(h) Form C contacts wired to local annunciator for lower limit, upper

limit, and hung-up alarms.

g•

(i) Control circuit protective devices.

Control switches for Raise-Lower, Automatic-Manual, and Local-Remote.

Off-position contact wired to indicating light in main cabinet.

16361-8

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

(a) Adjustable bandwidth and voltage level. 

(b) High limit/low limit blocking. 

( c) Line drop compensation. 

AJJY 00-1124 

(d) Proper operation when operated isolated or in parallel and for real 

and reactive power flow in both directions through transformer. 

(e) Controls for parallel operation by the circulating current method. 

(f) Controls for reduction in regulated output voltage of 2-112 or 5 

percent, either manually at transformer control cabinet or remotely 

from supervisory control equipment. 

(g) Local and remote LTC control capability via external contact 

closures. 

(3) Equipment: LTC shall include the following equipment: 

(a) Current transformer for line drop compensation. 

(b) Position indicator with drag hands to indicate maximum travel. 

(c) Limit switches and stops to prevent travel beyond extreme tap 

position. 

(d) Crank or handwheel for manual operation during maintenance. 

(e) Positioning devices and off-position contacts. 

(f) Operations counter. 

(g) Potentiometer for remote position indication to Control Room. 

Provide potentiometer with 1,280 Ohm total resistance and 40 Ohm 

resistance with each LTC step. 

(h) Form C contacts wired to local annunciator for lower limit, upper 

limit, and hung-up alarms. 

(i) Control circuit protective devices. 

f. Control switches for Raise-Lower, Automatic-Manual, and Local-Remote. 

g. Off-position contact wired to indicating light in main cabinet. 

16361-8 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

h. Low burden AC current relay wired in circulating current circuit to prevent

excessive circulating current parallel operation if LTC fails.

2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

2.2.1 Equipment Test Schedule

The Government reserves the right to witness tests. Provide equipment test schedules for tests

to be performed at the manufacturer 's test facility. Submit required test schedule and location,

and notify the Contracting Officer 30 calendar days before scheduled test date. Notify

Contracting Officer 15 calendar days in advance of changes to scheduled date.

a. Test Instrument Calibration

(1) The manufacturer shall have a calibration program which assures that all

applicable test instruments are maintained within rated accuracy.

(2) The accuracy shall be directly traceable to the National Institute of

Standards and Technology.

(3) Instrument calibration frequency schedule shall not exceed 12 months for

both test floor instruments and leased specialty equipment.

(4) Dated calibration labels shall be visible on all test equipment.

(5) Calibrating standard shall be of higher accuracy than that of the instrument

tested.

(6) Keep up-to-date records that indicate dates and test results of instruments

calibrated or tested . For instruments calibrated by the manufacturer on a

routine basis, in lieu of third party calibration, include the following:

(a) Maintain up-to-date instrument calibration instructions and

procedures for each test instrument.

(b) Identify the third party/laboratory calibrated instrument to verify

that calibrating standard is met.

2.2.2 Transformer Design Tests

In accordance with IEEE C57.12.00 and IEEE C57.12.90. Additionally, IEEE C57.12.80,

section 5.1.2 states that "design tests are made only on representative apparatus of basically

the same design." Submit design test reports (complete with test data, explanations , formulas,

and results), in the same submittal package as the catalog data and drawings for the specified

transformer(s). Design tests shall have been performed prior to the award of this contract.

16361-9

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

h. Low burden AC current relay wired in circulating current circuit to prevent 

excessive circulating current parallel operation if LTC fails. 

2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 

The Government reserves the right to witness tests. Provide equipment test schedules for tests 

to be performed at the manufacturer's test facility. Submit required test schedule and location, 

and notify the Contracting Officer 30 calendar days before scheduled test date. Notify 

Contracting Officer 15 calendar days in advance of changes to scheduled date. 

a. Test Instrument Calibration 

(1) The manufacturer shall have a calibration program which assures that all 

applicable test instruments are maintained within rated accuracy. 

(2) The accuracy shall be directly traceable to the National Institute of 

Standards and Technology. 

(3) Instrument calibration frequency schedule shall not exceed 12 months for 

both test floor instruments and leased specialty equipment. 

(4) Dated calibration labels shall be visible on all test equipment. 

(5) Calibrating standard shall be of higher accuracy than that of the instrument 

tested. 

(6) Keep up-to-date records that indicate dates and test results of instruments 

calibrated or tested. For instruments calibrated by the manufacturer on a 

routine basis, in lieu of third party calibration, include the following: 

(a) Maintain up-to-date instrument calibration instructions and 

procedures for each test instrument. 

(b) Identify the third party/laboratory calibrated instrument to verify 

that calibrating standard is met. 

2.2.2 Transformer Tests 

In accordance with C57.12.00 and C57.12.90. Additionally, C57.12.80, 

section 5.1.2 states that "design tests are made only on representative apparatus of basically 

the same design." Submit design test reports (complete with test data, explanations, formulas, 

and results), in the same submittal package as the catalog data and drawings for the specified 

transformer(s). Design tests shall have been performed prior to the award of this contract. 

16361-9 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

a. Tests shall be certified and signed by a registered professional engineer.

b. Temperature rise: "Basically the same design " for the temperature rise test means

a unit-substation transformer with the same coil construction (such as wire wound

primary and sheet wound secondary), the same kVA, the same cooling type (OA),

the same temperature rise rating , and the same insulating liquid as the transformer

specified.

c. Lightning impulse: "Basically the same design" for the lightning impulse

dielectric test means a unit-substation transformer with the same BIL, the same

coil construction (such as wire wound primary and sheet wound secondary), and a

tap changer (if specified). Design lightning impulse tests shall include both the

primary and secondary windings of that transformer.

(1) IEEE C57. 12.90 paragraph entitled "Lightning Impulse Test Procedures"

and IEEE C57.98.

(2) State test voltage levels.

(3) Provide photographs of oscilloscope display waveforms or plots of

digitized waveforms with test report.

d. Lifting and moving devices: "Basically the same design " for the lifting and

moving devices test means a transformer in the same weight range as the

transformer specified.

e. Pressure: "Basically the same design" for the pressure test means a unit-substation

transformer with a tank volume within 30 percent of the tank volume of the

transformer specified.

2.2.3 Transformer Routine and Other Tests

In accordance with IEEE C57.12.00 and IEEE C57.12.90. Routine and other tests shall be

performed by the manufacturer on each of the actual transformer(s) prepared for this project to

ensure that the design performance is maintained in production. Submit test reports, by serial

number and receive approval before delivery of equipment to the project site. Required tests

and testing sequence shall be as follows:

a. Cold resistance measurements (provide reference temperature)

b. Phase relation

c. Ratio

d. Insulation power-factor by manufacturer 's recommended test method.

16361-10

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

a. Tests shall be certified and signed by a registered professional engineer. 

b. Temperature rise: "Basically the same design" for the temperature rise test means 

a unit-substation transformer with the same coil construction (such as wire wound 

primary and sheet wound secondary), the same kVA, the same cooling type (OA), 

the same temperature rise rating, and the same insulating liquid as the transformer 

specified. 

c. Lightning impulse: "Basically the same design" for the lightning impulse 

dielectric test means a unit-substation transformer with the same BIL, the same 

coil construction (such as wire wound primary and sheet wound secondary), and a 

tap changer (if specified). Design lightning impulse tests shall include both the 

primary and secondary windings of that transformer. 

(1) C57.12.90 paragraph entitled "Lightning Impulse Test Procedures" 

C57.98. 

(2) State test voltage levels. 

(3) Provide photographs of oscilloscope display waveforms or plots of 

digitized waveforms with test report. 

d. Lifting and moving devices: "Basically the same design" for the lifting and 

moving devices test means a transformer in the same weight range as the 

transformer specified. 

e. Pressure: "Basically the same design" for the pressure test means a unit-substation 

transformer with a tank volume within 30 percent of the tank volume of the 

transformer specified. 

2.2.3 Transformer Routine and Other Tests 

In accordance with CS7.12.00 and C57.12.90. Routine and other tests shall be 

performed by the manufacturer on each of the actual transformer(s) prepared for this project to 

ensure that the design performance is maintained in production. Submit test reports, by serial 

number and receive approval before delivery of equipment to the project site. Required tests 

and testing sequence shall be as follows: 

a. Cold resistance measurements (provide reference temperature) 

b. Phase relation 

c. Ratio 

d. Insulation power-factor by manufacturer's recommended test method. 

16361-10 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

g.

e. No-load losses (NLL) and excitation current

f. Load losses (LL) and impedance voltage

Dielectric

(1)

(2)

Impulse: Per IEEE C57, 12.90 paragraph 10.3 entitled "Lightning Impulse

Test Procedures," and IEEE C57.98. Test the primary winding only.

a) State test voltage levels

b) Provide photographs of oscilloscope display waveforms or plots of

digitized waveforms with test reports. As an alternative,

photographs of oscilloscope display waveforms or plots of digitized

waveforms may be hand-delivered at the factory witness test.

Applied voltage

(3) Induced voltage

3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Electrical installations shall conform to IEEE C2, NFPA 70, and to the requirements specified

herein.

3.2 GROUNDING

3.2.1 Grounding to Existing Ground System

Connect ground conductors to the existing grounding cables by exothermic welds.

3.2.2 Transformer Grounding

Provide bare copper cable not smaller than No. 4/0 AWG, not less than (610 mm) 24 inches

below grade connecting to the indicated ground rods. Substation transformer neutral

connections shall not be smaller than No. 1/0 AWG. When work , in addition to that indicated

or specified, is directed to obtain the specified ground resistance, the provision of the contract

covering "Changes" shall apply

Make joints in grounding conductors and loops by exothermic weld or compression connector.

Exothermic welds and compression connectors shall be installed as specified in Section 16060,

entitled "Grounding and Bonding".

16361-11

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

e. No-load losses (NLL) and excitation current 

f. Load losses (LL) and impedance voltage 

g. Dielectric 

AJJY 00-1124 

(1) Impulse: Per C57.12.90 paragraph 10.3 entitled "Lightning Impulse 

Test Procedures," and C57.98. Test the primary winding only. 

a) State test voltage levels 

b) Provide photographs of oscilloscope display waveforms or plots of 

digitized waveforms with test reports. As an alternative, 

photographs of oscilloscope display waveforms or plots of digitized 

waveforms may be hand-delivered at the factory witness test. 

(2) Applied voltage 

(3) Induced voltage 

3 EXECUTION 

3.1 INSTALLATION 

Electrical installations shall conform to 

herein. 

3.2 GROUNDING 

C2, NFP A 70, and to the requirements specified 

3.2.1 Grounding to Existing Ground System 

Connect ground conductors to the existing grounding cables by exothermic welds. 

3.2.2 Transformer Grounding 

Provide bare copper cable not smaller than No. 4/0 AWG, not less than (610 mm) 24 inches 

below grade connecting to the indicated ground rods. Substation transformer neutral 

connections shall not be smaller than No. 1/0 AWG. When work, in addition to that indicated 

or specified, is directed to obtain the specified ground resistance, the provision of the contract 

covering "Changes" shall apply 

Make joints in grounding conductors and loops by exothermic weld or compression connector. 

Exothermic welds and compression connectors shall be installed as specified in Section 16060, 

entitled "Grounding and Bonding". 

16361-11 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

3.2.3 Connections

Make joints in grounding conductors and loops by exothermic weld or compression connector.

Exothermic welds and compression connectors shall be installed as specified.

3.2.4 Grounding and Bonding Equipment

UL 467, except as indicated or specified otherwise.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLIES

Install and connect unit substations furnished under this section as indicated on project

drawings, the approved shop drawings, and as specified herein.

3.4 FOUNDATION FOR EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLIES

3.4.1 Exterior Location

Mount transformer on concrete pad as shown on the Drawings provide conduit turnips and

cable entrance space required by the equipment to be mounted and as indicated . Seal voids

around conduit openings in slab with water- and oil-resistant caulking or sealant. Cut off and

bush conduits (75 mm) 3 inches above slab surface . Concrete work shall be as specified in

Section 03300, "Cast-In-Place Concrete".

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

3.5.1 Performance of Acceptance Checks and Tests

Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and include the following

visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests, performed in accordance with NETA

ATS. The Contracting Officer will witness formal tests after receipt of written certification

that preliminary tests have been completed and that system is ready for final test and

inspection.

3.5.1.1 Transformers Liquid-Filled

a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection

(1) Compare equipment nameplate data with specifications and approved shop

drawings.

(2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition . Check for damaged or cracked

insulators and leaks.

(3) Verify that cooling fans operate correctly and that fan motors have correct

undercurrent protection.

16361-12

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

3.2.3 Connections 

AJJY 00-1124 

Make joints in grounding conductors and loops by exothermic weld or compression connector. 

Exothermic welds and compression connectors shall be installed as specified. 

3.2.4 Grounding and Bonding Equipment 

467, except as indicated or specified otherwise. 

3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLIES 

Install and connect unit substations furnished under this section as indicated on project 

drawings, the approved shop drawings, and as specified herein. 

3.4 FOUNDATION FOR EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLIES 

3.4.1 Exterior Location 

Mount transformer on concrete pad as shown on the Drawings provide conduit turnips and 

cable entrance space required by the equipment to be mounted and as indicated. Seal voids 

around conduit openings in slab with water- and oil-resistant caulking or sealant. Cut off and 

bush conduits (75 mm) 3 inches above slab surface. Concrete work shall be as specified in 

Section 03300, "Cast-In-Place Concrete". 

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 

3.5.1 Performance of Acceptance Checks and Tests 

Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and include the following 

visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests, performed in accordance with NETA 

ATS. The Contracting Officer will witness formal tests after receipt of written certification 

that preliminary tests have been completed and that system is ready for final test and 

inspection. 

3.5.1.1 Transformers Liquid-Filled 

a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection 

(1) Compare equipment nameplate data with specifications and approved shop 

drawings. 

(2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Check for damaged or cracked 

insulators and leaks. 

(3) Verify that cooling fans operate correctly and that fan motors have correct 

undercurrent protection. 

16361-12 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(4) Verify operation of all alarms, control, and trip circuits from temperature

and level indicators, pressure relief device , and fault pressure relay.

(5) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connection by calibrated

torque-wrench method. Thermographic survey is required.

(6) Verify correct liquid level in transformer tank.

(7) Perform specific inspections and mechanical tests as recommended by

manufacturer.

(8) Verify correct equipment grounding.

b. Electrical Tests

(1) Perform insulation-resistance tests.

(2) Perform turns-ratio tests.

(3) Perform insulation power-factor/dissipation-factor tests on windings

(4) Sample insulating liquid. Sample shall be tested for:

(a) Dielectric breakdown voltage

(b) Acid neutralization number

(c) Specific gravity

(d) Interfacial tension

(e) Color

(f) Visual condition

(g) Parts per million water

(h) Measure dissipation factor or power factor.

(5) Perform dissolved gas analysis (DPA).

(6) Test for presence of PCB.

(7) Verify that tap-changer is set as specified ration.

16361-13

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

(4) Verify operation of all alarms, control, and trip circuits from temperature 

and level indicators, pressure relief device, and fault pressure relay. 

(5) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connection by calibrated 

torque-wrench method. Thermographic survey is required. 

(6) Verify correct liquid level in transformer tanle 

(7) Perform specific inspections and mechanical tests as recommended by 

manufacturer. 

(8) Verify correct equipment grounding. 

b. Electrical Tests 

(1) Perform insulation-resistance tests. 

(2) Perform turns-ratio tests. 

(3) Perform insulation power-factor/dissipation-factor tests on windings 

(4) Sample insulating liquid. Sample shall be tested for: 

(a) Dielectric breakdown voltage 

(b) Acid neutralization number 

(c) Specific gravity 

(d) Interfacial tension 

(e) Color 

(f) Visual condition 

(g) Parts per million water 

(h) Measure dissipation factor or power factor. 

(5) Perform dissolved gas analysis (DPA). 

(6) Test for presence of PCB. 

(7) Verify that tap-changer is set as specified ration. 

16361-13 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(8) Verify proper secondary voltage phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral after

energization and prior to loading.

3.5.1.2 Instrument Transformers

a. Visual and mechanical inspection

(1) Compare equipment nameplate data with specifications and approved shop

drawings.

(2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition.

(3) Verify correct connection.

(4) Verify that adequate clearances exist between primary an secondary

circuit.

(5) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated

torque-wrench method. Thermographic survey is required.

(6) Verify that all required grounding and shorting connections provide good

contact.

(7) Verify correct operation of transformer with drawout mechanism and

grounding operation.

(8) Verify correct primary and secondary fuse sizes for potential transformers.

b. Electrical Tests - Current Transformers

(1) Perform insulation-resistance tests.

(2) Perform polarity tests.

(3) Perform ratio-verification tests.

(4) Perform excitation test on transformers used for relaying applications.

(5) Measure circuit burden at transformer terminals and determine the total

burden.

(6) When applicable, perform insulation resistance and dielectric withstand

tests on the primary winding with secondary grounded.

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

(8) Verify proper secondary voltage phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral after 

energization and prior to loading. 

3.5.1.2 Instrument Transformers 

a. Visual and mechanical inspection 

(1) Compare equipment nameplate data with specifications and approved shop 

drawings. 

(2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition. 

(3) Verify correct connection. 

(4) Verify that adequate clearances exist between primary an secondary 

circuit. 

(5) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated 

torque-wrench method. Thermographic survey is required. 

(6) Verify that all required grounding and shorting connections provide good 

contact. 

(7) Verify correct operation of transformer with drawout mechanism and 

grounding operation. 

(8) Verify correct primary and secondary fuse sizes for potential transformers. 

b. Electrical Tests - Current Transformers 

(1) Perform insulation-resistance tests. 

(2) Perform polarity tests. 

(3) Perform ratio-verification tests. 

(4) Perform excitation test on transformers used for relaying applications. 

(5) Measure circuit burden at transformer terminals and determine the total 

burden. 

(6) When applicable, perform insulation resistance and dielectric withstand 

tests on the primary winding with secondary grounded. 

16361-14 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(7) CAUTION: Changes of connection, insertion, and removal of instruments,

relays, and meters shall be performed in such a manner that the secondary

circuits or energized current transformers are not opened momentarily.

-- End of Section --

16361-15

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

(7) CAUTION: Changes of connection, insertion, and removal of instruments, 

relays, and meters shall be performed in such a manner that the secondary 

circuits or energized current transformers are not opened momentarily. 

-- End of Section --

16361-15 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 16362

STATION GROUNDING TRANSFORMER

PARTI SCOPE

This specification covers requirements for three-phase station grounding transformers and

accessories.

PART 2 SERVICE CONDITIONS AND OPERATIONS

2.1 The grounding transformer is intended for use in tropical weather with a corrosive, salt

air environment.

2.2 Sustained Wind Strength: 200 mph

2.3 Seismic requirement: Zone 4

2.4 Ambient Temperature: 50° to 104° F.

2.5 The transformer will be used for grounding of a 34.5 kV sub-transmission system.

PART 3 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

3.1 The grounding transformer shall meet the requirements of the following standards and

specifications, including the latest revisions with respect to material, design and tests.

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineer (IEEE)

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)

National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)

American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. (AISC)

National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL)

16362-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

SECTION 16362 

STATION GROUNDING TRANSFORMER 

PART 1 SCOPE 

AJJY 00-1124 

This specification covers requirements for three-phase station grounding transformers and 

accessories. 

PART 2 SERVICE CONDITIONS AND OPERATIONS 

2.1 The grounding transformer is intended for use in tropical weather with a corrosive, salt 

air environment. 

2.2 Sustained Wind Strength: 200 mph 

2.3 Seismic requirement: Zone 4 

2.4 Ambient Temperature: 

2.5 The transformer will be used for grounding of a 34.5 kV sub-transmission system. 

PART 3 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS 

3.1 The grounding transformer shall meet the requirements of the following standards and 

specifications, including the latest revisions with respect to material, design and tests. 

American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineer (IEEE) 

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 

National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 

American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. (AISC) 

National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 

National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 

Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 

16362-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

3.2 If there are conflicts between the listed codes and standards, the Contracting Officer will

determine which codes and standards shall apply.

PART 4 SUBMITTALS G

4.1 The Contractor shall provide with his bid the following data:

a. Transformer type

b. Voltage rating and type

c. Kilovolt-ampere rating and class

d. Guaranteed no-load loss at rated voltage

e. Guaranteed maximum auxiliary power loss

f. Guaranteed no-load loss at 110% voltage

g. Guaranteed exciting current at 100% voltage

h. Guaranteed exciting current at 110% voltage

i. Guaranteed percent impedance

j. Calculated zero-sequence percent impedance

k. Guaranteed maximum average audible sound level for each stage of cooling in

decibels using the "A" Weighing scale

1. Type of oil preservation system

in. Method of mounting radiators: Removable or Integral with the tank

n. Shipping data:

(1) Shipping weight

(2) Shipping dimensions

(3) Oil or gas filled

o. Earliest possible shipping date

p• Type of transformer winding material used for all windings.

16362-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

3.2 If there are conflicts between the listed codes and standards, the Contracting Officer will 

determine which codes and standards shall apply. 

PART 4 SUBMITTALS G 

4.1 The Contractor shall provide with his bid the following data: 

a. Transformer type 

b. Voltage rating and type 

c. Kilovolt-ampere rating and class 

d. Guaranteed no-load loss at rated voltage 

e. Guaranteed maximum auxiliary power loss 

f. Guaranteed no-load loss at 110% voltage 

g. Guaranteed exciting current at 100% voltage 

h. Guaranteed exciting current at 110% voltage 

1. Guaranteed percent impedance 

J. Calculated zero-sequence percent impedance 

k. Guaranteed maximum average audible sound level for each stage of cooling in 

decibels using the "A" Weighing scale 

1. Type of oil preservation system 

m. Method of mounting radiators: Removable or Integral with the tank 

n. Shipping data: 

(1) Shipping weight 

(2) Shipping dimensions 

(3) Oil or gas filled 

o. Earliest possible shipping date 

p. Type of transformer winding material used for all windings. 

16362-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

4.2 An outline drawing shall be provided with shop drawing submittal. This drawing shall

include the following information:

a. Projected floor space of the transformer, including radiators and expansion tanks

b. Height of the transformer from floor level to top of voltage bushing

c. Height of the transformer from floor level to top of neutral bushing

d. Height of the transformer from floor level to top of tank, and to the highest

non-removable part

e. Weight of the core and the windings

f. Weight of the tank and the radiators

g. Number of gallons of oil and total weight of the oil

h. Total weight of the assembled transformer including oil

i. Power requirements for all control and auxiliary equipment

4.3 Within ten (10) weeks after award of contract, the Contractor shall provide the following

drawings for approval:

4.3.1 Nameplate drawing, including all current transformer ratios.

4.3.2 Outline drawing including the following:

a. Accessories and accessory locations

b. Weight with and without oil

c. Shipping center of gravity, shown on two items

d. Installed center of gravity, shown on two views

e. Anchoring requirements

4.3.3 Base drawings, including anchor bolt locations and complete detailed dimensions from

equipment centerlines.

4.3.4 Additional drawings required:

a. Bushing outlines including size of stud , thread size and thread length

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

4.2 An outline drawing shall be provided with shop drawing submittal. This drawing shall 

include the following information: 

a. Projected floor space of the transformer, including radiators and expansion tanks 

b. Height of the transformer from floor level to top of voltage bushing 

c. Height of the transformer from floor level to top of neutral bushing 

d. Height of the transformer from floor level to top of tank, and to the highest 

non-removable part 

e. Weight of the core and the windings 

f. Weight of the tank and the radiators 

g. Number of gallons of oil and total weight of the oil 

h. Total weight of the assembled transformer including oil 

1. Power requirements for all control and auxiliary equipment 

4.3 Within ten (10) weeks after award of contract, the Contractor shall provide the following 

drawings for approval: 

4.3.1 Nameplate drawing, including all current transformer ratios. 

4.3.2 Outline drawing including the following: 

a. Accessories and accessory locations 

b. Weight with and without oil 

c. Shipping center of gravity, shown on two items 

d. Installed center of gravity, shown on two views 

e. Anchoring requirements 

4.3.3 Base drawings, including anchor bolt locations and complete detailed dimensions from 

equipment centerlines. 

4.3.4 Additional drawings required: 

a. Bushing outlines including size of stud, thread size and thread length 

16362-3 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

b. Surge arrester outlines

c. Location of radiators

d. Control elementary and wiring diagrams.

e. Current transformer elementary and wiring diagrams

f. Current transformer ratio correction factor and secondary excitation curves.

4.3.5 The supplier shall provide three (3) sets of prints for the above requirements 'and a

drawing list indicating the drawing number and title of each drawing.

4.4 Instruction Books

4.4.1 At least three (3) weeks prior to delivery the Supplier shall furnish the Contracting

Officer five sets of complete operating and instruction books for each transformer.

4.4.2 One additional instruction book shall be attached to each transformer.

4.4.3 Each manual or instruction book shall include the following:

a. Schematic and wiring drawings. No typical drawings are acceptable.

b. List of parts that were shipped loose from the transformer to be installed in the

field.

c. A replacement parts list that includes part number identifications.

d. A list of recommended spare parts and a complete packing list of accessory items.

e. Instruction manuals covering step-by-step installation and assembly instructions

with illustrative drawings . Each separate part shall be marked with an

identification system to aid installation.

f. Manual recommending proper storage procedures.

g. Operating and "troubleshooting" manual for the transformer.

h. List of all special tools needed for installation and maintenance.

PART 5 TESTING AND TEST REPORTS G

5.1 Four (4) copies of certified test reports shall be supplied for the following tests:

16362-4

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

b. Surge arrester outlines 

c. Location of radiators 

d. Control elementary and wiring diagrams. 

e. Current transformer elementary and wiring diagrams 

AJJY 00-1124 

f. Current transformer ratio correction factor and secondary excitation curves. 

4.3.5 The supplier shall provide three (3) sets of prints for the above requirements and a 

drawing list indicating the drawing number and title of each drawing. 

4.4 Instruction Books 

4.4.1 At least three (3) weeks prior to delivery the Supplier shall furnish the Contracting 

Officer five sets of complete operating and instruction books for each transformer. 

4.4.2 One additional instruction book shall be attached to each transformer. 

4.4.3 Each manual or instruction book shall include the following: 

a. 

b. 

c. 

d. 

e. 

f. 

g. 

h. 

PART 5 

Schematic and wiring drawings. No typical drawings are acceptable. 

List of parts that were shipped loose from the transformer to be installed in the 

field. 

A replacement parts list that includes part number identifications. 

A list of recommended spare parts and a complete packing list of accessory items. 

Instruction manuals covering step-by-step installation and assembly instructions 

with illustrative drawings. Each separate part shall be marked with an 

identification system to aid installation. 

Manual recommending proper storage procedures. 

Operating and "troubleshooting" manual for the transformer. 

List of all special tools needed for installation and maintenance. 

TESTING AND TEST REPORTS G 

5.1 Four (4) copies of certified test reports shall be supplied for the following tests: 

16362-4 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

a. The routine tests listed in the latest revision of ANSI C57.12.00, performed for

each stage of cooling.

b. A sound level test at the full induced-test voltage level. The RIV shall not exceed

150 microVolts. Testing equipment and the general method used shall be in

accordance with IEEE Transformer Committee Report, IEEE Transactions, PAS

Vol. 86 pp. 1592-1595, December 1967, "Tests for Damaging Corona on Oil

Insulated Power Transformers."

5.2 The Contractor shall include the following information in the test report:

a. Winding Thermal Time Constant

Type of material used in the primary and secondary winding.

PART 6 RATINGS

6.1 Description

The transformer shall be a 3-phase , oil-immersed, outdoor type unit with a zigzag winding

configuration for use on a 60 hertz grounded system.

6.2 Operations and Environment

The transformer is to be used for grounding operations, in a salt air environment near sea level

with ambient temperatures ranging between 75 and 100 degrees F.

6.3 Voltage Rating

The transformer shall be rated 34,500 volts line to line nominal ; 36,500 volts maximum.

6.4 Current Rating

The transformer shall be able to carry 90 amps neutral current continuously without exceeding 55

degrees C rise and shall be able to provide 1,000 amperes of line to ground fault current at the

34.5 kV Bus for one ( 1) minute without exceeding a final temperature of 200 degrees C.

6.5 Winding Insulation Class

34.5 kV, 200 kV Basic Impulse Level for both phase and neutral ends.

6.6 Sound Level

The average sound level of the transformer shall be of a standard sound level or a reduced sound

level. The standard sound level shall not exceed 70 dB based on the transformer rating in

accordance with NEMA TR-1-1971 Standards. The reduced sound level transformers shall be

16362-5

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

a. The routine tests listed in the latest revision of ANSI C57.12.00, performed for 

each stage of cooling. 

b. A sound level test at the full induced-test voltage level. The RIV shall not exceed 

150 microVolts. Testing equipment and the general method used shall be in 

accordance with IEEE Transformer Committee Report, IEEE Transactions, PAS 

Vol. 86 pp. 1592-1595, December 1967, "Tests for Damaging Corona on Oil 

Insulated Power Transformers." 

5.2 The Contractor shall include the following information in the test report: 

a. Winding Thermal Time Constant 

b. Type of material used in the primary and secondary winding. 

PART 6 RATINGS 

6.1 Description 

The transformer shall be a 3-phase, oil-immersed, outdoor type unit with a zigzag winding 

configuration for use on a 60 hertz grounded system. 

6.2 Operations and Environment 

The transformer is to be used for grounding operations, in a salt air environment near sea level 

with ambient temperatures ranging between 75 and 100 degrees F. 

6.3 Voltage Rating 

The transformer shall be rated 34,500 volts line to line nominal; 36,500 volts maximum. 

6.4 Current Rating 

The transformer shall be able to carry 90 amps neutral current continuously without exceeding 55 

degrees C rise and shall be able to provide 1,000 amperes of line to ground fault current at the 

34.5 kV Bus for one (1) minute without exceeding a final temperature of 200 degrees C. 

6.5 Winding Insulation Class 

34.5 kV, 200 kV Basic Impulse Level for both phase and neutral ends. 

6.6 Sound Level 

The average sound level of the transformer shall be of a standard sound level or a reduced sound 

level. The standard sound level shall not exceed 70 dB based on the transformer rating in 

accordance with NEMA TR-I-1971 Standards. The reduced sound level transformers shall be 

16362-5 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

12db below the standard and shall not exceed the level of 58 dB for OA rating. The transformer

sound level shall be reduced by reducing the flux density of the core.

The Supplier shall state in his bid the cost difference between a standard sound level and a

reduced sound level transformer.

PART 7 CONSTRUCTION

7.1 Transformer Bushings

7.1.1 Phase voltage bushings shall be of the paper "capacitor" type, ANSI Standard Interchangeable, with a visible oil level gauge at the top of each bushing. Each bushing shall

be provided with a power factor test tap. The bushing color shall be ANSI 70 light gray.

Threaded studs for connection of the bushings to cables or straps shall be silver -plated.

7.1.2 The neutral bushing shall be of the dry-type, a one-piece porcelain body, or an

acceptable condenser type. A threaded stud for connection of the bushing to a cable or straps

shall be silver-plated. The bushing color shall be ANSI 70 light gray.

7.1.3 Bushings provided with the transformer shall be in accordance with the following:

Bushing Voltage Class Minimum Minimum Voltage Location

(kV) BIL (kV) Creepage (in.)

Phase 35 200 40 Cover Mtd.

Neutral 35 200 40 Cover Mtd.

7.1.4 Spare bushings shall be provided one each for both the phase and neutral bushings.

7.2 Bushing Current Transformer

7.2.1 Standard multi-ratio current transformers reserved for GPA's use are required as

follows:

Each Phase Bushing - Two (2) 1200/5, relay accuracy class C400.

Neutral Bushing - Two (2) 1200/5, relay accuracy class C400.

7.2.2 All secondary tap leads (a total of five for each CT) shall be brought out of the top or

side wall of the transformer through a gas and oil tight compartment and wired to identified

circuit shorting terminal blocks in the transformer control cabinet. All connections between

CT's and GPA connection points shall be bolted or crimped. No soldered, split or

disconnecting lugs shall be used.

7.2.3 The manufacturer shall provide accuracy curves for the current transformers furnished.

16362-6

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

12db below the standard and shall not exceed the level of 58 dB for OA rating. The transformer 

sound level shall be reduced by reducing the flux density of the core. 

The Supplier shall state in his bid the cost difference between a standard sound level and a 

reduced sound level transformer. 

PART 7 CONSTRUCTION 

7.1 Transformer Bushings 

7.1.1 Phase voltage bushings shall be of the paper "capacitor" type, ANSI Standard Interchangeable, with a visible oil level gauge at the top of each bushing. Each bushing shall 

be provided with a power factor test tap. The bushing color shall be ANSI 70 light gray. 

Threaded studs for connection of the bushings to cables or straps shall be silver-plated. 

7.1.2 The neutral bushing shall be ofthe dry-type, a one-piece porcelain body, or an 

acceptable condenser type. A threaded stud for connection of the bushing to a cable or straps 

shall be silver-plated. The bushing color shall be ANSI 70 light gray. 

7.1.3 Bushings provided with the transformer shall be in accordance with the following: 

Bushing 

Phase 

Neutral 

Voltage Class 

(kV) 

35 

35 

Minimum 

BIL (kV) 

200 

200 

Minimum Voltage Location 

Creepage (in.) 

40 Cover Mtd. 

40 Cover Mtd. 

7.1.4 Spare bushings shall be provided one each for both the phase and neutral bushings. 

7.2 Bushing Current Transformer 

7.2.1 Standard multi-ratio current transformers reserved for GPA's use are required as 

follows: 

Each Phase Bushing - Two (2) 1200/5, relay accuracy class C400. 

Neutral Bushing - Two (2) 1200/5, relay accuracy class C400. 

7.2.2 All secondary tap leads (a total of five for each CT) shall be brought out of the top or 

side wall of the transformer through a gas and oil tight compartment and wired to identified 

circuit shorting terminal blocks in the transformer control cabinet. All connections between 

CT's and GPA connection points shall be bolted or crimped. No soldered, split or 

disconnecting lugs shall be used. 

7.2.3 The manufacturer shall provide accuracy curves for the current transformers furnished. 

16362-6 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

7.2.4 Bushing CT nameplates shall be provided showing connections and the ratio for each

tap of each current transformer. These nameplates shall be mechanically fastened and located

adjacent to GPA's connection terminals.

7.3 Surge Arresters

Provide three (3) surge arresters designed and manufactured for operation in an outdoor

environment with high humidity and a high salt air environment.

7.3.1 Type: Outdoor, station class, metal oxide, gapless

7.3.2 Ratings:

a. Nominal voltage: 34.5 Kv

b. Maximum voltage: 36.2 kV

c. Duty cycle voltage: 27 kV

d. Maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV) 22 kV, minimum

7.3.3 Color: ANSI No. 70, Light Gray.

7.4 Drain, Isolating, Vacuum and Filter Valves

A two-inch, globe type, combination drain and lower filter valve shall be provided. This

valve shall have a built-in 3/8-inch sampling device. A one-inch upper filter valve shall also

be provided.

If the transformer is designed for vacuum filling, provisions shall be made on the top of the

tank for a vacuum connection.

Isolating valves and other necessary devices shall be provided to allow ready installation and

removal of radiators, and drainage of oil from radiators without draining oil from the main

tank. Drain, filter and vacuum valves and their handwheel shall be made of bronze.

7.5 Lifting Facilities

Lifting facilities shall be provided for lifting the cover separately and for lifting the core and

coil assembly from the tank using four lifting cables. Lifting facilities shall also be provided

for lifting the complete transformer using four slings. The bearing surface shall be free from

sharp edges.

7.6 Jacking Facilities

16362-7

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

7.2.4 Bushing CT nameplates shall be provided showing connections and the ratio for each 

tap of each current transformer. These nameplates shall be mechanically fastened and located 

adjacent to GPA's connection terminals. 

7.3 Surge Arresters 

Provide three (3) surge arresters designed and manufactured for operation in an outdoor 

environment with high humidity and a high salt air environment. 

7.3.1 Type: Outdoor, station class, metal oxide, gapless 

7.3.2 Ratings: 

a. Nominal voltage: 34.5 Kv 

b. Maximum voltage: 36.2kV 

c. Duty cycle voltage: 27kV 

d. Maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV) 22 kV, minimum 

7.3.3 Color: ANSI No. 70, Light Gray. 

7.4 Drain, Isolating, Vacuum and Filter Valves 

A two-inch, globe type, combination drain and lower filter valve shall be provided. This 

valve shall have a built-in 3/8-inch sampling device. A one-inch upper filter valve shall also 

be provided. 

If the transformer is designed for vacuum filling, provisions shall be made on the top of the 

tank for a vacuum connection. 

Isolating valves and other necessary devices shall be provided to allow ready installation and 

removal of radiators, and drainage of oil from radiators without draining oil from the main 

tank. Drain, filter and vacuum valves and their handwheel shall be made of bronze. 

7.5 Lifting Facilities 

Lifting facilities shall be provided for lifting the cover separately and for lifting the core and 

coil assembly from the tank using four lifting cables. Lifting facilities shall also be provided 

for lifting the complete transformer using four slings. The bearing surface shall be free from 

sharp edges. 

7.6 Jacking Facilities 

16362-7 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

Jacking facilities shall be located near the extreme ends of the junctions of the transformer

segments. Minimum dimensions and clearances for jacking provisions shall be specified on the

outline drawing.

7.7 Pulling Facilities

Pulling eyes shall be provided for pulling the transformer along the centerline.

7.8 Transformer Base

7.8.1 The transformer base shall be designed to permit rolling or skidding of the transformer

in any direction. The base shall be designed so that the transformer center of gravity, as

normally prepared for shipment, shall not fall outside the base support for a tilt of the base of

15 degrees from the horizontal , with or without oil in the transformer.

7.8.2 The base shall be fabricated with an adequate number of anchor bolt holes designed to

put the transformer base in direct contact, shear and tension , with the transformer concrete

foundation at all anchor bolt locations . Anchorage shall be designed to utilize simple ASTM

A-307 anchor bolts with heads embedded 12 inches in concrete and with an ultimate

compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch.

7.9 Nameplate

A diagram nameplate shall be furnished and shall be located near eye level above the base of the

transformer . The information furnished shall be in accordance with ANSI C57.12 .00, Section

5.12.

7.10 Liquid Thermometer

The transformer shall have top oil gauges with alarm contacts. A 0-1.0 mA output shall be

provided for top oil temperature.

7.11 Liquid Level Indicator

7.11.1 Provide a magnetic level indicator to indicate the level of the insulating liquid. Two

electrically separate, normally open alarm contacts shall be provided to indicate both high and

low liquid levels.

7.11.2 A third contact shall be provided to trip for low liquid level . This contact shall be

electrically isolated from the alarm contacts and shall be set so that the trip operation is at a lower

liquid level than the low-level alarm.

7.12 Sudden Pressure Relay

A sudden pressure relay shall be provided. This relay shall be factory calibrated for the

transformer on which the relay is to be used. The relay shall be provided with two electrically

16362-8

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

Jacking facilities shall be located near the extreme ends of the junctions of the transformer 

segments. Minimum dimensions and clearances for jacking provisions shall be specified on the 

outline drawing. 

7.7 Pulling Facilities 

Pulling eyes shall be provided for pulling the transformer along the centerline. 

7.8 Transformer Base 

7.8.1 The transformer base shall be designed to permit rolling or skidding of the transformer 

in any direction. The base shall be designed so that the transformer center of gravity, as 

normally prepared for shipment, shall not fall outside the base support for a tilt of the base of 

15 degrees from the horizontal, with or without oil in the transformer. 

7.8.2 The base shall be fabricated with an adequate number of anchor bolt holes designed to 

put the transformer base in direct contact, shear and tension, with the transformer concrete 

foundation at all anchor bolt locations. Anchorage shall be designed to utilize simple ASTM 

A-307 anchor bolts with heads embedded 12 inches in concrete and with an ultimate 

compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch. 

7.9 Nameplate 

A diagram nameplate shall be furnished and shall be located near eye level above the base of the 

transformer. The information furnished shall be in accordance with ANSI C57.12.00, Section 

5.12. 

7.10 Liquid Thermometer 

The transformer shall have top oil gauges with alarm contacts. A 0-1.0 rnA output shall be 

provided for top oil temperature. 

7.11 Liquid Level Indicator 

7.11.1 Provide a magnetic level indicator to indicate the level of the insulating liquid. Two 

electrically separate, normally open alarm contacts shall be provided to indicate both high and 

low liquid levels. 

·7.11.2 A third contact shall be provided to trip for low liquid level. This contact shall be 

electrically isolated from the alarm contacts and shall be set so that the trip operation is at a lower 

liquid level than the low-level alarm. 

7.12 Sudden Pressure Relay 

A sudden pressure relay shall be provided. This relay shall be factory calibrated for the 

transformer on which the relay is to be used. The relay shall be provided with two electrically 

16362-8 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

separated contacts for alarm and control. The sudden pressure relay shall be provided with an

auxiliary lockout relay with hand reset. The auxiliary relay shall have a normally closed contact

from the sudden pressure relay, shunting the operating coil of the auxiliary lockout relay. The

relay shall be suitable for 125 VDC operation. The relay assembly and location shall allow for

removal with the transformer energized.

7.13 Mechanical Pressure Relief Device

A self-sealing, mechanical pressure relief device shall be located on the cover. The relief device

shall be furnished with alarm contacts and a visual operation indicator. The indicator shall be

resettable with hot-sticks from ground level without the necessity of de-energizing the

transformer.

7.14 Core Ground

It is preferred that the core ground connection be above the oil and accessible from the manhole

to facilitate testing of the core to tank insulation without lowering the oil. The connector shall be

the slotted type with a captive nut connection. The location of the core ground shall be indicated

on the transformer outline drawing.

7.15 Auxiliary Power Source

7.15.1 The auxiliary power will be single -phase 120/240 VAC, 60 Hz. Design the transformer

controls and accessories to operate on both voltages. The terminals provided shall be adequate to

receive customer furnished service conductors.

7.15.2 A 120 VAC, 15-ampere convenience outlet with ground fault protection shall be

provided.

7.15.3 Provisions shall be made for an underground 125 VDC incoming supply. All tripping,

alarms, and associated devices shall be rated for 125 VDC operation.

7.16 Centralized Termination and Control Devices Requirement

7.16.1 All equipment alarms, controls, protection and current transformers shall be brought to

individually identified terminals centralized in a weather -proof control cabinet mounted on the

equipment tank. Adequate hinged doors shall be provided with weatherproof latching facilities.

The latching assemblies shall be operated by handles that can be reached by an operator standing

at ground level. Each handle shall have provisions for padlocking and be acceptable for weatherproofing the doors in the closed position.

7.16.2 All meters and instruments that require resetting shall be mounted less than six (6) feet

above the base of the transformer.

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

separated contacts for alann and control. The sudden pressure relay shall be provided with an 

auxiliary lockout relay with hand reset. The auxiliary relay shall have a nonnally closed contact 

from the sudden pressure relay, shunting the operating coil of the auxiliary lockout relay. The 

relay shall be suitable for 125 VDC operation. The relay assembly and location shall allow for 

removal with the transfonner energized. 

7.13 Mechanical Pressure Relief Device 

A self-sealing, mechanical pressure relief device shall be located on the cover. The relief device 

shall be furnished with alann contacts and a visual operation indicator. The indicator shall be 

resettable with hot-sticks from ground level without the necessity of de-energizing the 

transformer. 

7.14 Core Ground 

It is preferred that the core ground connection be above the oil and accessible from the manhole 

to facilitate testing of the core to tank insulation without lowering the oil. The connector shall be 

the slotted type with a captive nut connection. The location of the core ground shall be indicated 

on the transfonner outline drawing. 

7.15 Auxiliary Power Source 

7.15.1 The auxiliary power will be single-phase 1201240 VAC, 60 Hz. Design the transformer 

controls and accessories to operate on both voltages. The tenninals provided shall be adequate to 

receive customer furnished service conductors. 

7.15.2 A 120 VAC, 15-ampere convenience outlet with ground fault protection shall be 

provided. 

7.15.3 Provisions shall be made for an underground 125 VDC incoming supply. All tripping, 

alanns, and associated devices shall be rated for 125 VDC operation. 

7.16 Centralized Termination and Control Devices Requirement 

7.16.1 All equipment alarms, controls, protection and current transformers shall be brought to 

individually identified tenninals centralized in a weather-proof control cabinet mounted on the 

equipment tanlc Adequate hinged doors shall be provided with weatherproof latching facilities. 

The latching assemblies shall be operated by handles that can be reached by an operator standing 

at ground level. Each handle shall have provisions for padlocking and be acceptable for weatherproofing the doors in the closed position. 

7.16.2 All meters and instruments that require resetting shall be mounted less than six (6) feet 

above the base of the transformer. 

16362-9 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

7.16.3 Alarm contacts shall be electrically separated, open during normal conditions, selfresetting and suitable for closing 5 amperes, carrying 3 amperes continuously, and opening 3

amperes at 125 VDC.

7.16.4 Control contacts shall be electrically separated, open during normal conditions, selfresetting and suitable for closing 30 amperes, carrying 10 amperes continuously, and opening

3 amperes at 125 VDC.

7.17 Instrument and Control Wiring

7.17.1 THW or THWN wires used by the Supplier shall be of the machine -tool type with 3/64"

polyvinyl chloride insulation rated 600 Volts, 90 degree C. Other wires with insulation

having characteristics that equal or exceed the above requirements for machine -tool type wire

are acceptable . The control wire used shall be suitable for wet and dry locations, flame

retardant and moisture and heat resistant.

7.17.2 All secondary wire, regardless of type, shall be stranded . The wire shall have adequate

current-carrying capacity. #14 AWG shall be used for control circuits, #10 AWG for CT

circuits and #18 AWG for SCADA indication.

7.17.3 Those portions of any secondary wiring in the control box, or those portions of any

secondary or control wiring or cable that pass through conduit, shall not be spliced. However,

junction boxes with terminal blocks as specified above may be used to extend secondary

wiring passing through conduits.

7.17.4 Ring-tongue terminals shall be used for secondary wiring. Spade, slotted spade, flanged

spade, and hook terminals are not acceptable . Ring-tongue terminals shall be sufficiently

strong to prevent their breakage under conditions of vibration inherent in the equipment in

which they are installed.

7.17.5 Terminals shall have insulated ferrules whenever either the spacing between the

terminals, or their projection above or below the terminal board, or both is such that they can

make contact with one another.

7.17.6 All wires for external connections shall be properly identified and terminated at

conveniently located, easily accessible terminal blocks. All terminal blocks furnished by the

supplier shall have No . 10 screws. The screws shall be secured directly into the contact strips

and not into nuts embedded in the terminal blocks. The contact strips shall have sufficient

thickness to assure that torque applied to the No. 10 screws to hold the terminal to the contact

strips will not damage the threads in the tapped holes. The screws shall be firmly secured to

the blocks and shall be separated by insulated barriers. Terminal blocks with clamp type

fittings are not acceptable.

7.17.7 Ring-tongue terminals shall be fastened to the contact strips of terminal blocks with

machine screws. Barriers shall separate the contact strips. All circuits shall be protected by

16362-10

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

7.16.3 Alarm contacts shall be electrically separated, open during normal conditions, selfresetting and suitable for closing 5 amperes, carrying 3 amperes continuously, and opening 3 

amperes at 125 VDC. 

7.16.4 Control contacts shall be electrically separated, open during normal conditions, selfresetting and suitable for closing 30 amperes, carrying 10 amperes continuously, and opening 

3 amperes at 125 VDC. 

7.17 Instrument and Control Wiring 

7.17.1 THW or THWN wires used by the Supplier shall be of the machine-tool type with 3/64" 

polyvinyl chloride insulation rated 600 Volts, 90 degree C. Other wires with insulation 

having characteristics that equal or exceed the above requirements for machine-tool type wire 

are acceptable. The control wire used shall be suitable for wet and dry locations, flame 

retardant and moisture and heat resistant. 

7.17.2 All secondary wire, regardless of type, shall be stranded. The wire shall have adequate 

current-carrying capacity. #14 AWG shall be used for control circuits, #10 AWG for CT 

circuits and #18 AWG for SCADA indication. 

7.17.3 Those portions of any secondary wiring in the control box, or those portions of any 

secondary or control wiring or cable that pass through conduit, shall not be spliced. However, 

junction boxes with terminal blocks as specified above may be used to extend secondary 

wiring passing through conduits. 

7.17.4 Ring-tongue terminals shall be used for secondary wiring. Spade, slotted spade, flanged 

spade, and hook terminals are not acceptable. Ring-tongue terminals shall be sufficiently 

strong to prevent their breakage under conditions of vibration inherent in the equipment in 

which they are installed. 

7.17.5 Terminals shall have insulated ferrules whenever either the spacing between the 

terminals, or their projection above or below the terminal board, or both is such that they can 

make contact with one another. 

7.17.6 All wires for external connections shall be properly identified and terminated at 

conveniently located, easily accessible terminal blocks. All terminal blocks furnished by the 

supplier shall have No. 10 screws. The screws shall be secured directly into the contact strips 

and not into nuts embedded in the terminal blocks. The contact strips shall have sufficient 

thickness to assure that torque applied to the No. 10 screws to hold the terminal to the contact 

strips will not damage the threads in the tapped holes. The screws shall be firmly secured to 

the blocks and shall be separated by insulated barriers. Terminal blocks with clamp type 

fittings are not acceptable. 

7.17.7 Ring-tongue terminals shall be fastened to the contact strips of terminal blocks with 

machine screws. Barriers shall separate the contact strips. All circuits shall be protected by 

16362-10 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

molded case circuit breakers. Breakers are to be ambient compensated. The breaker size,

supplier's name and catalog numbers are to be shown on the drawings.

7.17.8 All control, power, alarm, and auxiliary equipment shall be completely wired at the

factory.

7.17.9 Hinge wiring and wiring that will be subjected to bending during maintenance or other

operations shall be arranged such that the bending or twisting will be around the longitudinal

axis of the wire.

7.17.10 Wiring shall not be spliced or tapped . All connections shall be made at the device

terminals or on terminal blocks.

7.17.11 All future, spare and unused contacts and devices shall be wired to terminal blocks.

7.17.12 A minimum of ten percent (10%) spare terminal points shall be provided.

7.17.13 All wiring external to enclosures or cabinets shall be in rigid steel conduit.

7.17.14 All wiring from the transformer components to the cabinets, which may require

removal for shipment, shall be installed in place and in such a manner that it is only necessary

to connect the wires to the cabinets after they are installed on the transformer.

7.17.15 Wiring Format

a. All terminals shall be numbered, and the numbers shall correspond to the

numbers on the wiring diagram.

b. All wires shall be identified at their termination points with opposite end

designation identification by labeled plastic sleeves or equal.

Identification shall correspond to the lettered device, numbered terminal

format of the wiring diagrams.

PART 8 TANK

8.1 The main transformer tank shall be designed to withstand, without permanent

deformation, pressures 25% greater than the maximum operating pressures resulting from the

system of oil preservation used. The maximum operating pressures (positive and negative)

which the transformer tank is designed to withstand shall be indicated on the nameplate.

8.2 Vacuum Filling

If the tank is designed for vacuum filling (essentially full vacuum), radiators and auxiliary

compartments such as expansion tanks, when not designed for full vacuum filling, shall be so

designated and isolating valves shall be provided.

EFFECTIVE DATE : I CH :11 APPROVED:

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

molded case circuit breakers. Breakers are to be ambient compensated. The breaker size, 

supplier's name and catalog numbers are to be shown on the drawings. 

7.17.8 All control, power, alarm, and auxiliary equipment shall be completely wired at the 

factory. 

7.17.9 Hinge wiring and wiring that will be subj ected to bending during maintenance or other 

operations shall be arranged such that the bending or twisting will be around the longitudinal 

axis of the wire. 

7.17.10 Wiring shall not be spliced or tapped. All connections shall be made at the device 

terminals or on terminal blocks. 

7.17.11 All future, spare and unused contacts and devices shall be wired to terminal blocks. 

7.17.12 A minimum of ten percent (10%) spare terminal points shall be provided. 

7.17.13 All wiring external to enclosures or cabinets shall be in rigid steel conduit. 

7.17.14 All wiring from the transformer components to the cabinets, which may require 

removal for shipment, shall be installed in place and in such a manner that it is only necessary 

to connect the wires to the cabinets after they are installed on the transformer. 

7.17.15 Wiring Format 

PART 8 

a. All terminals shall be numbered, and the numbers shall correspond to the 

numbers on the wiring diagram. 

b. All wires shall be identified at their termination points with opposite end 

designation identification by labeled plastic sleeves or equal. 

Identification shall correspond to the lettered device, numbered terminal 

format of the wiring diagrams. 

TANK 

8.1 The main transformer tank shall be designed to withstand, without permanent 

deformation, pressures 25% greater than the maximum operating pressures resulting from the 

system of oil preservation used. The maximum operating pressures (positive and negative) 

which the transformer tank is designed to withstand shall be indicated on the nameplate. 

8.2 Vacuum Filling 

If the tank is designed for vacuum filling (essentially full vacuum), radiators and auxiliary 

compartments such as expansion tanks, when not designed for full vacuum filling, shall be so 

designated and isolating valves shall be provided. 

EFFECTIVE DATE: CH~;.ll APPROVED: 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

8.3 Manholes

Provide one or more circular handholes and at least two circular manholes in the transformer top

with neoprene or better gasketing material and bolted covers. These facilities must be of

sufficient size to allow for the removal of bushing current transformers and to allow for the

entrance of a person into the transformer tank (18-inch minimum manhole).

8.4 Ground Pads

In addition to the surge arrester ground pads, two ground pads, drilled and tapped for NEMA

four-hole (1/2 inch bolts on 1-3/4 inch centers) connectors, shall be installed on diagonally

opposite corners of the base. If the base is removable, the two pads shall be installed on the

transformer tank wall near the base. Ground pads shall be copper-faced steel, stainless steel,

or non-ferrous pads brazed or welded to the transformer.

PART 9 TRANSFORMER OIL

The Supplier shall furnish an adequate quantity of oil for the first fill of each transformer. Oil

designated as "10-C" by the General Electric Corporation, or equivalent, that may be freely

mixed with either, shall be used in the transformer. All oil furnished shall be inhibited with

DBPC (Dl TERT BUTYL PARA CRESOL). The oil shall have the following characteristic:

a. Flash Point: Cleveland Open Cup 132 Degrees C

b. Fire Point: Cleveland Open Cup 145 Degrees C

c. Specific Gravity at 60 Degrees F: 0.865 to 0.910

d. Viscosity: Saybolt Universal at 100 Degrees F - 55 - 63 sec

e. Acidity: 0.02 Mg KOH/gm 0.1 max

f. Pour Point: -40 Degrees F

g. Corrosive sulfur: None

h. Dielectric Strength (ASTM D877): 26 kV Min

i.

j.

k.

Power Factor at 68 Degrees F: 0.0% Max

Interfacial Tension: 40 Dynes/CM

Non-PCB (Polychlorinated Biphenyl) Contaminated:

The manufacturer must mark in a permanent manner that the dielectric fluid is "Non-PCB."

Certified test reports on residual oil remaining in the transformer after factory testing

must be provided indicating that the oil is free of PCB.

16362-12

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, 8-1780 

ANDERSEN AF8, GUAM 

8.3 Manholes 

AJJY 00-1124 

Provide one or more circular handholes and at least two circular manholes in the transformer top 

with neoprene or better gasketing material and bolted covers. These facilities must be of 

sufficient size to allow for the removal of bushing current transformers and to allow for the 

entrance of a person into the transformer tank (18-inch minimum manhole). 

8.4 Ground Pads 

In addition to the surge arrester ground pads, two ground pads, drilled and tapped for NEMA 

four-hole (112 inch bolts on 1-3/4 inch centers) connectors, shall be installed on diagonally 

opposite comers of the base. If the base is removable, the two pads shall be installed on the 

transformer tank wall near the base. Ground pads shall be copper-faced steel, stainless steel, 

or non-ferrous pads brazed or welded to the transformer. 

PART 9 TRANSFORMER OIL 

The Supplier shall furnish an adequate quantity of oil for the first fill of each transformer. Oil 

designated as "lO-C" by the General Electric Corporation, or equivalent, that may be freely 

mixed with either, shall be used in the transformer. All oil furnished shall be inhibited with 

DB PC (Dl TERT BUTYL PARA CRESOL). The oil shall have the following characteristic: 

a. Flash Point: Cleveland Open Cup 132 Degrees C 

b. Fire Point: Cleveland Open Cup 145 Degrees C 

c. Specific Gravity at 60 Degrees F: 0.865 to 0.910 

d. Viscosity: Saybolt Universal at 100 Degrees F - 55 - 63 sec 

e. Acidity: 0.02 Mg KOH/gm 0.1 max 

f. Pour Point: -40 Degrees F 

g. Corrosive sulfur: None 

h. Dielectric Strength (ASTM D877): 26 kV Min 

1. Power Factor at 68 Degrees F: 0.0% Max 

J. Interfacial Tension: 40 Dynes/CM 

k. Non-PCB (Polychlorinated Biphenyl) Contaminated: 

The manufacturer must mark in a permanent manner that the dielectric fluid is "Non-PCB." 

Certified test reports on residual oil remaining in the transformer after factory testing 

must be provided indicating that the oil is free of PCB. 

16362-12 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

PART 10 TRANSFORMER COOLING

10.1 Heat Exchangers

Heat exchangers must have sufficient capacity to prevent a temperature rise in excess of the

specified rating of the transformer. Due to severe corrosion problems, heat exchangers shall

be made of stainless steel tube and stainless steel fin construction. Aluminum or Copper heat

exchangers are not acceptable. Heat exchangers shall be removable from the main tank

without the need to drain oil from the main tank.

10.2 Radiators

No accessories or pipes shall be installed above the radiators for easy installation and

removal of the radiators during maintenance.

PART 11 LOSS EVALUATION

11.1 Each bidder shall submit with his bid the guaranteed average load and no-load losses on

each transformer submitted on this bid . Guaranteed load losses shall be provided at the

transformer 's self-cooled (OA) rating and a reference temperature of 85 degrees C (65 degree

rise + 20 degrees C ambient). The requirements and definitions of ANSI Standard C57.12.00-

1987, Sections 5.9 and 9.3, shall apply unless excepted by this specification.

11.2 Guaranteed losses will be evaluated by the Contracting Officer in accordance with the

Bidding Schedule to determine the equivalent first cost for owning and operating each bid

item. Guaranteed transformer losses will be evaluated at $6,640/KW for excitation (no load)

losses.

11.3 The Contractor shall test each transformer for no-load losses. This test data shall be

certified as correct and submitted to the Contracting Officer prior to or at the time of

shipment.

11.4 The Contracting Officer will review and consider actual no-load losses for each

transformer . In the event that the average evaluated losses for like units exceeds the average

guaranteed losses; the Contractor will be penalized at the above rate for the difference. Noload loss penalties will be assessed independently. Bonuses will not be awarded for actual

average losses that are less than guaranteed. In addition, the Contracting Officer may reject

any transformer with no-load losses greater than the tolerances indicated in ANSI Standard

C57.12.00-1987, Section 9.3.

PART 12 CLEANING, PRESERVATION AND PAINTING

All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, welding scale, and grease, and shall be

treated to effect a bond between the metal and paint to prevent the formation of rust under the

16362-13

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

PART 10 TRANSFORMER COOLING 

10.1 Heat Exchangers 

AJJY 00-1124 

Heat exchangers must have sufficient capacity to prevent a temperature rise in excess of the 

specified rating of the transformer. Due to severe corrosion problems, heat exchangers shall 

be made of stainless steel tube and stainless steel fin construction. Aluminum or Copper heat 

exchangers are not acceptable. Heat exchangers shall be removable from the main tank 

without the need to drain oil from the main tank. 

10.2 Radiators 

No accessories or pipes shall be installed above the radiators for easy installation and 

removal of the radiators during maintenance. 

PART 11 LOSS EVALUATION 

11.1 Each bidder shall submit with his bid the guaranteed average load and no-load losses on 

each transformer submitted on this bid. Guaranteed load losses shall be provided at the 

transformer's self-cooled (OA) rating and a reference temperature of 85 degrees C (65 degree 

rise + 20 degrees C ambient). The requirements and definitions of ANSI Standard C57.12.00-

1987, Sections 5.9 and 9.3, shall apply unless excepted by this specification. 

11.2 Guaranteed losses will be evaluated by the Contracting Officer in accordance with the 

Bidding Schedule to determine the equivalent first cost for owning and operating each bid 

item. Guaranteed transformer losses will be evaluated at $6,640IKW for excitation (no load) 

losses. 

11.3 The Contractor shall test each transformer for no-load losses. This test data shall be 

certified as correct and submitted to the Contracting Officer prior to or at the time of 

shipment. 

11.4 The Contracting Officer will review and consider actual no-load losses for each 

transformer. In the event that the average evaluated losses for like units exceeds the average 

guaranteed losses; the Contractor will be penalized at the above rate for the difference. Noload loss penalties will be assessed independently. Bonuses will not be awarded for actual 

average losses that are less than guaranteed. In addition, the Contracting Officer may reject 

any transformer with no-load losses greater than the tolerances indicated in ANSI Standard 

C57.12.00-1987, Section 9.3. 

PART 12 CLEANING, PRESERVATION AND PAINTING 

All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, welding scale, and grease, and shall be 

treated to effect a bond between the metal and paint to prevent the formation of rust under the 

16362-13 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

paint. A priming coat shall be applied immediately after the bonding treatment. A final finish

shall consist of two coats of paint. The exterior final coat shall be ANSI 45 light green.

PART 13 SHIPPING REQUIREMENTS

13.1 Because of severe transportation conditions, the Contractor shall pay particular attention

to the proper packaging and bracing of the apparatus to assure its safe arrival.

13.2 The Contractor shall prepare all materials and equipment for shipment in such a manner

as to protect from damage in transit. All small parts and unit components shall be separately

boxed or bundled to prevent galling due to rubbing of one part against another. Each item,

box or bundle shall be plainly and individually identifiable for content according to item

number, P.O. Number, and Supplier's Identifying Number.

13.3 A complete itemized Bill of Lading, which clearly identifies and inventories each

assembly, sub-assembly, carton, package, envelope, etc., shall be furnished and enclosed with

each item at the time of shipment.

13.4 Openings in the transformer tank or radiators resulting from the removal of parts for

shipment shall be identified and securely sealed against the entrance of moisture and foreign

materials. Covers shall be of sufficient strength to resist puncture.

-- End of Section --

16362-14

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

AJJY 00-1124 

paint. A priming coat shall be applied immediately after the bonding treatment. A final finish 

shall consist of two coats of paint. The exterior final coat shall be ANSI 45 light green. 

PART 13 SHIPPING REQUIREMENTS 

13.1 Because of severe transportation conditions, the Contractor shall pay particular attention 

to the proper packaging and bracing of the apparatus to assure its safe arrival. 

13.2 The Contractor shall prepare all materials and equipment for shipment in such a manner 

as to protect from damage in transit. All small parts and unit components shall be separately 

boxed or bundled to prevent galling due to rubbing of one part against another. Each item, 

box or bundle shall be plainly and individually identifiable for content according to item 

number, P.O. Number, and Supplier's Identifying Number. 

13.3 A complete itemized Bill of Lading, which clearly identifies and inventories each 

assembly, sub-assembly, carton, package, envelope, etc., shall be furnished and enclosed with 

each item at the time of shipment. 

13.4 Openings in the transformer tank or radiators resulting from the removal of parts for 

shipment shall be identified and securely sealed against the entrance of moisture and foreign 

materials. Covers shall be of sufficient strength to resist puncture. 

-- End of Section --

16362-14 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

SECTION 16402

INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

PART1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation

only.

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)

ASTM B 1 Hard-Drawn Copper Wire

ASTM B8 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard,

Medium-Hard, or Soft

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)

NEMA BU I Busways

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. (UL)

UL 857 Busways and Associated Fittings

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

Section 16050 , "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods," applies to this section with additions

and modifications specified herein.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures."

1.3.1 Shop Drawings

a. Busway; G

1.3.2 Operation and Maintenance Data G

16402-1

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

SECTION 16402 

INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 REFERENCES 

AJJY 00-1124 

The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to 

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation 

only. 

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) 

Bl 

ASTM B8 

Hard-Drawn Copper Wire 

Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, 

Medium-Hard, or Soft 

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) 

NEMA Busways 

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) 

70 National Electrical Code 

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. (UL) 

UL857 Busways and Associated Fittings 

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 

Section 16050, "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods," applies to this section with additions 

and modifications specified herein. 

1.3 SUBMITTALS 

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures." 

1 Shop Drawings 

a. Busway; G 

1.3.2 Operation and Maintenance Data G 

16402-1 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

Electrical Syste ns, Data Package 5;

Submit operation and maintenance data in accordance with Section 01781 , "Operation

and Maintenance Data" and as specified herein.

1.4 MAINTENANCE

1.4.1 Electrical Systej

Submit operation and maintenance manuals for electrical systems that provide basic data

relating to the design , operation, and maintenance of the electrical distribution system for the

building. This shall include:

a. Single line diagram of the "as-built" building electrical system.

b. Schematic diagram of electrical control system (other than HVAC, covered

elsewhere).

c. Manufacturers' operating and maintenance manuals on active electrical equipment.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

Materials, equipment, and devices shall, as a minimum, meet requirements of UL, where UL

standards are established for those items, and requirements of NFPA 70.

2.2 BUSWAY

NE,MA BU 1, UL 857 . Buses shall be copper. Bus ways shall be rated 15 kilo volts, 1200

continuous current amperes, three-phase , three-wire, and include integral or internal ground

bus. Short circuit rating shall be as indicated . Enclosures shall be metallic . Hardware shall be

plated or otherwise protected to resist corrosion. Joints shall be one-bolt type with throughbolts, which can be checked for tightness without deenergizing system. Maximum hot spot

temperature rise at any point in busway at continuous rated load shall not exceed 55 degrees C

above maximum ambient temperature of 40 degrees C in any position. Provide internal

barriers to prevent movement of superheated gases. Contractor shall coordinate proper voltage

phasing of entire bus duct system, for example where busway interfaces with transformers,

switchgear, and other system components.

2.2.1 Feeder Busways

Provide unventilated, totally enclosed low-impedance busway. Bus bars shall be fully

insulated from one another, except at stabs. Entire busway system shall be polarized.

16402-2

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

a. Data Package 5; 

AJJY 00-1124 

Submit operation and maintenance data in accordance with Section 01781, "Operation 

and Maintenance Data" and as specified herein. 

1.4 MAINTENANCE 

1.4.1 

Submit operation and maintenance manuals for electrical systems that provide basic data 

relating to the design, operation, and maintenance of the electrical distribution system for the 

building. This shall include: 

a. Single line diagram of the" as-built" building electrical system. 

b. Schematic diagram of electrical control system (other than HVAC, covered 

elsewhere). 

c. Manufacturers' operating and maintenance manuals on active electrical equipment. 

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 

Materials, equipment, and devices shall, as a minimum, meet requirements of UL, where UL 

standards are established for those items, and requirements of NFP A 70. 

2.2 

NEMA BU 1, UL 857. Buses shall be copper. Busways shall be rated 15 kilo volts, 1200 

continuous current amperes, three-phase, three-wire, and include integral or internal ground 

bus. Short circuit rating shall be as indicated. Enclosures shall be metallic. Hardware shall be 

plated or otherwise protected to resist corrosion. Joints shall be one-bolt type with throughbolts, which can be checked for tightness without deenergizing system. Maximum hot spot 

temperature rise at any point in busway at continuous rated load shall not exceed 55 degrees C 

above maximum ambient temperature of 40 degrees C in any position. Provide internal 

barriers to prevent movement of superheated gases. Contractor shall coordinate proper voltage 

phasing of entire bus duct system, for example where busway interfaces with transformers, 

switchgear, and other system components. 

2.2.1 Feeder Busways 

Provide unventilated, totally enclosed low-impedance busway. Bus bars shall be fully 

insulated from one another, except at stabs. Entire bus way system shall be polarized. 

16402-2 
REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

2.3 WIRES AND CABLES

Wires and cables shall meet applicable requirements of NFPA 70 and UL for type of

insulation, jacket, and conductor specified or indicated. Wires and cables manufactured more

than 12 months prior to date of delivery to site shall not be used.

2.3.1 Bonding Conductors

ASTM B 1, solid bare copper wire for sizes No. 8 AWG and smaller diameter ; ASTM B8,

Class B, stranded bare copper wire for sizes No. 6 AWG and larger diameter.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Electrical installations shall conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and to requirements

specified herein.

3.1.1 Busway Installation

Installation shall comply at minimum with NFPA 70. Install busways parallel with or at right

angles to ceilings, walls, and structural members. Support busways at ( 1525 mm) 5 foot

maximum intervals, and brace to prevent lateral movement . Hinges provided on risers shall be

fixed type; spring-type are unacceptable. Provide flanges where busway makes penetrations

through walls and floors, and seal to maintain smoke and fire ratings . Provide waterproof curb

where busway riser passes through floor . Seal gaps with fire-rated foam and calk. Provide

expansion joints, but only where bus duct crosses building expansion joints.

3.1.2 Repair of Existing Work

Repair of existing work, demolition, and modification of existing electrical distribution

systems shall be performed as follows:

3.1.2.1 Workmanship

Lay out work in advance. Exercise care where cutting, channeling , chasing, or drilling of

floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, or other surfaces is necessary for proper installation, support,

or anchorage of conduit, raceways, or other electrical work. Repair damage to buildings,

piping, and equipment using skilled craftsmen of trades involved.

-- End of Section --

16402-3

 EE-RM/STD-00-550 COMMENT 86

REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

2.3 WIRES AND CABLES 

AJJY 00-1124 

Wires and cables shall meet applicable requirements of 70 and UL for type of 

insulation, jacket, and conductor specified or indicated. Wires and cables manufactured more 

than 12 months prior to date of delivery to site shall not be used. 

2.3.1 Bonding Conductors 

B ,solid bare copper wire for sizes No.8 AWG and smaller diameter; B8, 

Class B, stranded bare copper wire for sizes No.6 AWG and larger diameter. 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1 INSTALLATION 

Electrical installations shall conform to requirements of NFP A 70 and to requirements 

specified herein. 

3.1.1 Busway Installation 

Installation shall comply at minimum with NFPA 70. Install busways parallel with or at right 

angles to ceilings, walls, and structural members. Support busways at (1525 mm) 5 foot 

maximum intervals, and brace to prevent lateral movement. Hinges provided on risers shall be 

fixed type; spring-type are unacceptable. Provide flanges where busway makes penetrations 

through walls and floors, and seal to maintain smoke and fire ratings. Provide waterproof curb 

where bus way riser passes through floor. Seal gaps with fire-rated foam and calk. Provide 

expansion joints, but only where bus duct crosses building expansion joints. 

3.1.2 Repair of Existing Work 

Repair of existing work, demolition, and modification of existing electrical distribution 

systems shall be performed as follows: 

3.1.2.1 Workmanship 

Layout work in advance. Exercise care where cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling of 

floors, walls, pmtitions, ceilings, or other surfaces is necessary for proper installation, support, 

or anchorage of conduit, raceways, or other electrical work. Repair damage to buildings, 

piping, and equipment using skilled craftsmen of trades involved. 

-- End of Section --

16402-3